HISTORY

1 Sources of History

Points to Remember :
• Sources of History Written Sources, Material Sources, Oral Sources,
and Sources in Audio – visual medium.
• Written Sources Newspapers, Periodicals, Diaries, Reference books,
Correspondence, Documents in the Archives,
Government Gazettes, Postage stamps, Encyclopedias.
• Largest among the Archives in Asia National Archives of India, New Delhi.
• Newspaper Information about national, international affairs,
arts politics, sports, literature and social and cultural affairs.
• Important print media Newsletters of various movements, dailies or
weeklies of political parties, monthly and annual magazines.
• Press Trust of India Provided sports, photographs and articles on
financial and scientific issues to newspapers.
• During 1990s PTI started using the satellite broadcast technology instead
of teleprinters to send news.
• Authentic and trust worthy information Annual issues of Publications Divisions of
Government of India.
• Information and Broadcasting Department (i) Published 'India 2000'.
(ii) Created under 'Research, Reference
and Training Department'.
• Jal Cooper (i) Indian Government issued a stamp in 1977
(Internationally acclaimed Philatelist) (ii) Edited 'India's Stamp Journal'
(iii) Founder of First Philatelic Bureau in India
(iv) Founder of Empire of India Philatelic Society
(v) Pivotal role in taking the studies of
India postage stamp at international level.
• Themes on which the Political leaders, flowers, animals, birds,
Postal Department issues stamps an event or the silver, golden, diamond jubilees or
centenary, bicentenary, tercentenary of different events.

(5)
6 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

• Physical or Material Sources Coins, Ornaments, Museums, Places of worship,

• Printing of Notes done by
• Museums
E.g. - Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj museum at Mumbai
• Oral sources
• Powadas in Sanyukta Maharashtra Movement
• Audio Visual Sources
• Film and Television Institute of India
• Indian News Review
Clothing, royal seals, Modern architecture
and things of daily use
Reserve Bank of India, head quarters in Mumbai
display the cultural and social heritage of the state.
and Reserve Bank museum in Pune
Folktales, folksongs, proverbs,
ballads and owis (Marathi verses)
Lokshahir Anna Bhau Sathe,
Shahir Amar Sheikh
Television, films internet
Started by Government of India at Pune in 1960
(i) New reels were produced on various events
in politics, arts, sports and culture.
(ii) Documentaries were produced on social leaders
and important locations.

Dates Event * (2) The ......................... is included among the

Audio –Visual media.
After 1953 The Press Trust of India has been
an important source of primary (a) Newspaper (b) Television
details of all important events and (c) All India Radio (d) Periodicals
of articles on important subjects. * (3) ...................... is not included in physical sources.
During the The PTI started using the 'satellite (a) Coins (b) Ornaments
1990s broadcast' technology instead of (c) Buildings (d) Proverbs
tele-printers to send news all over (4) Information and Broadcasting Department
the country. published ....................., an annual reference
1977 The Indian government issued the book.
'Jal Cooper' stamp (a) India 2000 (b) Incredible India
1960 The Government of India started (c) Indian Horizon (d) Aspiring India
Film and Television Institute of
(5) The place where historical documents are
India (FTII) at Pune.
preserved is called ...................... .
(a) Library (b) Store Room
MASTER KEY QUESTION SET – 1 (c) Archives (d) History Room

Q.1. (A) Choose the correct option and rewrite the (6) Newspapers are considered the ......................
pillar of democracy.
complete answer:
(a) First (b) Second
* (1) The National Archives of India is situated at
(c) Third (d) Fourth
...................... .
(7) .................................... has also produced various
(a) Pune (b) New Delhi documentaries on prominent social leaders, on
(c) Kolkata (d) Hyderabad people who have made major contributions and
about important locations in India.
Sources of History  7

(a) British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC) (c) Philatelic Bureau of India

(b) Reuters (d) State Bank of India
(c) Indian News Review
(17) Empire of India Philatelic Society was founded
(d) Bloomberg
by ...................... .
(8) Aavahan is written on the backdrop of Sino-
(a) Pherozeshah Mehta (b) Mahzarin Banaji
Indian war by the noted Marathi poet ......................
(c) Jal Cooper (d) Dinshaw Patel
(a) Narayan Gupte (b) Kusumagraj
(18) PTI has provided reports, photographs and
(c) G.D. Madgulkar (d) Namdeo Dhasal
articles on ...................... issues to newspapers.
(9) Cooper edited ...................... .
(a) Therapeutic
(a) India's Stamp Journal
(b) Indian Philatelic Magazine (b) Financial and scientific
(c) Stamp Synopsis (c) Demographic and Topographic
(d) The Journal of Philatelic Bureau (d) Environmental
(10) After 1953, the ...................... has been an important Ans. (1) New Delhi (2) Television (3) Proverbs (4) India
source of primary details of all important events. 2000 (5) Archives (6) Fourth (7) Indian News
(a) Union Trust of India Review (8) Kusumagraj (9) India's Stamp Journal
(b) Press Trust of India (10) Press Trust of India (11) Satellite Broadcast
(c) Information and Broadcasting Ministry (12) Public Education (13) Jal Cooper (14) Mumbai
(d) Film and Television Institute of India (15) Postal Department (16) Reserve Bank of India
(11) During the 1990s, PTI started using ‘......................’ (17) Jal Cooper (18) Financial and scientific
technology instead of Teleprinters.
Q.1. (B) Identify and write the wrong pair, and
(a) GPS Device (b)Ultrasonic Gadget rewrite the correct one.
(c) Radio Programming (d)Satellite Broadcast
*(1)
(12) The Government of India started the Film and
Television Institute of India at Pune in 1960 with (1) Jal Cooper – Philatelist
the purpose of providing ...................... . (2) Kusumagraj – Poet
(a) Entertainment (3) Anna Bhau Sathe – People's bard
(b) Public Education (4) Amar Shaikh – Art Collector
(c) International updates
Ans. Amar Shaikh – Art Collector
(d) Intra-societal information
Amar Shaikh was a Lok Shahir (Powada singer)
(13) The Indian government issued the ......................
stamp in 1977. (2)
(a) Narsee Monjee (b) Jal Cooper (1) Powada – Oral sources
(c) Birsa Munda (d) Senapati Bapat (2) Documentaries – Audio Visual Sources.
(14) The Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Museum is at (3) Coins – Material Sources
...................... . (4) Owis – Archaeological Sources
(a) Delhi (b) Mumbai Ans. Owis – Archaeological Sources
(c) Kolkata (d) Chennai Owis are Oral Sources
(15) The ...................... issues postage stamps on a wide (3)
variety of themes.
(1) India 2000 – Annual Reference book
(a) Publications Division
(2) Indian News Review – News reels and
(b) Postal Department documentariess.
(c) Income Tax Department
(3) FTII – Radio Programmes
(d) Revenue Department
(4) Reserve Bank of India – Printing notes
(16) ...................... prints the notes.
Ans. FTII – Radio Programmes
(a) Reserve Bank of India
FTII conducts Films and Television Programmes
(b) Union Bank of India
8 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

(4) Q.2. (B) 1. Write Short Notes:

(1) Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Museum – * (1) Written Sources
Mumbai Ans.
(2) Reserve Bank Museum – Pune (i) Any historical document written by hand
(3) National Archives of India – Calcutta or typed or in printed form is called written
(4) Film and Television Institute of India – Pune sources.
Ans. National Archives of India – Calcutta (ii) The following are included in written sources:
National Archives of India is in Delhi Newspapers, Periodicals, Diaries, Reference
books, Correspondence, Document in the
Q.2. (A) Do as directed. Archives, Government Gazettes, Postage
(A) 1. Complete the graphical description given Stamps, and Encyclopedias.
below on basis of the information stated in * (2) Press Trust of India (PTI)
the chapter:
Ans.
(1) (i) After 1953, the Press Trust of India has been
Ans. an important source of primary details of all
Newspaper
important events and of articles on important
Encyclopedias Periodicals
subjects.
Postage (ii) Press Trust of India has provided reports,
Diaries
Stamps Written photographs and articles on financial and
Sources scientific issues to newspapers. PTI has now
Government Reference started its online service.
Gazettes books (iii) During the 1990s, PTI started using the ‘satellite
Documents in Correspondence broadcast’ technology instead of teleprinters to
the Archives
send news all over the country.
(2)
(iv) This material is important for writing the
Ans. Places of Things in
Coins worship daily use Royal Seals history of modern India.
(3) Coins
Material Sources Ans.
(i) We can also understand history with the help
Ornaments Museums Clothing Modern of coins and the changes in the printing of
Architecture
currency notes.
(3)
Ans. (ii) The Reserve Bank of India prints the notes. It
Sanyukta Maharashtra Movement
has its headquarters in Mumbai.
Powadas
(iii) The coins from 1950 to those used at present,
Lok Shahir the metals used for making them, their
different shapes, and the diversity of subjects
on them together help us to understand the
Anna Bhau Sathe Shahir Amar Sheikh
important contemporary issues in India;
For example coins to convey the message of
(4)
population control and coins communicating
Ans.
Indian News Reviews the importance of agriculture and of farmers.
(4) Jal Cooper
Newsreels of important events Ans.
(i) The Indian government issued the ‘Jal Cooper’
stamp in 1977. Jal Cooper was an internationally
Politics Social issues Art Sports Culture
acclaimed philatelist, i.e. an expert on the
subject of ‘postage stamps’.
Sources of History 
(ii) Born in a Parsi household in Mumbai, Cooper
edited ‘India’s Stamp Journal’.
(iii) He was the founder of the first Philatelic
Bureau in India, an office that collected stamps.
He founded the ‘Empire of India Philatelic
Society’.
(iv) He went on to write many books on this subject.
He gave a scientific bent to his hobby.
(v) He played a pivotal role in taking the study
of Indian postage stamps to the international
level.
(vi) Having started his career as a postage stamp
collector, Cooper achieved the expertise of a
philatelist at the international level.
(vii) The postage stamp on Jal Cooper is an
important source to understand his significant
contribution to this field.
Q.3. (A) Explain the following statements with
reason:
* (1) The postal department tries to preserve
the heritage and integrity of Indian culture
through postage stamps.
Ans.
(i) Postage stamps reveal a lot to us about
changing times due to the variety in the sizes
of the stamps, the novelty in their subjects and
colour schemes.
(ii) The Postal Department issues postage stamps
on a wide variety of themes.
(iii) It issues stamps like political leaders, flowers,
animals, birds, an event, or the silver, golden,
diamond jubilees or centenary, bicentenary
and tercentenary of different events.
(iv) It is therefore, a valuable repository of history.
(v) Thus the postal department tries to preserve
the heritage and integrity of Indian culture
through postage stamp.
* (2) Audio-visual media are an important source
for writing the history of Modern India.
Ans.
(i) 'Audio-visual' means possessing sound and
visual content; for example, films and television
(ii) We have channels like History channel and
Discovery channel which telecast footage of
historical events in multimedia.
(iii) With the help of satellites, live coverage of all
political, social and cultural events is possible
across the globe. This helps to create an
accountable repository for future reference as
well.
9
(iv) Video libraries possess a vast storage of
historical information in audio-visual mode
which becomes handy in writing the history of
modern India.
(3) Museums reflect the unique heritage of a state.
Ans.
(i) All states of India have museums that depict
the characteristics and display the cultural and
social heritage of the state.
(ii) They enable us to understand history; For
example, the Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj
Museum at Mumbai and the Reserve Bank
Museum in Pune city.
(iii) Apart from the Government Museums,
some private collectors also set up their own
museums.
(iv) They are based on distinctive subjects; For
example, coins, notes, lamps and nutcrackers
in different shapes, cricket equipment, etc.
Q.3. (B) Answer the following questions in brief.
(1) Which information among print media is
considered authentic and trust worthy?
Ans.
(i) Among the print media, the information
contained in the annual issues of the
Publications Division of the Government of
India is authentic and trustworthy.
(ii) For example, the Information and Broadcasting
Department published 'INDIA 2000', an annual
reference book.
(iii) This reference book is created under ‘Research,
Reference and Training Department’.
(2) Which sources are included in material
sources?
Ans. The following sources are included in material
sources:
(i) Coins (ii) Places of worship
(iii) Things in daily use (iv) Royal seals
(v) Ornaments (vi) Museums
(vii) Clothing (viii) Modern architecture.
(3) Write in brief about museums in India.
Ans.
(i) All states of India have museums that depict
the characteristics and display the cultural and
social heritage of the state.
(ii) They enable us to understand history
(e.g., the Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Museum
at Mumbai, Reserve Bank Museum in Pune
city).
10
(iii) Apart from the Government Museums,
some private collectors also set up their own
museums.
(iv) They are based on distinctive subjects; For
example, coins, notes, lamps and nutcrackers
in different shapes, cricket equipment, etc.
(4) Write briefly about 'Indian News Review'.
Ans.
(i) An institute called Indian News Review has
produced various newsreels on important
events in politics, social issues, art, sports and
culture.
(ii) This department has also produced various
documentaries on prominent social leaders, on
people who have made major contributions for
the country and about important locations in
India.
(iii) These news releases and documentaries are
useful for studying the history of modern India.
(5) Oral Sources
Ans.
(i) These sources include folktales, folksongs,
proverbs, ballads and owis (Marathi verses in
the oral tradition).
(ii) Activists were inspired by the powadas of Lok
shahir, Anna Bhau Sathe and Shahir Amar
Sheikh during the Sanyukta Maharashtra
Movement.
Q.4. Read the Passage and answer the questions.
The Indian government issued the ‘Jal Cooper’ stamp
in 1977. Jal Cooper was an internationally acclaimed
philatelist, i.e. an expert on the subject of ‘postage
stamps’. Born in a Parsi household in Mumbai,
Cooper edited ‘India’s Stamp Journal’. He was the
founder of the first Philatelic Bureau in India, an
office that collected stamps. He founded the ‘Empire
of India Philatelic Society’. He went on to write many
books on this subject. He gave a scientific bend to his
hobby. He played a pivotal role in taking the study
of Indian postage stamps to the international level.
Having started his career as a postage stamp collector,
Cooper achieved the expertise of a philatelist at the
international level. The postage stamp on Jal Cooper
is an important source to understand his significant
contribution to this field.
(1) Other than Philatelics which other streams of
vocation deal with sources of history?
Ans. Other than Philatelics, other streams of
vocation which deal with sources of history are:
Numismatics, Museology and Archaeology.
vvv
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
(2) Name the two institution founded by Jal
Cooper.
Ans. Two institutions founded by Jal Cooper are:
(i) The First Philatelic Bureau in India.
(ii) Empire of India Philatelic Society.
(3) Why do you think the government of India
issued a postage stamp in the name of Jal
Cooper.
Ans. Jal Cooper is accredited to raise Indian
Philatelics to an international level. He
nurtured his hobby with great expertise and
became a renowned Postage Stamp Collector.
To honour his contribution, the government
of India issued a postage stamp in his name in
1977.
(4) If you were to interview Jal Cooper, which
question would you have asked him?
Ans. If I were to interview Jal Cooper, I would ask
him the following questions:
(i) How can one pursue a successful career in
Philatelics through institutes in India?
(ii) Are there any certified academic courses
available in Indian institutes for the same?
Add: (answers to this question may very)
Q.5. Observe the picture and answer the questions.
(1) Identify the person in the picture.
Ans. The person depicted in the picture is Jal Cooper,
an internationally acclaimed philatelist from
India.
(2) State three contributions of the aforesaid
person.
Ans. Three contributions of Jal Cooper:
(i) Cooper edited 'India's stamp Journal'
(ii) He was the founder of the First Philatelic
Bureau in India, an office that collected stamps
(iii) He founded the 'Empire of India Philatelic
Society'
(3) In which year did the Government issue a
Stamp in his name?
Ans. The Government of India issued the Jal Cooper
Stamp in 1977.
Sources of History  11

ASSIGNMENT - 1
Time : 1 Hr. Marks : 20

Q.1. Choose the right option and rewrite the sentence: (5)
(1) The place where historical documents are preserved is called .................. .
(a) Library (b) Store Room (c) Archives (d) History Room
(2) Newspapers are considered the .................. pillar of democracy.
(a) First (b) Second (c) Third (d) Fourth
(3) Cooper edited .................. .
(a) India's Stamp Journal (b) Indian Philatelic Magazine
(c) Stamp Synopsis (d) The Journal of Philatelic Bureau
(4) The Indian government issued the .................. stamp in 1977.
(a) Narsee Monjee (b) Jal Cooper (c) Birsa Munda (d) Senapati Bapat
(5) Empire of India Philatelic Society was founded by .................. .
(a) Pherozeshah Mehta (b) Mahzarin Banaji (c) Jal Cooper (d) Dinshaw Patel
Q.2. Explain the following statements with reasons: (2)
(1) Museums reflect the unique heritage of a state.
Q.3. Answer the following questions in brief: (6)
(1) Which information among print media is considered authentic and trust worthy?
(2) Which sources are included in material sources?
(3) Write briefly about 'Indian News Review'.
Q.4. Write short note on: (4)
(1) Jal Cooper
Q.5. Complete the concept maps given below on basis of the information stated in the chapter: (3)
Places of Things in
worship daily use

Material Sources

Ornaments Clothing

vvv
2 India : Events after 1960

Points to Remember :
• India accepted constitutional framework 1950
• Means to achieve economic development Establishment of Planning Commission
and eliminate poverty and industrialisation was emphasised.
• India - China War Fought in the region of MacMahon Line in 1962
• Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru Architect of India's Foreign Policy
• Jawaharlal Nehru passed away 1964
• India - Pakistan War (Over Kashmir issue) in 1965
• Lal Bahadur Shastri breathed his last at Tashkent, in 1966
• Bangladesh formed 1971
• Underground atomic test at Pokhran in Rajasthan in 1974
• Sikkim became of full fledged state Indian Republic after peoples' voting 1975
• Allahabad High Court gave 1974, for misuse of government machinery
a verdict against Indira Gandhi during her election campaign
• National Emergency (1975-1977) Fundamental Rights of the citizens were suspended.
• Janata Party A party formed by many opposition parties led the
Government under Morarji Desai and Charan Singh.
• 1984 (i) Demand for independent state of Khalistan
(ii) Eviction of terrorists from Golden Temple at Amritsar
(iii) Assassination of Indira Gandhi
(iv) United liberation Front of Assam carried
a movement in North-East India.
(v) Rajiv Gandhi became Prime Minister
• Rajiv Gandhi's contribution (i) Tried to reform Indian economy, science and
technology. (ii) Promoted the ideas of united Sri Lanka
with internal autonomy to Tamils.
• Corruption during the purchase of Congress was defeated in elections.
long-range canons from Bofors
• Next Prime Minister from Janata Dal Vishwanath Pratap Singh implemented the
policy of providing reservations to OBC
• 1990 Chandrashekhar became Prime Minister
• 1991 LTTE assassinated Rajiv Gandhi

(12)
India : Events after 1960 13

• End of 1980s Unrest and terrorism forced Kashmir Pandits to leave

• Changes after 1991 (i) Disintegration of USSR (ii) End of Cold War
(iii) Narasimharao Government initiated changes in Indian Economy
(iv) Ram Janmabhumi and Babri Mosque issue came at the forefront
• Three short-lived governments Led by Prime Ministers Atal Bihari
between 1996-1999 Vajpayee, H.D. Devegowda, Inder Kumar Gujral
• 1999 (i) National Democratic Alliance came to power
(ii) Indo-Pak War in Kargil region over Kashmir issue.
• Characteristics of Indian Economy (i) Modernisation of economy, economic self -
sufficiency and social justice
• National Planning Commission Coordinate development through policy
of five year plans.
• 1991 (i) Economic Liberalisation and Globalisation.
(ii) Increased foreign investment, skilled Indian professional,
avenues of employment in field of Information Technology
were it's distinct features
• Father of Green Revolution (1965) M. S. Swaminathan
• White Revolution Dr. Verghese Kurien
(Co-operative Dairy movement to increase milk production)
• Indian Atomic Power Programme was laid by Dr. Homi Bhabha
• 1975 'Aryabhatta', the first satellite was launched
• 1985 Department of Women and Child Development was
created under the Ministry of Human Resource Development.
• Laws for women (i) Prohibition of Dowry Act
(ii) Equal Remuneration Act
• 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendment Seats were reserved for women
in Local Self governing bodies
• 1953 Kakasaheb Kalelkar Commission was setup
• 1978 A commission was set up under B P Mandal
• 1989 Prevention of Atrocities Act
• India is an important member (i) G 20 (ii) BRICS
of international organisations (Brazil, Russia, India, China, South Africa)

Dates Event 1964 Prime Minister, Pt. Jawaharlal Nehru

1947 India became independent passed away.
1950 India accepted the constitutional 1965 War between India and Pakistan over
framework. the Kashmir issue.
1960s The regions of Goa, Daman and Diu 1966 Prime Minister, Lal Bahadur Shastri
freed from Portguese rule and became passed away at Tashkent.
parts of the Indian federation. 1966 Indira Gandhi became the Prime
1962 War between India and China. Minister of India.
14
1971 War between India and Pakistan led to
the creation of an independent country
called Bangladesh.
1974 India successfully carried out an
underground test of an atomic device
at Pokhran in Rajasthan.
1975 The people of Sikkim voted for joining
the Indian republic and Sikkim became
a full-fledged state in the Indian
federation.
1974 The Allahabad High Court gave the
verdict that Indira Gandhi, the then
Prime Minister had misused the
government machinery, during her
election campaign.
1975-1977 The period of National Emergency.
1980 Congress Party under the leadership
of Indira Gandhi came to power again
post re-elections.
1984 The Indian Army was sent to the
Golden Temple at Amritsar to evict
the terrorists who had allegedly taken
shelter there.
1984 United Liberation Front of Assam
(ULFA) carried on a major movement
in north-east India.
1984 Indira Gandhi assassinated and Rajiv
Gandhi became the Prime Minister of
India.
1990 Chandra Shekhar became the Prime
Minister of India.
1991 The terrorist organisation in Sri Lanka,
Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelum
(LTTE) assassinated Rajiv Gandhi.
End of The unrest in Jammu and Kashmir
1980s began.
1991 The Soviet Union disintegrated into
several different small countries.
1991 The Cold War ended.
1991 In India, the government under the
leadership of Prime Minister P. V.
Narasimha Rao initiated many changes
in the Indian economy.
1991 The Ram Janmabhumi and Babri
Mosque issue at Ayodhya came to the
forefront.
1996-1999 No political party got a clear majority
in the Lok Sabha.
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
1999 The 'National Democratic Alliance'
came to power under the flag of
Bharatiya Janata Party and Atal
Bihari Vajpayee became India's Prime
Minister.
1998 India conducted a number of nuclear
tests and declared herself as an atomic
power.
1999 There was another war between India
and Pakistan in Kargil region over the
Kashmir issue.
1991 The Narasimha Rao Government
started economic reforms
After 1991 Globalisation
1965 Green Revolution.
1975 The first satellite 'Aryabhatta' was
launched
1985 The 'Department of Women and Child
Development' was created under
the Ministry of Human Resource
Development.
1953 The 'Kakasaheb Kalekar Commission'
was set up.
1978 A commission was constituted under
the chairmanship of B.P. Mandal to
study the issue of the backward classes.
1989 The Government passed The
Prevention of Atrocities Act.
MASTER KEY QUESTION SET – 2
Q.1. (A) Choose the correct option and rewrite the
complete answers:
* (1) The Prime Minister of India who took an
initiative in resolving the question of the Tamil
minority in Sri Lanka was .................. .
(a) Rajiv Gandhi (b) Indira Gandhi
(c) H. D. Deve Gowda (d) P. V. Narasimha Rao
* (2) .................. is the father of the Green Revolution
in India.
(a) Dr. Verghese Kurien (b) Homi Bhabha
(c) Dr. M. S. Swaminathan
(d) Dr . Norman Borlaug
(3) The war between India and China took place in
the year .................. .
(a) 1952 (b) 1962 (c) 1972 (d) 1982
India : Events after 1960 15

(4) The Indo – China war was fought in the region (15) The situation set against Indira Gandhi became
of the .................. line. more complicated due to the movement led by
(a) MacMahon (b) Kashmir .................. .
(c) St Lawrence (d) Mc Kinley (a) Dadabhai Naoroji (b) Jayprakash Narayan
(5) Jawaharlal Nehru passed away in .................. . (c) G. D. Agarkar (d) Ramanand Tirth
(a) 1944 (b) 1974 (c) 1984 (d) 1964 (16) The period of National Emergency lasted from
(6) After Jawaharlal Nehru .................. became Prime .................. and after that general elections were
Minister of India. conducted.
(a) Indira Gandhi (b) Rajiv Gandhi (a) 1922 – 24 (b) 1984 – 87
(c) Lal Bahadur Shastri (d) Morarji Desai (c) 1975 – 77 (d) 1987 – 99
(7) India and Pakistan went to war over the (17) On the backdrop of the emergency, many
.................. issue in 1965. opposition parties came together and formed a
(a) Kashmir (b) Goa party called the .................. .
(c) Hyderabad (d) Kerala (a) Republican Party (b) Congress Party
(8) The .................. mediated between the conflicting (c) Janata Party (d) Samaj Party
countries of India and Pakistan. (18) .................. became Prime Minister on behalf of
(a) Soviet Union (b) USA the Janata Party.
(c) Japan (d) China (a) Morarji Desai (b) Indira Gandhi
(9) .................. gave the slogan ‘Jai Jawan Jai Kisan’. (c) Rajiv Gandhi (d) Lal Bahadur Shastri
(a) Indira Gandhi (b) Lal Bahadur Shastri (19) The Sikhs in Punjab demanded an independent
(c) Morarji Desai (d) Rajiv Gandhi state of .................. .
(10) Lal Bahadur Shastri breathed his last at .................. (a) Khalistan (b) Pakistan
in 1966. (c) Kazakhstan (d) Baluchistan
(a) Gorakhpur (b) Kuala Lumpur (20) .................. had lent its support to the Khalistan
(c) Tashkent (d) Varanasi movement.
(11) A Freedom Movement was led by Sheikh (a) China (b) Pakistan
Mujibur Rahman and his organisation, .................. (c) England (d) Baluchistan
(a) Mukti Bahini (b) Bangla Bahini (21) An organisation called ……………… carried on
(c) Aamar Sonar Bangla (d) East Bengal Front a major movement in north-east India.
(12) The 1971 war between India and Pakistan led (a) United Liberation Front of Assam
to the creation of an independent country called (b) United Communist Group
.................. . (c) United India Front
(a) Bangladesh (b) Sri Lanka (d) United Assam Federation
(c) Sikkim (d) Telanga (22) …………….. laid the foundation of Indian
(13) India successfully carried out an underground atomic power programme.
test of an atomic device at .................. in Rajasthan. (a) Satish Dhawan (b) Homi Bhabha
(a) Dispur (b) Mannapattam (c) A.P.J. Kalam (d) Vikram Sarabhai
(c) Sriharikota (d) Pokhran (23) .................. Tamil organisation assassinated Rajiv
(14) The .................. High Court gave the verdict in Gandhi.
1974 that Indira Gandhi; the then Prime Minister (a) LTTE (b) ASEAN (c) LTEN (d) LTTA
had misused the government machinery during (24) India wanted to acquire modernity and self-
her election campaign. reliance by establishing .................. .
(a) Allahabad (b) Bombay (a) Nuclear reactor
(c) Delhi (d) Panaji (b) Industries
16 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

(c) Electricity grids (3) P. V. Narasimha Rao-Economic improvements

(d) Telephonic infrastructure (4) Chandrashekhar – Mandal Commission
(25) The .................. government started economic Ans. Chandrashekhar – Mandal Commission
reforms from 1991. Chandrashekhar had a Short lived Government.
(a) Morarji Desai (b) Indira Gandhi
Q.2. (A) Do as directed
(c) Narasimha Rao (d) Lal Bahadur Shastri
* (A) 1. With the help of the information in the
(26) In 1999, .................. came to power under the flag chapter, complete the list of the challenges
of Bharatiya Janata Party.
before India and the strengths of India:
(a) United Progressive Alliance
Ans.
(b) League of Indian Politics
The Challenges In Front
(c) India's Administrative Assemblage Strengths
of India
(d) National Democratic Alliance India-Pakistan war Unity in diversity
(27) .................. is known as the father of the White Membership in G20 and
Revolution. Cross - Border Terrorism
BRICS
(a) Dr. Verghese Kurien Corruption Nuclear preparedness
(b) Dr. Dayaram Sahni Establishment of National
Separatism
(c) Dr. Homi Bhabha Planning Commission
(d) Dr. M. S. Swaminathan *(A) 2. Based on the information in the chapter,
(28) In 1975, the first satellite, ................. was launched prepare a chronological chart of Prime
by India. Ministers and their tenure.
(a) Sputnik 1 (b) Apollo 1 Ans.
(c) Aryabhatta (d) Agni (i) Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru - 1947 to 1964
(29) The .................. Commission was set up in 1953 (ii) Lal Bahadur Shastri - 1964 to 1966
to make recommendations, so as to improve (iii) Indira Gandhi - 1966 to 1977
condition of the lower castes. (iv) Morarji Desai - 1977 to 1979
(a) Ganesh Agarkar (v) Charan Singh - 1979 to 1980
(b) Appasaheb Mayekar (vi) Indira Gandhi - 1980 to 1984
(c) Tarabai Shinde (vii) Rajiv Gandhi - 1984 to 1989
(d) Kakasaheb Kalelkar (viii) Vishwanath Pratap Singh - 1989 to 1990
Ans. (1) Rajiv Gandhi (2) M. S. Swaminathan (ix) Chandra Shekhar - 1990 to 1991
(3) 1962 (4) MacMahon (5) 1964 (6) Lal Bahadur (x) P. V. Narasimha Rao - 1991 to 1996
Shastri (7) Kashmir (8) Soviet Union (9) Lal
(xi) Atal Bihari Vajpayee - 1996
Bahadur Shastri (10) Tashkent (11) Mukti Bahini
(xii) H.D. Deve Gowda - 1996 to 1997
(12) Bangladesh (13) Pokhran (14) Allahabad
(15) Jayprakash Narayan (16) 1975-77 (17) (xiii) Inder Kumar Gujral - 1997 to 1998
Janata Party (18) Morarji Desai (19) Khalistan (xiv) Atal Bihari Vajpayee - 1998 to 2004
(20) Pakistan (21) United Liberation Front Q.2. (B) Write Short Notes:
of Assam (22) Homi Bhabha (23) LTTE
* (1) Globalisation
(24) Industries (25) Narasimha Rao (26) National
Democratic Alliance (27) Dr. Verghese Kurien Ans.
(28) Aryabhatta (29) Kakasaheb Kalelkar (i) Globalisation brought about many changes in
* Q.1. (B) Identify the wrong pair and rewrite the different fields like economy, politics, science
correct one: and technology and society and culture.
(1) Indira Gandhi - Emergency (ii) India has emerged as an important country on
the global scene in different spheres.
(2) Rajiv Gandhi – Developments of Science and
Technology
India : Events after 1960
(iii) India is an important member of international
organisations like G-20 and ‘BRICS’ (Brazil,
Russia, India, China, South Africa).
(iv) India has experienced an important revolution
in the field of telecommunication technology.
(v) Mobile phones, internet and the communication
facilities based on satellite have spread all
across the country.
(vi) It has resulted in a total transformation in the
lifestyle of Indians and especially the youth.
(vii) These changes are visible from their dietary
habits, clothing, language and beliefs.
* (2) White Revolution
Ans.
(i) White Revolution is a major event of India’s
efforts towards self-reliance.
(ii) The experiment in co-operative dairy
movement by Dr. Verghese Kurien led to the
increase of milk production in India.
(iii) This is called as ‘White Revolution’.
(3) Atomic Energy and Space Research.
Ans.
(i) Dr. Homi Bhabha laid the foundation of the
Indian atomic power programme.
(ii) India insisted on using atomic energy for
peaceful purposes like generation of electricity,
pharmaceuticals and defense.
(iii) India has achieved considerable success in
space technology as well. In 1975, the first
satellite ‘Aryabhatta’ was launched.
(iv) Today, India has a successful space programme
and many satellites have been launched under
this programme. India has also made considerable
advancement in the telecom sector.
Q.3. (A) Explain the following statements with
reasons:
* (1) The Morarji Desai government lasted for a
short while.
Ans.
(i) On the backdrop of the emergency, many
opposition parties came together and formed a
party called the Janata Party.
(ii) The Congress party led by Indira Gandhi was
roundly defeated by this newly formed ‘Janata
Party’.
(iii) Morarji Desai became the Prime Minister,
but under his leadership the Janata Party
17
government couldn’t last long due to its
internal differences.
(iv) Hence, the Morarji Desai government lasted
for a short while.
* (2) The army had to be sent into the Golden
Temple in Amritsar.
Ans.
(i) The Sikhs in Punjab demanded an independent
state of Khalistan and began a movement which
went on to become violent and destructive.
(ii) Pakistan had lent its support to this movement.
(iii) Some terrorists had allegedly taken shelter
inside the Golden Temple at Amritsar, a holy
shrine of the Sikhs in 1984.
(iv) Hence, the Indian army was sent into the Golden
Temple in Amritsar to evict the terrorists who
had taken shelter there.
* (3) The National Planning Commission was set
up in India.
Ans.
(i) India wanted to acquire modernity and self-
reliance by establishing industries.
(ii) India wanted to establish an economy based on
social justice through planning.
(iii) For this, the National Planning Commission
was established. This would coordinate
development through the policy of Five Year
Plans.
(4) Globalisation brought about many changes
in different fields.
Ans.
(i) India has emerged as an important country on
the global scene in different spheres.
(ii) India is an important member of international
organisations like G-20 and ‘BRICS’ (Brazil,
Russia, India, China, and South Africa).
(iii) India has experienced an important revolution
in the field of telecommunication technology.
(iv) Mobile phones, internet and the communication
facilities based on satellite have spread all
across the country.
(v) In the political field, India has demonstrated to
the world how a stable democracy can function
successfully.
(vi) All this has resulted in a total transformation
in the lifestyle of Indians, especially the youth.
18
These changes are visible from their dietary
habits, clothing, language and beliefs.
(5) There were several major changes in the
social field in India for upliftment of women.
Ans.
(i) To promote the all-round development of
women and children many constructive steps
were taken.
(ii) A separate ‘Department of Women and Child
Development’ was created in 1985 under the
Ministry of Human Resource Development.
(iii) Some laws were made to ensure social justice
to women and to help the implementation of
various schemes in this direction.
(iv) They include the Prohibition of Dowry Act,
Equal Remuneration Act. As per the 73rd
and 74th Constitution Amendments, seats
are reserved for women in the local self-
government bodies.
Q.3. (B) Answer the following in brief:
* (1) How was 1991 a year of important changes in
the history of the world and of India?
Ans.
(i) The year 1991 is held to be very important in
the history of the world as well as India.
(ii) The Soviet Union disintegrated into several
different small countries and the Cold War
came to an end.
(iii) During this period, the Ram Janmabhumi and
Babri Mosque issue at Ayodhya came to the
forefront.
(iv) In India, the Government under the leadership
of Prime Minister P. V. Narasimha Rao initiated
many changes in the Indian economy.
(v) These economic reforms are called as economic
liberalisation. The Indian economy flourished
as a result of the implementation of this policy.
(vi) Skilled Indian professionals helped reform
the Indian economy. The field of information
technology opened several avenues of
employment in the country.
(vii) The changes after 1991 are also described as
‘globalisation’.
* (2) What are the characteristics of the Indian
economy?
Ans.
(i) Right from independence, the modernisation
of economy, economic self-sufficiency and
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
social justice have been the characteristics of
Indian economy.
(ii) India wanted to acquire modernity and self-
reliance by establishing industries.
(iii) It wanted to establish an economy based on
social justice through planning.
(iv) For this, the National Planning Commission
was established that would coordinate
development through the policy of Five Year
Plans.
(3) What policies were made to uplift of the
deprived sections of the society?
Ans.
(i) The ‘Kakasaheb Kalelkar Commission’ was set
up in 1953 to make recommendations so as to
improve their condition.
(ii) In 1978, a Commission was constituted under
the chairmanship of B. P. Mandal to study the
issue of the backward classes.
(iii) The policy of reservation was adopted in order
to strengthen the representation of backward
sections in various services and institutions.
(iv) The Government passed the Prevention of
Atrocities Act in 1989 to enable those belonging
to the Scheduled Castes and Tribes to live with
dignity and respect, free from fear, violence
and oppression of the upper classes.
Q.4. Read the passage and answer the questions.
As a part of India’s policy to use atomic energy for
peaceful purposes, India successfully carried out an
underground test of an atomic device at Pokharan
in Rajasthan in 1974. In 1975, the people of Sikkim
voted for joining the Indian republic and Sikkim
became a full-fledged State in the Indian federation.
During this decade, the political situation in India
grew unstable. The Allahabad High Court gave the
verdict in 1974 that Indira Gandhi; the then Prime
Minister had misused the government machinery
during her election campaign. It led to nationwide
strikes and protest. During this period, the situation
became more complicated due to the movement led
by Jayprakash Narayan. The situation of law and
order in the country worsened and the government
declared a state of National Emergency on the basis of
the constitutional provisions relating to Emergency.
During this turbulent period, the fundamental
rights of Indian citizens were suspended. Due to
the emergency, the Indian administration became
disciplined, but the human rights were restricted.
India : Events after 1960
The period of national emergency lasted from 1975 to
1977 and after that general elections were conducted.
On the backdrop of the emergency, many opposition
parties came together and formed a party called the
Janata Party. The Congress party led by Indira Gandhi
was roundly defeated by this newly formed ‘Janata
Party’. Morarji Desai became the Prime Minister, but
under his leadership the Janata Party government
couldn’t last long due to internal differences. Charan
Singh succeeded him, but even his government was
a short-lived one. Elections were conducted once
again in 1980 and the Congress party under the
leadership of Indira Gandhi came to power again.
(1) Enlist incidents that culminated in Indira
Gandhi's rise to power post the verdict of
Allahabad High Court.
Ans. Following incidents paved the way of Indira
Gandhi back to power:
(i) Allahabad High Court verdict against Indira
Gandhi
(ii) Nation - wide strikes and protest led by Jai
Prakash Narayan
(iii) Imposition of National Emergency (1975-77)
fundamental rights suspended
(iv) Opposition parties came together to form
Janata Party.
(v) Short lived governments of Morarji Desai and
Charan Singh.
(vi) Elections conducted in 1980 - Congress back to
power.
(2) Which state became a constituent state of
India in 1975.
Ans. Sikkim voted to join the Indian Republic and it
became a full - fledged state of Indian Republic
in 1975.
(3) Why do you think India conducted a nuclear
test in Pokhran in 1974?
Ans. India conducted Nuclear tests for two reasons:
(i) to keep Pakistan's aggression under check post
1971 war.
(ii) to initiate peaceful and constructive use of
atomic energy.
Q.5.1 Answer in detail:
(1) What were the contributions of Lal Bahadur
Shastri?
Ans.
(i) Lal Bahadur Shastri succeeded Pandit
19
Jawaharlal Nehru and became the next Prime
Minister of India.
(ii) During his tenure, India and Pakistan went to
war over the Kashmir issue in 1965.
(iii) The Soviet Union tried to mediate between the
two countries.
(iv) Lal Bahadur Shastri gave the slogan ‘Jai Jawan Jai
Kisan’ with which he highlighted the importance
of Indian soldiers and Indian farmers.
(v) Lal Bahadur Shastri breathed his last at
Tashkent in 1966.
(2) Write a note on Rajiv Gandhi.
Ans.
(i) Right after Indira Gandhi’s assassination in
1984, Rajiv Gandhi became the Prime Minister
of India.
(ii) He tried to make several reforms in the field
of Indian economy and that of science and
technology.
(iii) He took the lead in solving the issues of the
Tamil minority in Sri Lanka. He promoted
the idea of a united Sri Lanka with internal
autonomy to the Tamil community, but his
efforts in this regard proved to be in vain.
(iv) He faced a lot of criticism in the context of
corruption that took place during a defence
equipment deal, especially the purchase of
long-range canons from a foreign company
called Bofors.
(v) Political corruption became a crucial issue in
the general elections that followed and the
Congress party was defeated.
(vi) In 1991, during the election campaign, the
terrorist organisation in Sri Lanka, Liberation
Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE), assassinated
Rajiv Gandhi.
(3) Write a note on Atal Bihari Vajpayee.
Ans.
(i) In 1999 the ‘National Democratic Alliance’
came to power under the flag of Bharatiya
Janata Party and Atal Bihari Vajpayee became
India’s Prime Minister (1998-2004).
(ii) Atal Bihari Vajpayee tried to establish a
dialogue with Pakistan but was not successful.
(iii) India conducted a number of nuclear tests in
1998 and declared herself as an atomic power.
(iv) In 1999, there was another war between India
and Pakistan in Kargil region over the Kashmir
issue.
20
(v) India defeated Pakistan in this war as well.
(4) What is economic liberalisation? What are its
benefits?
Ans.
(i) The Narasimha Rao Government started
economic reforms from 1991. These economic
reforms are known as economic liberalisation.
(ii) The Indian economy flourished as a result of
the implementation of this policy.
(iii) The foreign investment in India increased.
Skilled Indian professionals helped reform the
Indian economy.
(iv) The field of information technology opened
several avenues of employment in the country.
(v) The changes after 1991 are also described as
‘globalisation’.
(5) What do you mean by (i) Green Revolution
and (ii) White revolution?
Ans.
(i) Dr. M. S. Swaminathan is known as the father of
the Green Revolution in 1965. He implemented
new scientific agricultural techniques and
increased the production of foodgrains.
(ii) The experiment in co-operative dairy
movement by Dr. Verghese Kurien led to
increase of milk production in India. This is
called as ‘White Revolution’.
(6) What is the progress of India in the fields of
atomic energy and space research?
Ans.
(i) India had also made a lot of progress in the
fields of atomic energy and space research.
(ii) Dr. Homi Bhabha laid the foundation of the
Indian atomic power programme.
(iii) India insisted on using atomic energy for
peaceful purposes like generation of electricity,
pharmaceuticals and defence.
(iv) India has achieved considerable success in
space technology as well. In 1975, the first
satellite ‘Aryabhatta’ was launched.
(v) Today, India has a successful space programme
and many satellites have been launched under
this programme.
(vi) India has also made considerable advancement
in the telecom sector.
(7) Describe the changes in India due to
globalisation.
Ans.
(i) Globalisation brought about many changes in
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
different fields like economy, politics, science
and technology and society and culture.
(ii) India has emerged as an important country
on the global scene in different spheres. India
is an important member of international
organisations like G-20 and ‘BRICS’ (Brazil,
Russia, India, China, and South Africa).
(iii) India has experienced an important revolution
in the field of telecommunication technology.
Mobile phones, internet and the communication
facilities based on satellite have spread all
across the country.
(iv) In the political field, India has demonstrated to
the world how a stable democracy can function
successfully.
(v) All this has resulted in a total transformation
in the lifestyle of Indians and especially the
youth. These changes are visible from their
dietary habits, clothing, language and beliefs.
(8) How was an independent country of
Bangladesh created?
Ans.
(i) Indira Gandhi became the Prime Minister of
India in 1966.
(ii) During her tenure, Pakistan’s oppressive
policies in East Pakistan resulted in a big
movement there. This movement was led by
Sheikh Mujibur Rahman and his organisation,
‘Mukti Bahini.’
(iii) This crisis in East Pakistan affected India as
well, because millions of refugees came to
India.
(iv) The 1971 war between India and Pakistan led to
the creation of an independent country called
Bangladesh.
Q.5.2. Observe the picture and answer the questions.
(1) When did Indira Gandhi become the prime
minister of India.
Ans. Indira Gandhi became the Prime Minister of
India in the year 1966.
India : Events after 1960 21

(2) Which court gave a judicial verdict against Ans. Jayprakash Narayan led a movement against
her? Why? Indira Gandhi.
Ans. The Allahabad High Court gave a verdict in (4) State the aftermath of National Emergency
1974, that Indira Gandhi had misused the imposed by the government.
government machinery during her election Ans. As a result of the National Emergency imposed
campaign. by the government, the fundamental rights
(3) Name the popular leader who led a movement of the citizens were suspended During the
against Indira Gandhi emergency the India administration became
disciplined but human rights were restricted.
vvv

ASSIGNMENT - 2
Time : 1 Hr. Marks : 20

Q.1. Choose the right option and rewrite the sentence: (5)
(1) The Indo – China war was fought in the region of the ............... line.
(a) MacMahon (b) Kashmir (c) St lawrence (d) Mc Kinley
(2) After Jawaharlal Nehru ............... became prime minister of India.
(a) Indira Gandhi (b) Rajiv Gandhi (c) Lal Bahadur Shastri (d) Morarji Desai
(3) India and Pakistan went to war over the ............... issue in 1965.
(a) Kashmir (b) Goa (c) Hyderabad (d) Kerala
(4) The ............... mediated between the conflicting countries of India and Pakistan.
(a) Soviet Union (b) USA (c) Japan (d) China
(5) A freedom movement was led by Sheikh Mujibur Rahman and his organisation, ............... .
(a) Mukti Bahini (b) Bangla Bahini (c) Aamar Sonar Bangla (d) East Bengal Front
Q.2. Give reasons: (6)
(1) The National Planning Commission was set up in India.
(2) Morarji Desai government lasted for a short while
Q.3. Answer the following in brief: (2)
(1) Write about White Revolution.
Q.4. Write short note: (4)
(1) Globalisation
(2) Creation of Bangladesh
Q.5. Complete the list of the challenges before India and the strengths of India: (3)
THE CHALLENGES IN FRONT OF INDIA STRENGTHS
India-Pakistan war Unity in diversity
Cross – Border Terrorism ..........................................
.......................................... Nuclear preparedness
Separatism ..........................................

vvv
3 India's Internal Challenges

Points to Remember :
• Major political party of Punjab Akali Dal
• Resolution passed by Akali Dal Aanandpur Sahib Resolution, 1973
• Akali Dal came to power in Punjab 1977
• Leader of the Akali Dal Harcharan Singh Longowal
• Start of the movement for 'Independent Khalistan' in Punjab 1980
• Staunch supporter for 'Khalistan' Jarnail Singh Bhindranwale
• Sant Jarnail Singh Bhindranwale's arrest 1981, for the murder of Lala Jagatnarayan
• President's rule imposed in Punjab 1983
• 'Operation Blue Star' under Major Kuldeep Singh Brar 3rd to 6th June, 1984
• 'Operation Black Thunder' 1986
• Eight States of north-east India Assam, Arunachal Pradesh Manipur, Meghalaya,
Mizoram, Nagaland, Sikkim and Tripura
• Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru organizes the territories 1954, NEFA (North-East
on Sino-Indian border and north of Assam Frontier Agency)
• Special provisions for tribes, VI Schedule of the Indian Constitution
preserving their culture
• Ministry of External Affairs undertakes responsibility for the north-east 1965
• Advisory body to the central Govt. regarding economic Northeastern council Act of 1971
and social matters
• Appointment of the States Reorganisation Commision 1954
• Establishment of the Mizo National Front (MNF) 1961, by Laldenga
• Region that was to comprise 'Greater Mizoram' Tripura, Manipur and Mizo majority
areas from the Lushai hills
• Emergence of independent Mizoram March, 1966
• Mizo majority area gets the status of Union Territory 1972
• Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi grants Mizoram the status of a State 1985
• First Chief Minister of the state of Mizoram Laldenga
• A martial tribe of north-east India Naga tribe
• Establishment of Naga National Council (NNC) 1946, by Naga youth
• The NNC announces the establishment of an independent 1954
federation of Nagaland led by Angami Zapu Fizo
• Clashes between local Nagas and soldiers of the Assam Rifles 1955

(22)
India's Internal Challenges 23

• Nagaland becomes a full-fledged State 1st December, 1963

• Issue that triggered agitation by the All Assam Students Union Dominance in Assam of
and Assam Ganasangram Parishad Bengali Migrants (1983)
• Signatories of the 1985 accord for Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi, Central Home
sending Bangladeshi infiltrators back Minister Shankarrao Chavan and Assamese
leader Prafullakumar Mohanto
• Elections Assam Legislative Assembly 1986, Prafullakumar Mohanto becomes
the new Chief Minister
• Arunachal Pradesh gets the status of a state 20th February, 1987
• Place of origin of the Naxalite Movement Naxalbari, Darjeeling district of West Bengal
• Purpose of the Action Committees of the To protest against the exploitation
Naxalite movement of the farmers by the landlords; confiscation
of the land of the landlords and its distribution among tenants
• Main locations of the Naxalite movement in :
(i) Andhra Pradesh (i) East Godavari
(ii) Telangana (ii) Parts of Nizamabad and Karimnagar
(iii) Chhattisgarh (iii) Adilabad, Bastar, Rajnandangaon and Sukma
(iv) Maharashtra (iv) Gadchiroli, Bhandara and parts of Chandrapur
(v) Madhya Pradesh (v) Balaghat and Mandala
(vi) Odisha (vi) Koraput
• Organisation established by the Naxalites People's Liberation Guerilla Army (PLGA)
• The root cause of communalism Religious fanaticism
• Excessive pride in one's region Regionalism
• Developed states Maharashtra, Gujarat Punjab, Tamil Nadu
• Under developed states Odisha, Bihar, Assam
• Problems of backward states Lack of education, unemployment, poverty, backwardness

Dates Events 1986 Start of 'Operation Black Thunder'.

1973 The Akali Dal passed the 'Anandpur
Sahib Resolution'.
1977 Akali Dal came to power in Punjab.
1980 The movement for 'Independent
Khalistan' took root in Punjab.
1981 Sant Jarnailsingh Bhindranwale
arrested. He was accused of the
murder of newspaper editor, Lala
Jagatnarayan.
1983 President's rule was imposed in
Punjab.
3rd June 1984 Start of 'Operation Blue Star'
6th June 1984 End of 'Operation Blue Star'
1954 The first Prime Minster of
independent India, Jawaharlal
Nehru, formed the North-East
Frontier Agency (NEFA) area.
1965 The responsibility of administering
the NEFA area was given to the
Ministry of External Affairs.
1971 The Northeastern Council Act was
passed.
1954 The States Reorganisation
Commission was appointed.
1959 The territory of Mizoram
experienced severe drought.
24
1961 Laldenga established an
organisation called Mizo National
Front (MNF).
March, 1966 The Mizo National Front announced
the emergence of Independent
Mizoram.
1972 The Mizo majority area was given
the status of a Union Territory.
1985 The Prime Minister of India, Rajiv
Gandhi, had an agreement with the
Mizo National Front and Mizoram
was given the status of a full-
fledged state. Laldenga became the
Chief Minister of the State.
1946 Some educated Naga youth
established an organisation called
Naga National Council (NNC).
1954 The Naga National Council
announced the estalishment of
an independent federation of
Nagaland.
1955 There were skirmishes or clashes
between local Nagas and the
soldiers of the Assam Rifles.
1st Dec 1963 Nagaland was made a full fledged
state by putting together the Naga
majority territory and part of
Tuensang
1983 There was an intense agitation
staged by All Assam Ganasangram
Parishad over the question of the
dominance in Assam of Bengali
migrants.
1985 Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi,
Central Home Minister Shankarrao
Chavan and Assamese leader
Prafullakumar Mohanto signed an
Accord.
1986 The elections were held for
Assam Legislative Assembly and
Prafullakumar Mahanta, of Assam
Ganaparishad became the new
Chief Minister.
1954 The North-East Frontier Agency
(NEFA) was created.
1972 NEFA was called Arunachal Pradesh
(region of the rising sun)
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
20th Feb Arunachal Pradesh got the status of
1987 a constituent State.
1967 The Naxalites organised the small
holding farmers and land labourers
and took charge of their lands, put
up red flags and declared that area
as free territory.
MASTER KEY QUESTION SET – 3
Q.1. (A) Choose the correct option and rewrite the
complete statements:
(1) Akali Dal was the major political party of
...................., which came to power in 1977.
(a) Haryana (b) Punjab
(c) Rajasthan (d) Gujarat
(2) Akali Dal demanded 'Holy City' status for
.................... .
(a) Jalandhar (b) Bhatinda
(c) Chandigarh (d) Amritsar
(3) During the movement for 'Independent
Khalistan' .................... was the leader of Akali
Dal.
(a) Sant Jarnail Singh Bhindranwale
(b) Sant Harcharan Singh
(c) Major General Shahbeg Singh
(d) Major General Kuldeep Singh Brar
(4) On the morning of 3rd June 1984, mission
.................... started.
(a) Operation Blue Star
(b) Operation Black Thunder
(c) Operation Vijay
(d) Operation Smiling Buddha
(5) The north-east consists of .................... states.
(a) 6 (b) 7 (c) 8 (d) 5
(6) In 1954, NEFA comprised of the territories on
the .................... border and tribal areas towards
the north of Assam.
(a) Indo-Pak (b) Sino-Indian
(c) Indo-Nepalese (d) Indo-Bhutanese
(7) In 1965, the responsibility of administering
the north-east regions of India was given to
.................... .
(a) Defence Ministry
(b) Ministry of External Affairs
India's Internal Challenges 25

(c) President of India Ans. (1) Punjab (2) Amritsar (3) Sant Harcharan
(d) Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru Singh (4) Operation Blue Star (5) 8 (6) Sino-Indian
(7) Ministry of External Affairs (8) Mizo
(8) When India became independent, the
(9) Mizo National Front (10) martial (11) Angami
government gave administrative autonomy
Zapu Fizo (12) Bengali migrants from Bangladesh
to the districts of .................... majority areas of
(13) Arunachal Pradesh (14) Darjeeling
Lushai Hills.
(15) People's Liberation Guerilla Army
(a) Naga (b) Ahom
Q.1. (B) Identify the wrong pair and rewrite the
(c) Mizo (d) Assamese
correct one:
(9) In 1961, Laldenga established the .................... .
(1)
(a) All Assam Students Union
(1) Greater Mizoram – Mizo National Front
(b) Asom Gana Sangram Parishad
(2) Aanandpur Sahib Resolution – Akali Dal
(c) Mizo National Front
(3) Action Committees – Communalism
(d) Naga National Council
(4) Operation Blue Star – Kuldeep Singh Brar
(10) The Naga Tribe in north-east India was known
to be a .................... tribe. Ans. Action Committees – Communalism

(a) nomadic (b) pastoral Action Committees resulted in Naxalism

(c) martial (d) ethnic (2)
(11) Naga National Council was led by .................... . (1) Laldenga – Chief Minister of Mizoram
(a) Prafullakumar Mohanto (2) Lala Jagatnarayan – Naxalite
(b) Laldenga (3) Prafullakumar Mahanta–Assam Ganaparishad
(c) Vizar Angami (4) Jarnail Singh Bhindranwale – Independent
(d) Angami Zapu Fizo Khalistan
(12) The intense agitation of 1983 in Assam was Ans. Lala Jagatnarayan – Naxalite
staged over the question of .................... . Lala Jagatnarayan was a News paper Editor
(a) Exploitation by the landlords (3)
(b) Bengali migrants from Bangladesh (1) 1973 – Anandpur Sahib Resolution
(c) Autonomy in Assam (2) 1954 – NEFA became Arunachal Pradesh
(d) Naxalites (3) 1972 – Mizo areas got the status of Union
(13) On 20th February 1987, .................... got the status Territory
of a constituent state. (4) 1961 – Mizo National Front was established
(a) Manipur (b) Nagaland Ans. 1954 – NEFA became Arunachal Pradesh
(c) Assam (d) Arunachal Pradesh In 1954 Pt. Nehru established NEFA
(14) The Naxalite movement started at Naxalbari in Q.1. (C) Write the full form of the following
.................... district. acronyms:
(a) Darjeeling (b) Hojai (1) NEFA
(c) Bishnupur (d)Tuensang Ans. North East Frontier Agency
(15) The Naxalites established an organisation called *(2) MNF
.................... . Ans. Mizo National Front
(a) North-east Frontier Agency *(3) NNC
(b) People's Liberation Guerilla Army Ans. Naga National Council
(c) Mizo National Front *(4) PLGA
(d) Naga National Council Ans. People's Liberation Guerilla Army
26 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

Q.2. (A) Do as directed (iii) The disparity in availability of education,

(A.1) Complete the table using the information
of Naxalite areas of activity provided in the
chapter:
(1) East Godavari Andhra Pradesh
(2) Adilabad, Bastar
Chhattisgarh
Rajnandangaon and Sukma
(3) Balaghat and Mandala Madhya Pradesh
(4) Gadchiroli, Bhandara, parts
Maharashtra
of Chandrapur
(5) Koraput Odisha
(6) Parts of Vishakhapatnam and
Telangana
Karimnagar
*Q.2. (B) Explain the following concepts in your
own words:
(1) Communalism
Ans.
(i) Communalism can be described as the lack
of trust and belongingness among various
religious communities of a nation.
(ii) Fear, jealousy and hostility grows out of
irrational notions and prejudices that the
people of a particular community may harbour
for other religious faiths.
(iii) A sense of superiority for one's own religion
becomes inconsistent with ideals like unity and
secularism.
(iv) People who have excessive pride in their own
religion or ethnicity might disrespect or hurt
the members of other communities. Hence,
communalism is an anti-national ideology.
(2) Regionalism
Ans.
(i) Regionalism refers an over–adherence to the
language, culture, socio – political structures
and economic growth of one's own region or
territory which leads to disregard for people of
other regions.
(ii) It is grounded in the uneven industrial and
infrastructural development of various
regions of the same nation. For example,
states like Maharashtra, Gujarat, Punjab and
Tamil Nadu are well developed economically
and industrially, whereas states like Odisha,
Bihar, Assam, have remained undeveloped
economically and industrially.
employment and other civic amenities
between developed and backward regions of
the country leads to regionalism.
(iv) The people of economically backward states
often feel neglected and deprived, whereas
the people of developed states might become
narrow-minded and refuse to share the benefits
of their development.
Q.3. (A) Explain the following statements with
reasons:
*(1) It became necessary to carry out Operation
Blue Star.
Ans.
(i) In 1980, the movement for ‘Independent
Khalistan’ took root in Punjab.
(ii) During that period, the leader of the Akali Dal
was Sant Harcharan Singh Longowal. He used
to direct his activists from the Golden Temple
to stage protests.
(iii) On the other side of the Golden Temple,
armed followers started gathering around the
staunch Khalistan supporter Sant Jarnail Singh
Bhindranwale. During that period, terrorist
activities had begun.
(iv) Bhindranwale was arrested in 1981, accused
of the murder of newspaper editor, Lala
Jagatnarayan. After this incident, the situation
worsened.
(v) Due to these developments, President’s rule
was imposed in Punjab in 1983.
(vi) Bhindranwale went to stay at a religious place
called Akal Takht.
(vii) Bhindranwale’s followers captured the Golden
Temple and built a barricade of sand bags over
there. The area looked like a fort.
(viii) This greatly disturbed peace in Punjab. It was a
major challenge to Indian democracy.
*(2) We should fight communalism with all our
strength.
Ans.
(i) It is necessary that we all counter religious
communalism with all our strength.
(ii) For this to become a reality, we should mix
with people of different religions. We should
accept the good practices and ideas of each
other.
India's Internal Challenges
(iii) We should be able to look at and understand
our economic and social problems rationally.
We should not mix these issues with religion.
(iv) We should look for the economic, political
or historical reasons that are responsible for
disrupting religious harmony.
(v) This is the only way to put an end to
communalism and to strengthen national
unity.
(3) Military action was taken to suppress the
skirmishes of Naga activists.
Ans.
(i) In 1946, some educated Naga youth established
an organisation called Naga National Council
(NNC).
(ii) Later they made a demand for an independent
state of Nagaland. They were led by Angami
Zapu Fizo.
(iii) In 1954, the Naga National Council announced
the establishment of an independent federation
of Nagaland.
(iv) In 1955, skirmishes took place between local
Nagas and the soldiers of the Assam Rifles.
Military action was therefore taken to suppress
the skirmishes (clashes).
(4) The Naxalites established an organisation
called PLGA.
Ans.
(i) The Naxalite Movement originated from
Darjeeling, West Bengal, to raise a voice against
the exploitation of farmers by the landlords
and to confiscate the lands of the landlords and
distribute it amongst the tenants.
(ii) Later, the Naxalites took to terrorism
and started a parallel system by rejecting
democracy, thereby threatening the internal
security of India.
(iii) The movement was mainly located in West
Bengal.
(iv) Later, the movement spread to East
Godavari in Andhra Pradesh and parts of
Vishakhapattanam, Karimnagar in Telangana,
Adilabad, Bastar, Rajnandangaon and Sukma
in Chhattisgarh, Gadchiroli, Bhandara and
parts of Chandrapur in Maharashtra, Balaghat
and Mandala in Madhya Pradesh and Koraput
in Odisha.
27
(v) In order to maintain their influence, the
Naxalites established an organisation called
People’s Liberation Guerilla Army (PLGA).
This conflict is still going on.
(5) Fanaticism is the base of communalism.
Ans.
(i) Communalism is a serious threat to the unity
of our country. Communalism emerges out of
narrow religious pride.
(ii) But when this pride becomes excessive, then it
turns into bigotry.
(iii) Each one then begins to consider their religion
superior and others’ inferior. This leads to
religious fanaticism which is the base of
communalism.
(6) Regionalism thrives on regional imbalance in
development.
Ans.
(i) In the post-independence period, some states
achieved more progress, while some states
remained backward.
(ii) States that develop economically can also
achieve progress in other areas like education,
health and culture.
(iii) The states which have not developed in this
manner remain backward in education and
civic amenities.
(iv) They are harassed by problems of education,
backwardness, unemployment and poverty,
etc.
(v) They begin to think that they are being cheated;
they are being kept away from the benefits of
development.
(vi) Because of this, the understanding between
states is broken. This in turn, has a negative
impact on national unity.
(7) Skirmishes took place between local Nagas
and the soldiers of Assam Rifles.
Ans.
(i) In 1946, some educated Naga youth established
an organisation called Naga National Council
(NNC).
(ii) Later, they made a demand for an independent
State of Nagaland. They were led by Angami
Zapu Fizo.
28
(iii) In 1954, the Naga National Council announced
the establishment of an independent federation
of Nagaland. In 1955, skirmishes happened
between local Nagas and the soldiers of the
Assam Rifles.
(8) Naxalite movements are a threat to internal
insecurity.
Ans.
(i) The movement had the objectives of
establishing, an Action Committees to raise a
voice against the exploitation of the farmers
by the landlords and confiscate the land of the
landlords and distribute it among the tenants.
(ii) Later, the movement strayed away from its
objectives. It took recourse to terrorism to
prevent any government schemes and welfare
policies from reaching the common people.
(iii) The Naxalites started a parallel system by
rejecting the democratic system. This made
Naxalism a serious challenge to India’s internal
security.
Q.3. (B) Answer the following in brief:
(1) What do you mean by 'Operation Blue Star'?
Ans.
(i) Operation Blue Star was a military action of
getting the terrorists out of the Golden temple.
This operation was entrusted to Major General
Kuldeep Singh Brar.
(ii) On the morning of 3rd June 1984, the mission
‘Operation Blue Star’ started. The Operation
ended on 6th June.
(2) Which events from the Golden Temple in
1980 disturbed the peace in Punjab?
Ans.
(i) In 1980, the movement for ‘Independent
Khalistan’ took root in Punjab. During that
period, the leader of the Akali Dal was Sant
Harcharan Singh Longowal. He used to direct
his activists from the Golden Temple to stage
protests.
(ii) On the other side of the Golden Temple,
armed followers started gathering around the
staunch Khalistan supporter Sant Jarnail Singh
Bhindranwale. During that period, terrorist
activities had begun.
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
(3) Which event prompted the arrest of
Jarnailsingh Bhindranwale?
Ans. Bhindranwale was arrested in 1981, accused
of the murder of newspaper editor, Lala
Jagatnarayan. After this incident, the situation
in Punjab worsened.
(4) Name the constituent states of the north-east
of India.
Ans. North-east India consists of the eight states
of Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur,
Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Sikkim and
Tripura.
(5) What made the Mizo leaders demand
autonomy for their province?
Ans.
(i) When India became independent, the
government gave administrative autonomy
to the districts of Mizo majority areas of the
Lushai hills.
(ii) When the States Reorganisation Commission
was appointed in 1954, the expectations of the
people in this area grew. That is when the Mizo
leaders started demanding an autonomous
‘Mizo’ province.
(6) What do you mean by 'Operation Black
Thunder'?
Ans. In 1986, an operation has to be conducted
against terrorists in the Golden Temple. It was
called 'Operation Black Thunder'.
(7) What was the objective of Naxalite Action
Committees?
Ans. The Naxalite movement had the objective
of establishing Action Committees to raise a
voice against the exploitation of the farmers
by the landlords and to confiscate the lands of
the landlords and distribute them among the
tenants.
Q.4. Read the following passage and answer the
questions given below.
(I)
Mizoram : The tribes in north-east India have an
ancient history. When India became independent,
the government gave administrative autonomy to the
districts of Mizo majority areas of the Lushai hills.
When the States Reorganisation Commission was
appointed in 1954, the expectations of the people in
this area grew.
India's Internal Challenges
Mizo leaders started demanding an autonomous
‘Mizo’ province. In 1959 the territory of Mizoram
experienced severe drought. During this famine,
Mizo leader Laldenga served the common people
a lot. In 1961, Laldenga established an organisation
called Mizo National Front (MNF). He asked for
‘Greater Mizoram’, an independent nation carved out
of Tripura, Manipur and Mizo majority areas from
the Lushai hills.
In March 1966, Mizo National Front announced the
emergence of Independent Mizoram. Prime Minister
Indira Gandhi handled the situation firmly and
suppressed the rebellion. When the situation calmed
down in 1972, the Mizo majority area was given the
status of a Union Territory. In 1985, Prime Minister
Rajiv Gandhi had an agreement with the Mizo
National Front and Mizoram was given the status
of a full-fledged State. Laldenga became the Chief
Minister of the State.
(1) Which areas in north-east eventually formed
the state of Mizoram?
Ans. Mizo majority areas of Lushai Hills formed the
State of Mizoram.
(2) Name the leading party of Mizoram.
Ans. Mizo National Front.
(3) Present a flowchart to explain the emergence
of Mizoram as a state in the federation of
India.
Ans. Mizoram
1954
States Recognition Commission was
appointed
1959
Mizo territories experienced droughts and
Laldenga served the common people
1961
Laldenga established Mizo National Front
1966
MNF announced emergence of
independent Mizoram
1972
Mizo majority areas was given the status
of Union Territory.
1985
After Rajeev Gandhi's agreement with
MNF Mizoram was given the status of
full-fledged state
29
(II)
Nagaland : The Naga tribe in northeast India is known
as a martial tribe. The Naga tribe had settled in Eastern
Himalayas, the Naga hills, border areas of Assam
and Myanmar. In 1946, some educated Naga youth
established an organisation called Naga National
Council (NNC). Later they made a demand for an
independent State of Nagaland. They were led by
Angami Zapu Fizo. In 1954, the Naga National Council
announced the establishment of an independent
federation of Nagaland. In 1955, skirmishes happened
between local Nagas and the soldiers of the Assam
Rifles. Military action was taken to suppress the
skirmishes. Several rounds of discussions took place
between the Central Government and the Naga
National Council. Central Government decided
to give the Naga majority territory the status of a
Union Territory. Nagaland was made a fullfledged
State on 1st December 1963 by putting together
the Naga majority territory and part of Tuensang.
(1) Who was the leader of Naga National
Council?
Ans. Angami Zapu Fizo.
(2) Which areas does Nagaland comprise of?
Ans. Tribes residing in the eastern Himalayas, Naga
Hills and on the border areas of Assam and
Myanmar emerged as Nagaland. A part of
Tuensang was also added to it later.
(3) Which areas does territories areas in the
North-East eventually formed the states of
Mizoram and Nagaland.
Ans. Mizo majority areas of Lushai Hills formed the
state of Mizoram.
(4) Prepare a chronology for assimilation of
Nagaland as a constituent state of India.
Ans. Nagaland
1946
Naga National Council was established
1954
NNC announced the establishment of an
independent federation of Nagaland
1955
Skirmishes between local people of
Nagaland and soldiers of Assam Rifles
1963
Nagaland was made a full fledged State
30
Q.5.1. Answer in detail.
(1) President's rule was imposed in Punjab in
1983. Why?
Ans.
(i) In 1980, the movement for ‘Independent
Khalistan’ took root in Punjab.
(ii) During that period, the leader of the Akali Dal
was Sant Harcharan Singh Longowal. He used
to direct his activists from the Golden Temple
to stage protests.
(iii) On the other side of the Golden Temple,
armed followers started gathering around the
staunch Khalistan supporter Sant Jarnail Singh
Bhindranwale. During that period, terrorist
activities had begun.
(iv) Bhindranwale was arrested in 1981, accused
of the murder of newspaper editor, Lala
Jagatnarayan.
(v) After this incident, the situation worsened.
Due to these developments, President’s rule
was imposed in Punjab in 1983.
(2) Which states does north-east India comprise
of and in what respects are they different
from each other?
Ans.
(i) North-east India consists of the eight states
of Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur,
Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Sikkim and
Tripura.
(ii) International borders of India touch each of the
states to varying extents.
(iii) These states are different with respect to
ethnicity, language and cultural diversity.
(3) State the role of Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru in
the assimilation of the north-eastern states
into the mainstream of the country.
Ans.
(i) The first Prime Minister of independent India
took the lead in bringing the tribes living in
these areas into the mainstream of the country.
(ii) In 1954, he formed the North-East Frontier
Agency (NEFA) area, comprising of the
territories on the Sino-Indian border and the
tribal areas towards the north of Assam.
(iii) Nehru took the position of bringing about the
development of hundreds of tribes in these
parts while preserving their culture.
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
(4) State the constitutional measures taken by
the government to assimilate north-east India
into the mainstream.
Ans.
(i) Special provisions have been made with
respect to these areas in the VI Schedule of the
Indian Constitution.
(ii) In 1965, the responsibility of administering
this area was given to the Ministry of External
Affairs.
(iii) The Northeastern Council Act of 1971 was
supposed to advise the Central Government
regarding aspects of common interest in
economic and social spheres, inter-state
transport, electricity, flood control, etc.
(5) What is the role of Mizo leader, Laldenga in
emergence of independent Mizoram?
Ans.
(i) In 1959 the territory of Mizoram experienced
severe drought. During this famine, Mizo
leader Laldenga served the common people a
lot.
(ii) In 1961, Laldenga established an organisation
called Mizo National Front (MNF).
(iii) He asked for ‘Greater Mizoram', an independent
nation carved out of Tripura, Manipur and
Mizo majority areas from the Lushai hills.
(iv) In March 1966, Mizo National Front announced
the emergence of Independent Mizoram.
(v) In 1985, Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi had an
agreement with the Mizo National Front and
Mizoram was given the status of a full-fledged
state. Laldenga became the Chief Minister of
the State.
(6) Describe the establishment of democracy and
peace in Assam.
Ans.
(i) In 1985, Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi, Central
Home Minister Shankarrao Chavan and
Assamese leader Prafullakumar Mohanto
signed an Accord.
(ii) It was decided to that the Bangladeshi citizens
who had infiltrated in Assam would be sent
back to their original places.
(iii) In 1986, elections were held for Assam
Legislative Assembly and Prafullakumar
Mohanto, of the Asom Ganaparishad became
the new Chief Minister. Due to this democratic
India's Internal Challenges
process, it became possible to establish peace
in Assam.
(7) What are the features of religious fanaticism?
Ans.
(i) People of different religions don’t trust each
other. They become suspicious of each other.
(ii) Compatriots following different religions are
looked at as enemies. Even commensality or
coming together on festivals becomes rare.
(iii) The perspective of looking at events and people
is prejudiced. Some people begin to think of
economic and social questions from within the
framework of their own religion.
(iv) Some people might think that since they belong
to a particular religion, they have no influence
in politics. They begin to believe that they are
being treated unjustly. They hold the idea that
the government is against their religion.
(8) Regionalism can affect developed as well as
undeveloped states. Justify the statement.
Ans.
(i) The people of developed states begin to believe
that they are superior due to their superior
history and culture.
(ii) They then begin to look down upon people of
underdeveloped regions. They are not willing
to share the benefits of development with
backward states.
(iii) On the other hand, the people from backward
areas arouse their regional identity to organise
themselves. For this, they try to unnecessarily
glorify local traditions and culture to prove
their uniqueness.
(9) Which demands were put forward through
the 'Anandpur Sahib Resolution' by the Akali
Dal? OR
Which demands were raised by the Akali Dal
through the 'Anandpur Sahib Resolution'?
Ans. In 1973, the Akali Dal passed the ‘Aanandpur
Sahib Resolution’. The following demands
were made in this resolution:
(i) Chandigarh should be made part of Punjab.
(ii) The Punjabi speaking parts in other states
should be included in the state of Punjab,
(iii) Recruitment of people from Punjab in the
Indian army should be increased.
(iv) More autonomy should be given to the state of
Punjab.
31
(10) What do we do to end communalism?
Ans.
(i) It is necessary that we all counter communalism
with all our strength. For this we should mix
with people of different religions. We should
accept the good practices and ideas of each
other.
(ii) We should be able to look at and understand
our economic and social problems rationally.
We should not mix these matters with religion.
(iii) We should look for the economic, political
or historical reasons that are responsible for
disrupting religious harmony. This is the
only way to put an end to communalism and
strengthen national unity.
(11) How does regionalism gain strength?
Ans.
(i) Regionalism thrives on regional imbalance
in development. In the post-independence
period, some states achieved more progress,
while some states remained backward.
(ii) As a result, the states that develop economically
can also achieve progress in other areas like
education, health and culture.
(iii) The states which have not developed in
this manner remain backward in education
and civic amenities. The opportunities of
development available to people in developed
states are not possible for people in backward
states.
(iv) They are troubled by problems of education,
backwardness, unemployment, poverty,
etc. They begin to think that they are being
cheated; they are being kept away from the
benefits of development. Because of this, the
understanding between states is broken.
(v) The people of developed states begin to believe
that they are superior due to their superior
history and culture and hence they have
developed that much. Then they begin to look
down upon the people of underdeveloped
regions.
(vi) They are not willing to share the benefits of
development with the backward states.
(vii) On the other hand, the people from backward
areas need to arouse their regional identity
to organise themselves. For this, they try to
unnecessarily glorify local traditions.
32 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

Q.5.2. Observe the picture and answer the questions. (2)

(1)

(a) Name the Prime Minister who took the (a) When does communalism become strong?
initiative to assimilate the Northeastern Tribe Ans.
with mainstream India?
(i) Communalism emerges out of narrow minded
Ans. Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru religious pride.
(b) When did the following states get the status (ii) But when this pride becomes excessive it turns
of a State: (a) Mizoram (b) Nagaland into bigotry
Ans. Mizoram: 1985 (iii) Each one then begins to consider their religion
Nagaland: 1st December 1963 superior and others inferior
(c) Explain the agitation staged in 1983 in Assam. (b) How can we fight communalism?
Ans. In 1983, there was an intense agitation staged Ans.
by All Assam Students Union and Assam (i) We should mix with people of different
Ganasangram Parishad over the question of religions
the dominance in Assam of Bengali migrants.
(ii) We should accept the good practies and ideas
(d) Name the state which is known as the "region of each other
of the rising sun".
(iii) We should not mix economic and social
Ans. Arunachal Pradesh problems with religion.

vvv
India's Internal Challenges 33

ASSIGNMENT - 3
Time : 1 hr. Marks : 20

Q.1. (A) Choose the right option and rewrite the sentence: (2)
(1) During the movement for 'Independent Khalistan' ............... was the leader of Akali Dal.
(a) Sant Jarnail Singh Bhindranwale (b) Sant Harcharan Singh
(c) Major General Shahbeg Singh (d) Major General Kuldeep Singh Brar
(2) North-east consists of ............... states.
(a) 6 (b) 7 (c) 8 (d) 5
Q.1. (B) Identify the incorrect and write the correct one: (1)
(1) 1973 – Aanandpur Sahib Resolution was passed
(2) 1954 – NEFA became Arunachal Pradesh
(3) 1972 – Mizo areas got the status of Union Territory
(4) 1961 – Mizo National Front was established
Q.2. Write short note: (4)
(1) Communalism
(2) Regionalism
Q.3. (A) Explain the following statements with reasons: (6)
(1) It became necessary to carry out Operation Blue Star.
(2) Naxalite movements are a threat to internal insecurity.
Q.3. (B) Answer the following questions in brief: (any 1) (3)
(1) What do you mean by Operation Blue Star?
(2) Name the constituent states of India's North-east.
Q.4. Answer in detail. (4)
(1) President's rule was imposed in Punjab in 1983. Why?

vvv
4 Economic Development

Points to Remember :
• Aim of the First Five year plan (1951-1956) Laying the foundation of planned economic
development
• Aim of the Second Five Year Plan (1956-1961) Industrialisation
• Aims of the Third Five Year Plan (1961-1966) (i) Bringing about a balance in industries
and agriculture
(ii) Increasing national income, heavy industries
(iii) Development of transport and mineral
industries
(iv) Alleviation of poverty
(v) Expanding opportunities for employment
• Three one-year plans after the Third Five Year Plan 1966 to 1969
• Aims of the Fourth Five Year Plan (1969 - 1974) (i) Making India self reliant
(ii) Development of basic industries increasing
the pace of economic development
(iii) Pay attention to establishing a
socialistic pattern of society
• Aims of the Fifth Five Year Plan (1974-1979) (i) Making India self sufficient by alleviating
poverty.
(ii) Increasing national income
(iii) Making large-scale employment available
(iv) Provide education, nutritious food, electricity,
means of communication and drinking water
(v) Making facilities for medical treatment available in rural areas
(vi) Implement social welfare schemes on a wide scale
(vii) Bring about the development of agriculture
• Aims of the Sixth Five Year Plan (1980-1985) (i) Alleviating poverty and generating
employment
(ii) Increasing the growth rate of the economy
(iii) Shaping and implementing a population policy so
that people adopt the small family norm voluntarily
• Programmes implemented in the Sixth Five Year Plan (i) Integrated Rural Development
Programme (IRDP)
(ii) Rural Landless Employment Guarantee Programme (RLEGP)

(34)
Economic Development 35

(iii) National Rural Employment Programme (NREP)

(iv) Salem Steel Plant
• Aims of the Seventh Five Year Plan (1985-1990) Development, modernisation,
self-reliance, social justice, improving techniques of production
• Programmes implemented in the Seventh Five Year Plan (i) Jawahar Rozgar Yojana
(ii) India Awaas Yojana
(iii) Scheme of 10 lakh wells
• Aims of the Eight Five Year Plan (1992-1997) (i) Maintain growth rate in
national income at 6.5%
(ii) To control the growth of population
(iii) Encourage programme of family planning
(iv) Illiteracy removal by expansion of primary education.
• Programmes implemented in the (i) Pradhanmantri Rozgar Yojana
Eighth Five Year Plan (1992-1997) (ii) Mahila Samriddhi Yojana
(iii) Rashtriya Samajik Arthik Sahayya Yojana
(iv) Midday Meal Scheme
(v) Indira Mahila Scheme
(vi) Ganga Kalyan Scheme
• The Five Year Plan that was a reflection of Eighth Five Year Plan, when importance
liberalisation and free market policy of 1991 to the private sector grew
• Aims of the Ninth Five Year Plan (1997-2002) (i) To increase the growth rate of the economy
(ii) Promoting competition in the infrastructure sector
• Schemes begun under the Ninth Five Year Plan (1997-2002) Swarna Jayanti Shahari Rozgar
Yojana, Bhahyashree Child Welfare Policy,
Rajrajeshwari Mahila Kalyan Yojana, Swarnjayanti Gram Swarojgar
Yojana, Jawahar Gram Samruddhi Yojana, Antyodaya Anna Yojana,
Pradhanmantri Gram Sadak Yojana, etc.
• Bank nationalised in 1955 and converted into State Bank of India Imperial Bank
• Announcement of the 20 point programme 1st July 1975, by Prime Minister Indira Gandhi
• Establishment of the first textile mill in Mumbai 11th July 1851 by Kawasjee Dawar
• Areas in Mumbai that comprised ‘Girangaon’ Dadar, Parel, Bhaykhala, Shivadi,
or the ‘town of mills’ Prabhadevi and Worli
• Strike where two and a half lakh workers 18th January 1982, Leader - Dr. Datta Samant
from 65 mills came together
• Aims of the ‘New Economic Policy’ of 1991 To link India’s economy with the
global economy
• Establishment of the ‘Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) 1992
• Signing of an agreement with the World Trade Organisation Dr. Manmohan Singh
that launched the policy of Privatisation, India’s Finance Minister in the 1990s
Liberalisation and Globalisation
• India became member of the World Trade Organisation (WTO) 1995
36 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

• Areas in which India made improvement as member of the WTO (i) Reduction in below
poverty line (BPL) population
(ii) Decline infant mortality
(iii) Availability of facilities for drinking
water and waste water management

Dates Event 1st July 1975 Prime Minister Indira Gandhi

1991 The New Economic Policy.
1973 The industrial policy increased
speed of development.
1950 India established the planning
commission with Prime Minister
Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru as its
chairman.
1951-1956 First Five Year Plan
1956-1961 Second Five Year Plan
1961-1966 Third Five Year Plan
1966-1969 Three one year plans
1969-1974 Fourth Five Year Plan
1974-1979 Fifth Five Year Plan
1977 The Congress Party was defeated
in the general elections. The Janata
Party came to power.
March 1978 The new government ended the
fifth plan.
April 1978 The new government started the
Rolling Plan.
1980 General elections were held for Lok
Sabha.
1980-1985 Sixth Five Year Plan
1985-1990 Seventh Five Year Plan
1992-1997 Eighth Five Year Plan
1991 The Liberalisation and free market
policy.
1997-2002 Ninth Five Year Plan
1955 The government nationalised the
'Imperial Bank' and it got converted
into State Bank of India.
19th July Prime Minister Indira Gandhi
1969 nationalised 14 banks.
announced the 20 - point
programme.
11th July 1851 The first textile mill was started in
Mumbai by Kawasjee Dawar.
1980s General unrest among workers due
to the economic conditions in other
sectors.
1st January Narayan Meghaji Lokhande's
1882 efforts resulted in the weekly
holiday on Sunday for mill workers.
1981 In Diwali, the workers expected to
get a bonus of 20%
18th January Two and a half lakh workers went
1982 on strike. They also started a 'Jail
Bharo' Agitation.
September One and a half lakh workers took a
1982 march to the Legislative Assembly
of Maharashtra state. In this period,
about one and a half lakh workers
became unemployed.
May 1991 The government had tried to
control the situation (the slump in
the economic growth rate by 17%)
by selling some of its gold reserves
and by mortgaging some.
1980-1981 Foreign loan was 2350 crore dollars.
1990-1991 The foreign loan increased to 8380
crore dollars.
1992 Dr. Manmohan Singh, as Finance
Minister established the Securities
and Exchange Board of India (SEBI)
1995 India became the member of the
World Trade Organisation (WTO)
Economic Development 37

(8) During the tenure of Prime Minister P.V.

MASTER KEY QUESTION SET – 4 Narasimha Rao, ....................... was our Finance
Minister.
Q.1. (A) Choose the correct option and rewrite the
complete answers: (a) John Mathai (b) Yashwant Sinha
* (1) On 19th July, 1969 ....................... major banks in (c) P. Chidambaram
India were nationalised. (d) Dr. Manmohan Singh
(a) 12 (b) 14 (9) The first textile mill was started in Mumbai on
(c) 16 (d) 18 11th July, 1857 by ....................... .
* (2) ....................... declared a 20 - point programme. (a) Pirojsha Burjorji Godrej
(a) Pandit Nehru (b) Jamsedji Nusserwanji Tata
(b) Lal Bahadur Shastri (c) Kawasjee Dawar
(c) Indira Gandhi (d) Azim Hashim Premji
(d) P.V. Narasimha Rao (10) The new government of Janata Party ended the
(3) India removed the import restriction on several fifth Five Year plan by March 1978 and started
commodities for ....................... countries. the ....................... from April 1978.
(a) BRICS (b) SAARC (a) Development Plan (b) Enrolling Plan
(c) Third - World (d) Middle – East countries (c) Rolling Plan (d) Redemption Plan
(4) The efforts of ....................... resulted in the (11) Manmohan Singh signed the agreement
weekly Sunday holiday for mill workers from with the WTO and launched the policy of
1st January 1882. privatisation, ....................... and globalisation.
(a) Mahatma Jyotirao Phule (a) Liberalisation (b) Industrialisation
(b) Sane Guruji (c) Maximisation (d) Profitisation

(c) Babu Jagjeevan Ram (12) On 18th January 1982, two and a half lakh
workers went on a strike under the leadership
(d) Narayan Meghaji Lokhande
of ....................... .
(5) During the tenure of Prime Minister Indira (a) Dhondo Keshav Karve
Gandhi ......................., a group in the Congress
(b) Baba Amte
Party, made a demand for nationalisation of
commercial banks. (c) Dr. Datta Samant
(a) Congress Socialist Party (d) Anna Hazare
(b) Congress Forum for Socialist Action (13) The ....................... plan is a reflection of the
liberalisation and free market policy adopted
(c) Congress wing of Socialist Propaganda
in 1991.
(d) Agency of Socialist Congress
(a) Seventh (b) Eighth
(6) In 1995, India became a member of ................... .
(c) Fifth (d) Sixth
(a) World Trade Organisation
(14) The government nationalised the ‘Imperial
(b) International Monetary Fund Bank’ in 1955 and it got converted into
(c) GATT ....................... .
(d) SAARC (a) Syndicate Bank
(7) In order to overcome drought and food (b) Bank of India
shortages ................... undertook the experiment (c) State Bank of India
of Green Revolution. (d) Reserve Bank of India
(a) Chaudhary Charansingh
(15) The term ‘Girangaon’ means ....................... .
(b) Gulzarilal Nanda
(a) Town of hills (b) Town of mills
(c) H D Deve Gowda
(c) Group of industries
(d) Lal Bahadur Shastri
(d) Cottage industries
38 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

Ans. (1) 14 (2) Indira Gandhi (3) SAARC (4) Narayan (3) SEBI - established in 1998
Meghaji Lokhande (5) Congress Forum for (4) WTO - regulate global trade
Socialist Action (6) World Trade Organisation
Ans. SEBI - established in 1998
(7) Lal Bahadur Shastri (8) Manmohan
SEBI was established in 1992
Singh (9) Kawasjee Dawar (10) Rolling Plan
(11) Liberalisation (12) Dr. Datta Samant (5)
(13) Eighth (14) State Bank of India (15) Town of (1) Barrister A.R.Antulay - leader of Rashtriya Mill
mills Mazdoor Sangh
Q.1. (B) Identify and write the wrong pair and (2) Dr. Manmohan Singh - Finance Minister
rewrite the correct one: (3) Indira Gandhi - nationalised 14 banks
*(1) (4) V.P. Singh - waived off loans of the farmers
(1) Kawasajee Dawar - Iron and Steel factory. Ans. Barrister A.R.Antulay - leader of Rashtriya Mill
(2) Dr. Datta Samant - Leadership of mill workers. Mazdoor Sangh
(3) N. M. Lokhande - Holiday for mill workers. Barrister A.R.Antulay was the Chief Minister
of Maharashtra
(4) Narayan Surve - Depiction of lives of
workers through poems. (6)
Ans. Kawasajee Dawar - Iron and Steel factory. (1) Babasaheb Bhonsale - Chief Minster of
Maharashtra
Kawasajee Dawar built the First Textile Mill in
Mumbai. (2) Namdev Dhasal - Marathi Poet
(3) Shahir Sable - Programmes of public education
(2)
(4) Chandrashekhar - Associate of Mahatma
(1) Public Sector - Controlled and managed by
Jyotirao Phule.
government
Ans. Chandrashekhar - Associate of Mahatma
(2) Mixed Economy - Coordination in private and
Jyotirao Phule.
public sector
Chandrashekhar was the Prime Minister of
(3) 20 points programme - Nationalisation of 13
India.
textile mills.
(4) Increased oil prices - Invasion of Kuwait by Q.2. Do as directed
Iraq. (A) 1. Complete the concept chart:
Ans. 20 points programme - Nationalisation of 13 *(1)
textile mills. Ans.
20 points programme was designed for Five Year
prevention of tax evasion and economic crimes. Duration Purposes
Plan
(3) First 1951 - 1956 Agriculture and Social
(1) Congress Forum for Socialist Action - Development
demanded nationalisation of banks. Second 1956 - 1961 Industrialisation
(2) Rashtriya Mill Mazdoor Sangh - negotiations Third 1961 - 1966 Elimination of inequality,
with the employer. increasing opportunities
(3) Imperial Bank - converted in State Bank of for employment, increase
India. in national income.
(4) National Stock Exchange - existed before WTO. Fourth 1969 - 1974 Scientific research, health
Ans. National Stock Exchange - existed before WTO. and family planning.
National Stock Exchange was computerised Fifth 1974 - 1979 Making India economically
(4) self-sufficient by
alleviating poverty.
(1) SAPTA - Preferential trade
(2) SAARC - removal of import restrictions by
India
Economic Development 39

(2) (4)
Ans. Ans. Ninth Five year Plan
SECOND FIVE YEAR PLAN (1956-1961) 1997 - 2002
Iron and Steel industries Durgapur, Bhilai, Swarna Jayanti
Rourkela Shahari Rozgar Yojana
Chemical Fertilisers Plant Sindri Bhagyashree Child
Rail Engine Factory Chittaranjan Welfare Policy
Factory of rail bogies Perambur Rajrajeshwari
Ship building Factory Vishakhapattanam Mahila Kalyan Yojana
(A) 2. Complete the concept maps and flow charts of Swarnjayanti Gram
various programmes and schemes introduced: Swarozgar Yojana
(1) Jawahar Gram
Ans. Sixth Five Year Plan Samruddhi Yojana
1980 - 85 Antyodaya Anna
Yojana
Integrated Rural National Salem
Rural Landless Rural Steel Pradhanmantri Gram
Development Employment Employment Plant Sadak Yojana
Programme Guarantee Programme * (5)
Ans. Eighth Five Year Plan
(2)
1992 - 97
Ans. Seventh
Five Year Plan 1985 - 90 Features

Jawahar Maintain the To control To encourage To remove

Scheme of
Rozgar Yojana rate of growth the the illiteracy by
10 lakh wells
in national growth of programme expansion
Indira
income at population. of family of primary
Awaas Yojana
6.5%. planning. education.

(3) (6)
Ans. Pradhanmantri Rozgar Ans. Ninth Five Year Plan
Yojana 1997 - 2002
Mahila Samriddhi Objectives
Yojana
Eighth Five Year

To increase Create healthy Give a new direction

Plan 1992 - 97

Rashtriya Samajik,
Arthik Sahayya Yojana the rate of competition in to industrial policy
growth of the the infrastructure for ensuring foreign
Midday Meal economy. sector. investment.
Scheme
Indira Mahila Scheme Q.2. (B) Explain the following concept:
* (1) Mixed Economy
Ganga Kalyan Ans.
Scheme (i) In a capitalist system, the means of production
are privately owned. In a socialist economy, the
means of production are owned by the State in
the name of the society.
40
(ii) A mixed economy works both in the private
and the public sector.
(iii) In order to achieve economic development of
modern India, we gave preference to a model
of ‘mixed economy’. We can see three parts in
this kind of economy:
(a) Public Sector: The industries in this sector are
completely under the control and management
of the government. For example, production of
defence equipment.
(b) Private Sector: The industries in this sector are
owned by private industrialists. Of course, the
government supervises and controls them too.
For example, consumer goods.
(c) Joint Sector: In this sector, some industries are
owned by private industrialists, while some
are run under government management.
(iv) For mixed economy to run smoothly there is
a need for co-ordination between the private
sector and the public sector.
(v) This system aims at maximisation of production
and popular participation on a large scale.
(vi) An effort has been made in this system to bring
together the good aspects of both the capitalist
and the socialist systems.
(vii) A mixed economy cannot ignore the profit
motive, entrepreneurship, discipline, time
bound planning, etc.
* (2) 20 - Point Programme
Ans. 20-Point Programme: Prime Minister Indira
Gandhi announced the 20-Point Programme
on 1st July 1975 and resolved to make efforts
towards rapidly becoming a developed nation.
The main provisions of the 20 point programme
are as follows:
(i) Land ceiling for cities and agricultural land,
equal division of wealth, minimum wages
for workers, increase in water conservation
schemes.
(ii) Workers’ participation in industry, national
training scheme, freeing bonded labour.
(iii) Prevention of tax evasion, economic crimes
and smuggling.
(iv) Regulation of prices of basic necessities,
improvement in the public distribution system.
(v) Improvement in the textile industry by
developing handloom sector, waiving loans
for weaker sections, housing, communication
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
facilities, making educational equipment
available to schools.
Q.3. (A) Explain the statements with reasons:
* (1) Independent India opted for mixed economy.
Ans.
(i) Our Prime Minister Pandit Nehru adopted
the middle path rather than taking recourse
to any extremes. Some countries had adopted
Capitalism, while some had adopted Socialism.
Each type of economy had its own advantages.
(ii) In a capitalist system, the means of production
are privately owned. In a socialist economy, the
means of production are owned by the State in
the name of the society.
(iii) A mixed economy works both in the private
and the public sector. In order to achieve
economic development of modern India, we
gave preference to a model of ‘mixed economy’.
* (2) Banks were nationalised in 1969.
Ans.
(i) During the tenure of Prime Ministers Pandit
Nehru and Lal Bahadur Shastri, banking was a
monopoly of the private sector.
(ii) These banks represented different industrial
groups. The Directors of these banks were
working towards developing industrial sector
and increasing its profit.
(iii) In order to stop this, the government
nationalised the ‘Imperial Bank’ in 1955 and it
got converted into State Bank of India.
(iv) This Bank opened several branches all over the
country in a short while and played a major
role in development.
(v) India had adopted a mixed economy after
independence. Nationalisation of banks was
essential to cover the deficits if they occurred
while implementing different schemes.
(vi) Also the profit of these banks would come
into the government treasury once they were
nationalised. Prime Minister Indira Gandhi
nationalised 14 banks on 19th July, 1969.
* (3) Mill workers went on strike.
Ans.
(i) During the Diwali of 1981, the workers expected
to get a bonus of 20%.
(ii) The Rashtriya Mill Mazdoor Sangh, which was
Economic Development 41

negotiating with the employers, agreed upon 8
to 17% bonus without taking the workers into
confidence.
(iii) The cut in the bonus proved to be the cause
of unrest. Some workers went to Dr. Datta
Samant.
(iv) They asked him to accept their leadership.
Workers of 65 mills came together and
Dr. Datta Samant led the strike. On 18th
January 1982, two and a half lakh workers
went on strike.
(4) India established the Planning Commission
to deal with economic repercussions of
British colonialism.
(2) State the Industrial policy of 1973.
Ans.
(i) The industrial policy of 1973 increased the
speed of development.
(ii) Priority was given in this policy to control
the influence of heavy industries, industrial
families and foreign industries and remove the
imbalance in regional development.
(iii) The government focused on the development
of small scale industries and cottage industries.
(3) Which heavy industries were set up under
the Second Five Year Plan?
OR

Ans. *Which projects were started in the Second

(i) The colonial power had exploited India
economically. The country faced severe Ans.
problems like poverty, unemployment, (i)
population growth, low standards of living,
low productivity of agriculture and industries
and backwardness in the fields of knowledge,
science and technology. Planning was essential
to solve these problems.
(ii) India established the Planning Commission in
1950 with Prime Minister Pandit Jawaharlal (ii)
Nehru as its Chairman.
(iii) It formulated India’s five year plans that
included rural and agricultural development,
(4)
balanced industrialisation, provision for a
minimum standard of living and economic
development consistent with democratic Ans.
ideals. (i)
(iv) It focused on people’s participation and
individual development in the formulation (ii)
and implementation of the five year plans.
Q.3. (B) Answer the following in brief:
(1) Which enterprises came under government
due to the lack of capital investment?
(5)
Ans.
(i) The industries like defence, scientific research, Ans.
education, roads, railways, waterways, sea port
(i) India had adopted a mixed economy after
and airport development require huge capital
independence.
investment but the returns in these areas are
delayed. (ii)
(ii) Not many private industrialists are keen to
invest in these areas. In such a situation, the
government has to take the initiative. (iii)
Five Year Plan?
Iron and steel industries at Durgapur, Bhilai
and Rourkela; Chemical fertilisers plant at
Sindri; rail engine factory at Chittaranjan;
factory of railway bogies at Perambur, Ship
building factory at Vishakhapattanam and
other heavy industries were set up in the Public
Sector.
Huge dams like Bhakra-Nangal, Damodar,
etc. were built to make water available for
agriculture.
What were the aims of the ‘Third Five Year
Plan’?
This plan was aimed at bringing about a
balance in industries and agriculture.
The other goals of the plan included increase
in national income, heavy industries,
development in transport and mineral
industry, alleviation of poverty and to expand
the opportunities for employment.
What was the background for the
nationalisation of banks?
Nationalisation of banks was essential to cover
the deficits if they occurred while implementing
different schemes.
Also the profits of these banks would come
into the government treasury once they are
nationalised.
42
(6) State the cultural contributions of the working
class.
Ans.
(i) The working class has contributed culturally as
well through folk theatre, folk art and literature.
Anna Bhau Sathe, Shahir Amar Sheikh, Shahir
Sable were popular for their programmes
aimed at public education.
(ii) Poets like Narayan Surve, Namdev Dhasal, etc.,
portrayed the real life of the workers through
their poems.
(7) Who took responsibility to bring the Indian
economy in sync with the global mainstream?
Ans.
(i) The year 1991 is very important in the history of
modern India. After the 10th General elections,
P. V. Narasimha Rao became the Prime Minister
of India.
(ii) With Dr. Manmohan Singh as Finance Minister,
he adopted the new economic policy of linking
India’s economy with the global economy.
(iii) For this, fundamental changes were brought
about in the Indian economy. Indian economy
was brought in tune with the global mainstream.
(8) Which corrective measures were taken by
Manmohan Singh to relieve the crisis of the
Indian economy?
Ans.
(i) Dr. Singh undertook many corrective measures.
The situation began to change.
(ii) He removed the restrictions on foreign
investments.
(iii) He restricted the licence system to 18 industries.
In view of the increasing losses in the public
sector industries, he opened up the public
sector for investment by private industries.
(iv) In order to bring the share market under
control, he established the Securities and
Exchange Board of India (SEBI) in 1992.
(v) National Stock Exchange was computerised.
He gave priority to remove the spectre of
recession.
(9) State the impact of corrective measures taken
by Dr. Manmohan Singh on the economy of
our country.
Ans.
(i) Foreign Investment in India grew during the
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
first tenure of Dr. Manmohan Singh as Finance
Minister.
(ii) India could recover the gold mortgaged with
the Bank of England.
(iii) The government got the support of the
capitalist class as well as the middle class.
(iv) As the government opened up the telecom
sector, mobile phone services started all over
the country.
(v) Dr. Manmohan Singh signed the agreement
with the World Trade Organisation and
launched the policy of "privatisation,
liberalisation and globalisation."
(10) What were the objectives of the WTO?
Ans.
(i) In 1995, India became a member of the World
Trade Organisation (WTO).
(ii) The organisation had the following objectives:
to free trade between countries, to put an end
to all those discriminatory laws, restrictions,
rules and policies that are hurdles in the way of
international free trade and to regulate global
trade with the help of a formal multi - party
mechanism.
(11) Do you agree that membership with the WTO
has ushered in changes in the economic sector
of our country? State the reason for your
answer.
Ans.
(i) Yes, of course. The provisions of the World
Trade Organisation have included grants,
import-export, foreign investment, agriculture,
technology and services.
(ii) The sectors of electricity, water transportation,
education and health have been rapidly
commercialised since India became a member
of the World Trade Organisation.
(12) State the improvements which have occurred
in our economy as per the reports of WTO.
Ans. As per the various reports of the World Trade
Organisation, India has made considerable
improvement in different areas like reduction
in the below poverty line (BPL) population,
decline in infant mortality, availability of
facilities regarding drinking water and waste
water management.
Economic Development 43

* (13) Which programmes were started in the Eighth Q.4. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Five Year Plan? (1)
Ans. Following programmes were started in the Issues of workers : The first textile mill was started
Eighth Five Year Plan: in Mumbai on 11th July, 1851 by Kawasjee Dawar.
(i) Pradhanmantri Rozgar Yojana Eventually, mills started in Dadar, Parel, Bhaykhala,
Shivdi, Prabhadevi and Worli. This part came to be
(ii) Mahila Samriddhi Yojana
known as Girangaon or ‘town of mills’.
(iii) Rashtriya Samajik, Arthik Sahayya Yojana In the 1980s, the increasing unrest among workers
(iv) Midday Meal Scheme was due to the economic conditions in other sectors.
In some industries the wages of the workers were
(v) Indira Mahila Scheme
increasing. They were also getting more amounts
(vi) Ganga Kalyan Scheme as bonus. They were getting more facilities than the
(14) Which economic challenges were faced by textile mill workers.
the Government of Prime Minister Chandra In the Diwali of 1981, the workers expected to get a
bonus of 20%. The Rashtriya Mill Mazdoor Sangh,
Shekhar?
which was negotiating with the employers, agreed
Ans. upon 8 to 17% bonus without taking the workers
(i) During the tenure of Chandra Shekhar the rate into confidence. The cut in the bonus proved to be
of inflation was 17%. the cause of unrest. Some workers went to Dr. Datta
Samant. They asked him to accept their leadership.
(ii) Economic growth rate had decreased by 1.1%.
Workers of 65 mills came together and Dr. Datta
India had foreign exchange reserves only
Samant led the strike. On 18th January 1982, two and
enough to last for imports for a week. a half lakh workers went on strike. Girangaon mills
(iii) It had become difficult to pay back its loan and stopped running making it seem like Mumbai’s heart
the interest on it. stopped throbbing.
(iv) In May 1991, the government had tried to The Chief Minister of Maharashtra, Barrister A. R.
Antulay set up a committee to solve this issue. Later
control the situation by selling some of its gold
Babasaheb Bhosale became the Chief Minister of
reserves and by mortgaging some.
Maharashtra State. He insisted that as per law, he
(15) Which economic liabilities were incurred by would talk only with the Rashtriya Mill Mazdoor
V. P. Singh government? Sangha. Dr. Datta Samant demanded that the law
be revoked. In the beginning, the striking workers
Ans.
received help from their native villages. It was also
(i) The V. P. Singh government had incurred a not very difficult for them to help each other. They
liability of over 10 thousand crore rupees on set up departmental committees and distributed
the economy by waiving off the loans of all the food grains, assistance in the form of funds, etc. The
farmers. left parties had supported the strike. As the strike
(ii) The proportion of internal loans of central dragged on, efforts were made to split the striking
workers' ranks. Even as the strike completed 6
and state government together to the Gross
months, the central government completely ignored
Domestic Product was 55%.
it. The workers started a ‘Jail Bharo Agitation’. In
(iii) In 1980-81 foreign loan was 2350 crore dollars. September 1982, one and a half lakh workers took a
It increased to 8380 crore dollars in 1990-91. march on the Legislative Assembly of Maharashtra
(iv) At this time, India had foreign exchange State. It didn’t help at all. The strike completed a year.
reserves of only 100 crore dollars. This was the first strike to have gone on for a year.
In this period, about one and a half lakh workers
(v) This also had the background of the increased
became unemployed. As polyester had come into
oil prices due to the invasion of Kuwait by Iraq.
greater demand than cotton cloth, the sale of mill
(vi) It became difficult for India to raise a loan. Even cloth had already got affected. The mills moved from
the non-resident Indians started withdrawing Mumbai to Surat in Gujarat. The Central government
their deposits in foreign currency from India. nationalised 13 textile mills. Appointment of
arbitrators did not help to resolve the issue.
44
(1) Name the worker's union mentioned in the
passage. Why were the workers agitated with
it?
Ans. The worker's organisation mentioned in the
passage is Rashtriya Mill Mazdoor Sangh.
The workers were agitated because they
received less bonus and facilities in their textile
(2) Complete the following concept map.
Ans.
(i) Girangaon
Parel Shivdi Dadar
(ii)
July 1851 January 1982
The first textile Two and a half
mill was started in Mumbai lakh workers
by Kawasjee Dawar went on strike.
(3) State the contribution of Dr. Datta Samant in
raising workers issues in Maharashtra?
Ans.
(i) Dr. Datta Samant was the leader of two and a
half lakh workers who went on strike.
(ii) He demanded that the law be revoked which
had empowered Rashtriya Mill Mazdoor
Sangh alone to talk on behalf of the workers.
(4) Name the two Chief Ministers you come
across in the passage. What has been their
role in the worker's unrest?
Ans. We come across two chief ministers of
Maharashtra namely - Barrister A. R. Antulay
and Babasaheb Bhosale.
Barrister A. R. Antulay set up a committee to
resolve this issue of workers unrest whereas
Babasaheb Bhosale insisted that as per the law
he would talk only with the Rashtriya Mill
Mazdoor Sangh to resolve workers issues.
(2)
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT)
existed at the international level before the World
Trade Organisation came into being. It regulated
commerce. In India there were opposed, extreme
views about the World Trade Organisation. Yet India
decided to take its membership. The provisions of the
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
mills, whereas economic conditions in the
other sectors of the economy were far better.
The Rashtriya Mill Mazdoor Sangh that
negotiated with the employers, settled at 8 to
17% of bonus as against the expectation of 20%
by the workers. The cut in the bonus led to the
workers agitation.
Bhaykhala Worli Prabhadevi
September 1982
March on the
Legislative Assembly of
Maharashtra
World Trade Organisation are regarding grants,
import-export, foreign investment, agriculture,
technology and services. The sectors of electricity,
water transportation, education and health rapidly
commercialised since India became a member of
the World Trade Organisation. As per the various
reports of the World Trade Organisation, India
has made a considerable improvement in different
areas like reduction in the below poverty line (BPL)
population, decline in infant mortality, availability
of facilities regarding drinking water and waste
water management. India signed the South Asian
Preferential Trade Agreement (SAPTA) along the
lines of the World Trade Organisation. India removed
the import restrictions on several commodities for
SAARC countries. India also gave discounts on
import duties. India opened up the insurance sector
to private and foreign investment.
(1) Study the passage and give the full forms of
GATT and SAPTA.
Ans. GATT - General Agreement on Tariff and
Trade.
SAPTA - South Asian Preferential Trade
Agreement.
Economic Development
(2) How has India benefitted from the
membership of WTO?
Ans. Many sectors in India were commercialised
after acquiring membership of WTO.
Electricity, water transportation, education and
health received a boost as a result of this. WTO
reports have confirmed India's improvement
in various areas such as reduction in number
of people below poverty line as well in Infant
Mortality Rate. Availability of drinking
water and waste water management has also
improved.
(3) What do the provisions of the WTO cater to?
Ans. The provisions of the WTO cater to grants,
import -export, foreign investment, agriculture,
technology and services.
(4) Explain, in your own words, the economic
policy of "Make in India".
Ans. 'Make in India' is an economic policy as
well as an organised progamme of the
Government of India to encourage and
promote various companies and enterprises to
start manufacturing and producing goods in
India. The aim of this initiative is to generate
employment, enhance the skill of Indians and
also to attract foreign investment.
Q.5.1. Answer in detail:
(1) What is the fundamental principle of the Five
Year Plans? Which economic goals are set
forth by the Government?
Ans. Fundamental principle of planning: A general
principle of planning is the proportionate
distribution of the resources of a country and
the appropriate use of the human resources to
fulfill the needs of the people.
Goals of Plans:
The general goals of the economic planning of
India are as follows:
(i) Increase in the national income.
(ii) Bringing about rapid industrialisation by
focusing on the basic industries.
(iii) Bringing about an increase in agricultural
production so that the country becomes self-
sufficient in foodgrain production.
(iv) Use the human resources in the country
optimally by availing increasing employment
opportunities.
(v) Remove inequality in earnings and wealth.
(vi) Maintain stable prices of commodities.
45
(vii) Controlling the growth of population through
family planning.
(viii) Improve the standard of living by eradicating
poverty.
(ix) Develop social services.
(x) Make the economy self-sufficient.
(2) Describe the prolonged agitation of the mill
workers under Dr. Datta Samant.
Ans.
(i) In the beginning, the striking workers received
help from their native villages. It was also not
very difficult for them to help each other.
(ii) They set up departmental committees and
distributed food grains, assistance in the form
of funds, etc.
(iii) The left parties had supported the strike. As
the strike dragged on, efforts were made to
split the striking workers' ranks.
(iv) Even as the strike completed 6 months, the
central government completely ignored it. The
workers started a ‘Jail Bharo Agitation’.
(v) In September 1982, one and a half lakh workers
took a march on the Legislative Assembly of
Maharashtra State.
(vi) It didn’t help at all. The strike completed a year.
This was the first strike to have gone on for a
year.
(vii) In this period, about one and a half lakh
workers became unemployed.
(viii) As polyester had come into greater demand
than cotton cloth, the sale of mill cloth got
affected. The mills moved from Mumbai to
Surat in Gujarat.
(ix) The Central government nationalised 13 textile
mills. Appointment of arbitrators did not help
to resolve the issue.
Q.5.2. Observe the picture and answers the
questions.
(A)
(1) Why was nationalisation of banks essential?
Ans.
(i) Nationalisation of banks was essential to cover
the deficits if they occurred while implementing
different schemes and profit of these banks
came under the government treasury.
46 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

(2) How many banks were nationalised in the (C)

year 1969?
Ans. 14.
(3) Which bank was nationalised and converted
into SBI?
Ans. Imperial Bank.
(4) Who supported the demand for nationalisation
of commercial banks?
Ans. Congress Forum for Socialist Action (1) What was the cause of unrest among the mill
workers?
(B)
Ans.
(i) In the Diwali of 1981, the workers expected to
get a bonus of 20%.
(ii) The Rashtriya Mill Mazdoor Sangh which
was negotiating with the employers, agreed
upto 8-17% bonus without taking workers into
confidence.
(iii) The cut in bonus proved to be the course of
(1) Identify the two people in the above picture.
unrest.
Ans. P. V. Narasimha Rao and Manmohan Singh.
(2) Which places came to be known as Girangaon?
(2) What were the remedies taken by their
Ans. Mills started in Dadar, Parel, Bhaykhala,
government to overcome the financial crisis
Shivdi, Prabhadevi and Worli. These places
during that period?
came to be collectively known as 'Girangaon'.
Ans.
(3) Why did the sale of mill cloth get affected?
(i) Removed the restrictions on foreign
Ans. The sale of mill cloth got affected because
investments.
polyester came into greater demand than
(ii) Restricted the license system to 18 industries.
cotton cloth.
(iii) Opened up the public sector for investment by
(4) How many mills were nationalised by the
private industries.
Central Government?
(iv) Established the SEBI (Securities and Exchange
Board of India) in 1992 to regulate and bring Ans. 13 textile mills.
share market under control.
(3) What were the benefits of the remedies
implemented?
Ans.
(i) Foreign investment in India grew
(ii) India could recover the gold mortgaged with
the Bank of England.
vvv
Economic Development 47

ASSIGNMENT - 4
Time : 1 Hr. Marks : 20

Q.1. (A) Choose the right option and rewrite the sentence: (2)
(1) ...................... declared a 20 point programme.
(a) Pandit Nehru (b) Lal Bahadur Shastri (c) Indira Gandhi (d) P.V. Narasimha Rao
(2) In 1955, India became a member of ...................... .
(a) World Trade Organisation (b) International Monetary Fund
(c) GATT (d) SAARC

Q.1. (B) Identify and write the wrong pair: (1)

(1) (i) Public Sector - Controlled and managed by government
(ii) Mixed Economy - Cordination in private and public section
(iii) 20 points programme - Nationalisation of 13 textile mills.
(iv) Increased oil prices - Invasions of Kuwait by Iraq

Q.2. Answer the following in brief. (any 1) (3)

(1) What were the aims of ‘Third Five Year Plan’?
(2) What are the objectives of WTO?

Q.2. (A) Fill the flow charts: (2)

Ninth Five Year Plan
1992 - 97

Objectives

Q.2. (B) Short notes (4)

(1) Mixed Economy
(2) 20 - Point Programme

Q.3. Give reasons: (4)

(1) Mill workers went on strike in January 1982.
(2) Banks were nationalised by Prime Minister Indira Gandhi in 1969

Q.4. Answer in detail: (4)

(1) What is the fundamental principle of the Five Year Plans? Which economic goals are set forth
by the Government?
vvv
5 Education

Points to Remember :
• The first census of independent India 1951
• Literacy rate according to first census 17%
• Age-group for primary education 6 - 14 years
• Scheme started by the central government
to spread primary education. Operation Black board, 1988
• Preparation of common state-wide curriculum Sayyad Rauf
for Stds. I to VII for Maharashtra
• Commencement of the District Primary Education 1994
Programme [DPEP]
• Main objective of DPEP Universalisation of primary education
• ‘Mid-day meal’ scheme was started 1995
• Objective of ‘mid-day meal’ scheme Provision of proper nourishment for students
• Kerala become a fully literate state 1991
• Tarabai Modak’s contribution to (i) Started anganwadis for Adivasi children
education in Bordi and Kosbad (ii) Worked to bring in Learning by Doing method
(iii) Started kuranshalas (meadow schools)
(iv) Spread vocational technical education
• Anutai Wagh’s contribution to education (i) Established an institution for Adivasis
at Kosbad in Thane district (Kosbad Project)
(ii) Started crèches, nurseries, primary schools,
adult education classes, etc. for Adivasis
• University Education Commission set up by Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad
• Appointment of the Mudaliar Commission 1952 - 53
• Pattern of education for the first degree at that time 11 + 4 years or 11 + 1 + 3 years
of the Mudaliar Commission
• Work of the Mudaliar Commission Study of secondary education in
terms of (i) nature of curriculum (ii) medium
of instruction (iii) teaching methodology

(48)
Education 49

• Proposal of the concept of Higher Mudaliar Commission

Secondary Education
• Establishment of the Maharashtra State Board 1st January, 1966, at Pune
of Secondary and Higher Secondary Education
• The Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and Higher (i) Conducts school leaving
Secondary Education examinations
(ii) Issues the periodical ‘Shikshan
Sankraman,’for Stds. X and XII
• The Kothari Commission: 1964
(i) Chairman Dr. D. S. Kothari
(ii) Valuable contributor Dr. J.P. Naik
(iii) Implementation of 10 + 2 + 3 pattern for Secondary, 1972
higher secondary university education
(iv) Recommendations : (i) uniform national system of education (ii) inclusion
of mother tongue, Hindi and English (iii) continuing education,
adult education, education by correspondence and open universities
• Adoption of 10 +2+3 Pattern 1972
• Maharashtra govt. conducted the first Std. X Board exam 1975
• Objectives of education according to the (i) Modernisation of Education
Kothari Commission (ii) Social and national integration
(iii) Nurture of social, moral, spiritual values
(iv) Education and productivity
(v) Securing and strengthening of democracy
• Chairman of the University Education Commission Dr. Sarvapalli Radhakrishnan
• ‘Countrywide Classroom’ programme of the Telecast by Doordarshan
University Education Commission
• Art Department established in Maharashtra 1965
• Important function of the Art Department Organising drawing grade examinations
• Establishment of NCERT 1st September, 1961, Delhi
(National Council of Educational Research and Training)
• Periodical issued by the Maharashtra State Council of Jeevan Shikshan
Education Research and Training
• Establishment of the Maharashtra State Bureau of Textbook Pune, 27th January 1967
Production and Curriculum Research (Balbharati)
• Languages in which Balbharati prepares its textbooks Marathi, Hindi, English, Urdu,
Kannada, Sindhi, Gujarati, Telugu
• Monthly magazine for children published by Balbharati Kishor
• Competency based Primary Education Curriculum (R.H.Dave Committed) 1995
• Use of a satellite for the purpose of education 1975, Eknath Chitnis of ISRO
50 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

• Leadership of the Satellite Instructional Television Space Application Centre

Experiment (SITE) at Ahmedabad
• Declaration of the International Education year by the United Nations 1970
• Formation of the Indira Gandhi National Open University (IGNOU) 20 September, 1985
th

• Establishment of the Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra 1989, Nashik

Mukta Vidyapeeth
• Commencement of an audio - visual distance 1990, through Akashvani and
education programme started by IGNOU Doordarshan
• Establishment of the Scientific and Industrial 1950, to promote scientific research
Research (CSIR) in the country
• Key achievements of CSIR (i) ink for marking voters fingers
(ii) medicines to malaria, elephantiasis, tuberculosis
(iii) water purification technology (iv) DNA fingerprinting
• Establishment of ‘The National Institute for Research Tamil Nadu, 1962, to encourage
in the Mathematical and Physical Sciences’ the highest level of research in mathematics
• First indigenous computer made in India ISIJU in 1969, by the Indian
Statistical Institute and Jadavpur University
• Development of India’s first supercomputer ‘Param-8000’ 1991, at the Centre for Advanced
Computing (C-DAC) in Pune
• Research conducted by the Bhabha Atomic Fields of nuclear physics, solid state physics,
Research Centre (BARC) spectroscopy, chemical and life sciences
• Purpose of the BARC To train scientists for setting up nuclear reactors
• Establishment of India’s first IIT 1951, Kharagpur in West Bengal to offer higher and
advanced education in all branches of engineering
• Countries that helped set up IITs The former Soviet Union, America and Germany,
as well as the UNESCO
• Harvard Business School in America Helped establish IIM, Ahmedabad
• Other location of the IIMS Kolkata, Bengaluru, Kozhikode, Lucknow,
Indore and Shillong
• Establishment of the Film and Television Imparting scientific training in all aspects
Institute of India of film-making, direction, editing and acting
• Establishment of the (NID) National Institute of Design Ahmedabad, 1961
• Purpose of NID Imparting training in industrial design
• Establishment of the For research in medicine
Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR)
• Formation of the All India Institute of Medical Sciences For advanced education and
(AIIMS) and research in medicine
• The Advanced Centre for Treatment, Research and The national centre for treatment,
Education in cancer (branch of Tata Memorial Centre) research and education in relation
to cancer
• The Indian Agricultural Research Institute Granted status of a University in 1958.
Education 51

Date Event 1988 The 'Primary Education

1951 The first Census of independent Curriculum was prepared.
India revealed the extreme 1995 The Competency based primary
complexity and intractability of the education curriculum.
educational issues in the country. 1975 India met with success in its
The literacy level was 17%. attempt to use a satellite for the
1988 The Central government started a purpose of education.
scheme for the spread of primary 1970 The United Nations declared the
education and to improve year 1970 as the International
educational standards. It is known Education Year.
as Operation Blackboard. A seminar was organised in New
1991 Kerala became a fully literate state. Delhi and led to the establishment
of an open university.
1994 The scheme (Operation
Blackboard) was expanded. 1974 The government appointed a
committee under the chairmanship
1994 The District Primary Education of P. Parthasarathy
Programme (DPEP) was
20th An Open University took shape.
started with the objective of
September It was named after Prime Minister
universalisation of primary
1985 Indira Gandhi (IGNOU)
education.
1989 The Yashwantrao Chavan
1995 Mid-day meal scheme was started.
Maharashtra Mukta Vidhyapeeth
1952-1953 The Mudaliar Commission was established in Nashik.
appointed. 1990 The IGNOU started an audio-
1st January The Maharashtra State Board of visual distance education
1966 Secondary and Higher Secondary programme through Akashvani
Education was established in Pune. and Doordarshan.
1964 A Commission was appointed 1950 The Council of Scientific and
under the Chairmanship of Dr. D.S. Industrial Research (CSIR) was
Kothari. established with the objective to
promote scientific research in the
1972 The Maharashtra government
country and to take benefits of the
adopted the 10+2+3 Pattern. research to all the people.
1975 The Maharashtra government 1962 The 'National Institute for Research
conducted the first Std. X Board in, the Mathematical and Physical
exam. Sciences' was established in Tamil
1948 The Central Government appointed Nadu.
the University Education 1969 India made the first indigenous
Commission whose chairman was computer named the ISIJU
Dr. Sarvapalli Radhakrishnan. computer.
1965 The Art Department was 1974 Tata Consultancy Services (TCS)
established in Maharashtra, to obtained an American contract in
frame the policy for Art Education the area of software production
and for its implementation by and that was the beginning of the
institutes of art. software industry in India.
1st September The National Council of 1987 America refused to allow India to
1961 Educational Research and Training get a supercomputer.
(NCERT) was established in Delhi. 1988 The Central Government
27th January The Maharashtra State Bureau established the Centre for
1967 of Textbook Production and Development for Advanced
Curriculum Research (Balbharati) Computing (C-DAC) in Pune.
was established in Pune. 1991 The Centre under the leadership
1986 The National Policy on Education of Dr. Vijay Bhatkar developed the
was adopted. Param-8000 supercomputer.
52 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

(2) ....................... was the first education minister of

1951 India's first IIT was set up at
Kharagpur in West Bengal. Independent India.
1970-1980 A large number of IIT students (a) Vallabhbhai Patel
began to leave for foreign countries (b) Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad
causing the Brain Drain Crisis. (c) Sachchidanand Sinha
However, this situation changed
after 1990. (d) J.B.Kriplani
1994 IIT established at Guwahati (3) ..................... recommended increased provision
(Assam) in government's budget for expenditure on
2001 IIT established in Roorkee. education of neglected sections like the SC/ST.
1963-1964 Courses in basic design, graphic (a) University Education Commission
design, product design and visual (b) Mudaliar Commission
communication were started at (c) N
 ational Council of Educational Research
National Institute of Design in
and Training
Ahmedabad.
(d) Kothari Commission
1961 The National Institute of Design
established in Ahmedabad for the (4) ....................... , a scientist with ISRO played an
purpose of imparting training in important role in providing satellite education.
industrial design. (a) K. Kasturirangan (b) Eknath Chitnis
1949 The Indian Council for Medical (c) A. S. Kirankumar (d) G. Madhavan Nair
Research (ICMR) was established
for conducting research in the (5) In 1990 ....................... started an audio-visual
medical field. distance education programme through
Akashwani and Doordarshan.
1958 The Medical Council of India was
restructured. (a) ISRO (b) NCERT
1969 The Central Council for Research in (c) IGNOU (d) CSIR
Indian Medicine and Homeopathy (6) The 'National Institute for Research in
was established. Mathematical and Physical Sciences' in
1979 The Central Council for Research in ....................... was established in 1962.
Indian Medicine and Homeopathy (a) Chandigarh (b) Kerala
was dissolved and replaced by -
(1) Central Council for Research in (c) Karnataka (d) Tamil Nadu
Unani Medicine. * (7) The Scientist who developed the Param – 8000
(2) Central Council for Research in supercomputer ....................... .
Homeopathy (a) Dr. Vijay Bhatkar (b) Dr. R. H. Dave
(3) Central Council for Research in
Yoga and Nature cure. (c) P. Parthasarathy (d) None of the above
* (8) The magazine Jeevan Shikshan is published by
1905 In India research in agriculture had
begun. ....................... .
(a) Balbharati
1958 The Indian Agricultural Research
Institute was given the status of a (b) University Education Commission
University. (c) MSCERT (d) NCERT
(9) India's first IIT was setup at ....................... at
MASTER KEY QUESTION SET – 5 West Bengal in 1951.
(a) Kharagpur (b) Midnapore
Q.1. (A) Choose the correct option and rewrite the
complete answers: (c) Hooghly (d) Howrah
(1) In 1995, the ....................... scheme was started to * (10) The educational institution called IIT is famous
provide proper nourishment for the students. for educational in the area of ....................... .
(a) free ration (b) foodgrain subsidy (a) Agriculture (b) Medicine
(c) mid-day meal (d) medical-check up (c) Skilled managers (d) Engineering
Education 53

Ans. (1) mid-day meal (2) Maulana Abdul Kalam (3) Sayyad Rauf - Drafted common state wide
Azad (3) Kothari Commission (4) Eknath Chitnis curriculum
(5) IGNOU (6) Tamil Nadu (7) Dr Vijay Bhatkar
(4) Dr. Sarvapalli Radhakrishnan - Director of
(8) MSCERT (9) Kharagpur (10) Engineering
NCERT.
Q.1. (B) Identify the wrong pair and correct it:
Ans. Dr. Sarvapalli Radhakrishnan - Director of
(1) NCERT.
(1) TCS - obtained an American contract for Dr. Sarvapalli Radhakrishnan is the Chairman
software production. of University Education Commission
(2) FTII - Systematic training in all aspects of film-
(5)
making.
(1) Dave Committee - minimum levels of learning.
(3) C-DAC - developed Param - 8000
(4) IIM – imparting training in industrial design. (2) The Art Department - designing workbooks
and hand books.
Ans. IIM – imparting training in industrial design.
IIM moulds skilled managers. (3) Kosbad project - Education of Adivasis

(2) (4) Council of Scientific and Industrial Research -

Promote scientific research.
(1) The Advanced Centre for Treatment Research
and Education in Cancer - Branch of Tata Ans. The Art Department - designing workbooks
Memorial Centre and hand books.
(2) AIIMS - advanced education and research in The Art Department is responsible for framing
medicine. policies of Art Education.
(3) DPEP - Charts showing learning competencies (6)
upto Std.V
(1) MSCERT - Jeevan Shikshan
(4) National Policy on Education 1986 - Common
core curriculum was framed for all states. (2) Balbharti - Kishor
Ans. DPEP – Charts showing learning competencies (3) The Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and
upto Std.V Higher Secondary Education - Countrywide
Universalisation of primary education is done classroom.
by DPEP. (4) SITE - Satellite Education.
(3) Ans. The Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and
(1) National Institute of Design - Ahmedabad Higher Secondary Education - Countrywide
(2) Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and classroom
Higher Secondary Education - Pune The Maharashtra State Board of Secondary
(3) The National Institute for Research in the and Higher Secondary Education publishes
Mathematical and Physical Science - Delhi Shikshan Sankraman
(4) Indian Institute of Technology - West Bengal (7)
Ans. The National Institute for Research in the (1) Tarabai Modak - Kuranshalas
Mathematical and Physical Science - Delhi (2) Anutai Wagh - Kosbad Projects
The National Institute for Research in the
(3) Eknath Chitnis - Education Minister
Mathematical and Physical Sciences is situated
in Tamil Nadu (4) R. H. Dave - Competency based Primary
(4) Education Curriculum.

(1) J.P. Naik - Kothari Commission Ans. Eknath Chitnis - Education Minister
Eknath Chitnis was a Scientist with ISRO.
(2) P. Parthasarthy - Committee on Open University
54 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

Q.2. (A).1. Prepare concept maps. (5) Features of the IIT

(1) Objectives of Education Ans.
Ans. Location:
Modernisation Kharagpur, Powai,
of Education Chennai, Kanpur,
New Delhi, Guwahati,
Securing and Social Established:
Roorkee
strengthening of and national 1951
democracy Objectives integration
of Aim to
Education Features of
advance education
IIT
in Engineering
Education and Nurture of social,
productivity moral, spiritual values
Courses:
(2) Central Council for Research in Indian offered: B Tech
Medicine and Homeopathy: and M Tech
Ans. 1969
(6) IIMs in India
Central Council for Research in
Ans.
Indian Medicine and Homeopathy Ahmedabad

Shillong Kolkata
Replaced by three institutions
IIMs in
Indore India
Central Council Central Council Central Council for
for Research in for Research in Research in Yoga Bengaluru
Unani Medicine Homeopathy and Nature Cure Kozhikode

(3) Departments of the Indian Agricultural Lucknow

Research Institute:
Q.2. (A).2. Do as directed.
Ans. The Indian Agricultural Research Institute
(1) Complete the table below with details about
Soil individuals in the education field and their
Departments Sciences work.
Ans.
Wheat,
Agriculture Well Individual Work
Economic Agricultural pulses,
sector and equipped First education Maulana Abdul Kalam
botany sciences oilseeds,
research laboratories minister of India Azad.
vegetables
(4) Role of Dave Committee: Dr. Sarvapalli Chairman of the University
Ans. Radhakrishna Education Commission
Determine Charts showed sequence of
Prof Sayyad Rauf Preparation of common
minimum levels learning of the competencies
state-wide curriculum for
of learning meant for each class upto Std. V
Std. I to VII for Maharashtra.

Committee Anutai Wagh Kosbad Project

Chairman -R. H. Dave
Developed charts of minimum levels of
learning for language, mathematics and
environmental studies
(2) Obtain information about the national
Council of Educational Research and
Training, from the internet, and present it in
the form of a timeline.
Ans.
Education 55

1st The National Council of (2) Achievements of CSIR

September Educational Research and Training Ans.
1961 (NCERT) was established in Delhi. (i) In the post-independence period in 1950, the
27th January The Maharashtra State Bureau Council of Scientific and Industrial Research
1967 of Textbook Production and (CSIR) was established with the objective to
Curriculum Research (Balbharati) promote scientific research in the country and
was established in Pune.
to take the benefits of the research to all the
1986 The National Policy on Education people.
was adopted.
(ii) The achievements of the CSIR include making
1988 The 'Primary Education
the ink used for marking voters’ fingers during
Curriculum was prepared.
elections, medicines for malaria, elephantiasis
1995 The Competency based primary
and tuberculosis, water purification technology,
education curriculum.
reduction in the time required for bamboo
1975 India met with success in its
production.
attempt to use a satellite for the
purpose of education. (iii) It also used DNA fingerprinting for the first
1970 The United Nations declared the time in India, conducted a genetic study of the
year 1970 as the International Adivasis of the Andamans and proved that
Education Year. those tribes are 60,000 years old and developed
A seminar was organised in New the earthquake early warning system.
Delhi and led to the establishment
of an open university. (iv) It has also played an important role in the
use of neem as a pesticide, use of turmeric for
1974 The government appointed a
committee under the chairmanship healing wounds and in the case of the patents
of P. Parthasarathy for varieties of rice.
(v) The CSIR has prepared a digital encyclopedia
Q.2. (B) Write short notes:
of Indian traditional knowledge and made it
(1) AIIMS available in eight international languages.
Ans.
(3) NCERT
(i) The All India Institute of Medical Sciences
(AIIMS) was established to give further Ans.
impetus to advanced education and research (i) National Council of Educational Research and
in medicine. Training (NCERT) was established in Delhi on
(ii) It was given the responsibility of undergraduate the 1st of September 1961.
and post–graduate courses in medicine. (ii) Its main objective is to help the Central
(iii) Colleges for undergraduate and postgraduate Government in matters of school education
education in most branches of medicine, good in the context of a comprehensive policy
research facilities and well-equipped hospitals and in implementing educational schemes.
are the significant features of this institute. The NCERT was given the responsibility
(iv) The institute also provides medical treatment of educational research and development,
to the common people at nominal rates. training, extension, educational programmes,
(v) It has established special colleges for training restructuring of school curriculum and
in nursing, and super-speciality centres for textbooks.
treatment of disorders of the heart, brain and (iii) It has played a central role in designing school
eyes. curricula and textbooks with the cooperation
(vi) For further development of the medical field, of the Central Board of Secondary Education
the Medical Council of India was restructured (CBSE).
in 1958 and was entrusted with the task of (iv) It provides guidance and cooperation in the
determining criteria for quality of medical area of primary and secondary education to
education, its supervision and inspection. the state governments.
56
(v) It has been involved in designing workbooks
and handbooks for teachers, in teacher training,
in developing teaching-learning techniques
and conducting talent search examinations at
the national level.
* (4) Indira Gandhi National Open University
Ans.
(i) Indira Gandhi National Open University
(IGNOU) was established with the objective
that the stream of education should make
its way into every average household of the
country.
(ii) The United Nations had declared 1970 as the
International Education Year. In the same year,
a seminar was organised in New Delhi on the
subject of Open University by the Government
of India Departments of Education and Social
Welfare, Information and Broadcasting,
University Grants Commission along with
UNESCO. The idea of establishing an open
university evolved in this seminar.
(iii) In 1974, the government appointed a
committee under the chairmanship of
P. Parthasarathy and the Open University took
shape on 20 September, 1985 in accordance
with its recommendations and suggestions. It
was named after Prime Minister Indira Gandhi.
(iv) Those who are unable to get a college education
in the formal way are given concessions in
eligibility criteria, age and other conditions for
admission to this university.
(v) In 1990, the IGNOU started an audio-visual
distance education programme through
Akashvani and Doordarshan. It conducted
more than one thousand curricula of various
branches.
(vi) It provides facilities for education through
58 training centres in the country and 41 centres
in foreign countries.
* (5) Kothari Commission
Ans.
(i) In 1964 a Commission was appointed under
the Chairmanship of Dr D. S. Kothari. Dr J. P.
Naik made valuable contributions to the work
of this Commission.
(ii) The Commission also recommended the
10+2+3 pattern for secondary, higher secondary
and university education. This system was
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
implemented from 1972.
(iii) The Commission also suggested a uniform
national system of education, the inclusion
of the mother tongue, Hindi and English in
education, as well as continuing education,
adult education, education by correspondence
and open universities to make education trickle
down to the lowest rungs of society.
(iv) It also recommended increased provision
in the government’s budget for expenditure
on education of neglected sections like the
scheduled castes and tribes. Maharashtra
government adopted the 10+2+3 pattern in
1972 and conducted the first Std X Board exam
in 1975.
* (6) Bhabha Atomic Research Centre
Ans.
(i) Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC)
has conducted valuable research in the
fields of nuclear physics, solid state physics,
spectroscopy, chemical and life sciences.
(ii) It also started a school to train scientists for
setting up nuclear reactors.
* (7) Balbharati
Ans.
(i) The Maharashtra State Bureau of Textbook
Production and Curriculum Research
(Balbharati) was established in Pune on 27
January 1967.
(ii) Balbharati prepares textbooks for school
children. Textbooks are made in eight
languages, namely, Marathi, Hindi, English,
Urdu, Kannad, Sindhi, Gujarati and Telugu.
‘Kishor’, a monthly magazine for children, is
also published by Balbharati.
Q.3. (A) Explain the following statements with
reason:
* (1) The District Primary Education Programme
was undertaken.
Ans.
(i) In 1994, the District Primary Education
Programme (DPEP) was started with the
objective of universalisation of primary
education. It was implemented in seven States
including Maharashtra.
(ii) The plan envisaged 100% attendance in primary
schools, arresting student drop-out, education
for girls and for the physically handicapped.
Education
(iii) It included programmes such as research on and
evaluation of primary education, alternative
education, creating societal awareness, etc.
* (2) The NCERT was established.
Ans.
(i) National Council of Educational Research and
Training (NCERT) was established in Delhi on
the 1st of September 1961.
(ii) Its main objective is to help the Central
Government in matters of school education
in the context of a comprehensive policy
and in implementing educational schemes.
The NCERT was given the responsibility
of educational research and development,
training, extension, educational programmes,
restructuring of school curriculum and
textbooks.
(iii) It has played a central role in designing school
curricula and textbooks with the cooperation
of the Central Board of Secondary Education
(CBSE).
(iv) It provides guidance and cooperation in the
area of primary and secondary education to
the state governments.
(v) It has been involved in designing workbooks
and handbooks for teachers, in teacher training,
in developing teaching-learning techniques
and conducting talent search examinations at
the national level.
* (3) The farmers were benefited by the Indian
Agricultural Research Institute.
Ans.
(i) The Indian Agricultural Research Institute was
given the status of a University in 1958 and work
began in departments such as development of
the agriculture sector, research, well-equipped
laboratories, soil science, agricultural sciences,
economic botany and other departments.
(ii) Research also began on wheat, pulses, oilseeds,
vegetables and many other problems.
(iii) Its most significant achievement is the
fundamental research it has conducted on the
methods of taking multiple crops in a year,
which has been of great benefit to farmers.
57
Q.3. (B) Answer the following in brief words:
(1) What do you understand by Operation Black
Board?
Ans. In 1988, the central government started a
scheme for the spread of primary education
and to improve educational standards. It is
known as Operation Blackboard.
(2) What does the District Primary Education
Programme envisage?
Ans.
(i) In 1994, the District Primary Education
Programme (DPEP) was started with the
objective of universalisation of primary
education. It was implemented in seven States
including Maharashtra.
(ii) The plan envisaged 100% attendance in primary
schools, arresting student drop-out, education
for girls and for the physically handicapped.
(iii) It included programmes such as research on and
evaluation of primary education, alternative
education, creating societal awareness, etc.
(3) State the contribution of Tarabai Modak in
educating adivasis.
Ans.
(i) Tarabai Modak began work in the field of
education in Bordi and Kosbad.
(ii) She started Anganwadis for Adivasi children.
(iii) She worked hard to bring in the ‘learning by
doing’ method, to start kuranshalas (meadow
schools) and to spread vocational technical
education.
(4) What purpose did the Kosbad Project serve?
Ans.
(i) Anutai Wagh established an institution at
Kosbad for the progress of Adivasis in Thane
district.
(ii) It is known as the Kosbad Project.
(iii) She started crèches, nurseries, primary schools,
adult education classes, balsevika training
schools, etc. for the education of Adivasis.
(5) What was proposed by the Mudaliar
Commission?
Ans.
(i) In 1952-53, the Mudaliar Commission was
appointed.
58
(ii) At that time, the pattern of education consisted
of 11 + 4 years for the first degree or of 11+1+3
years.
(iii) The Commission studied secondary education,
the nature of the curriculum, medium of
instruction, teaching methodology and made
certain recommendations.
(iv) This Commission proposed the concept of
Higher Secondary Education. However, it was
found difficult to implement it all over the
country.
(6) State the recommendation of Kothari
Commission.
Ans.
(i) The Kothari Commission recommended the
10+2+3 pattern for secondary, higher secondary
and university education. This system was
implemented from 1972.
(ii) The Commission also suggested a uniform
national system of education, the inclusion
of the mother tongue, Hindi and English in
education, as well as continuing education,
adult education, education by correspondence
and open universities to make education trickle
down to the lowest rungs of society.
(iii) It also recommended increased provision
in the government’s budget for expenditure
on education of neglected sections like the
scheduled castes and tribes.
(7) What do you know about the Education Board
of your state?
Ans.
(i) The Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and
Higher Secondary Education was established
on the 1st of January 1966 at Pune.
(ii) This Board conducts the school leaving
examinations of Std. X and Std. XII.
(iii) It also publishes a periodical called ‘Shikshan
Sankraman’.
(8) When was NCERT established? What is it's
main objective?
Ans.
(i) National Council of Educational Research and
Training (NCERT) was established in Delhi on
the 1st of September 1961.
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
(ii) Its main objective is to help the Central
Government in matters of school education in
the context of a comprehensive policy and in
implementing educational schemes.
(9) State the functions of MSCERT.
Ans.
(i) The Maharashtra State Council of Educational
Research and Training was established in Pune.
(ii) This institute performs various functions
such as improving the standard of primary
education, in-service training of teachers,
training in the areas of syllabi and evaluation,
vocational guidance for students after
Std X and Std XII exams and other educational
functions.
(10) How did the concept of satellite education
evolve in India?
Ans.
(i) SITE (Satellite Instructional Television
Experiment) was undertaken for educational
purposes under the leadership of the Space
Applications Centre at Ahmedabad.
(ii) The concept of satellite education came out of
this experiment. America had helped India in
this programme.
(iii) The programme helped to make provisions for
a good standard of education in rural areas.
(11) How did the concept of Open University
evolve in India?
Ans. In the year, 1970 a seminar was organised in
New Delhi on the subject of Open University
by the Government of India Departments of
Education and Social Welfare, Information and
Broadcasting, University Grants Commission
along with UNESCO. The idea of establishing
an open university evolved in this seminar.
(12) Which organisation was established to
promote scientific research in the country?
Ans. In the post-independence period in 1950, the
Council of Scientific and Industrial Research
(CSIR) was established with the objective to
promote scientific research in the country and
to take the benefits of the research to all the
people.
Education
(13) Spot the locations of IIT education in India.
Ans. India’s first IIT was set up at Kharagpur in West
Bengal in 1951. The engineering colleges at
Powai, Chennai, Kanpur and New Delhi were
converted into IITs. IITs were also established
at Guwahati (Assam) in 1994 and in Roorkee in
2001.
(14) What type of training is imparted by FTII?
Ans. Systematic training in any aspect of film making
is given at the Film and Television Institute
of India. Facilities were made available for
imparting scientific training at this Institute in
all aspects of film-making such as direction,
editing and acting.
(15) Which courses are offered by National
Institute of Design?
Ans. This institute was established in Ahmedabad
in 1961 for the purpose of imparting training
in industrial design. Courses in basic design,
graphic design, product design and visual
communication were started in 1963-64.
(16) Discuss the responsibilities of Indian Council
for Medical Research.
Ans.
(i) Indian Council for Medical Research (ICMR)
was established for conducting research in the
medical field.
(ii) It was given the responsibility of cooperating
with universities, medical colleges, government
and non-government research institutes and
giving them guidance and financial support
for research activities.
(17) Which institute works for advanced research
in cancer?
Ans. The Advanced Centre for Treatment, Research
and Education in Cancer is a branch of the Tata
Memorial Centre. It functions as the national
centre for treatment, research and education in
relation to cancer.
59
Q.4 Read the passage and answer the questions
and answer the questions based on it.
(1)
National Council of Educational Research and
Training.
This body was established in Delhi on the 1st of
September 1961. Its main objective is to help the
Central Government in matters of school education
in the context of a comprehensive policy and in
implementing educational schemes. The NCERT
was given the responsibility of educational research
and development, training, extension, educational
programmes, restructuring of school curriculum and
textbooks. It has played a central role in designing
school curricula and textbooks with the cooperation
of the Central Board of Secondary Education (CBSE).
It provides guidance and cooperation in the area
of primary and secondary education to the state
governments. It has been involved in designing
workbooks and handbooks for teachers, in teacher
training, in developing teaching-learning techniques
and conducting talent search examinations at the
national leve.
SCERTs were established in all States on the lines of
the NCERT.
The Maharashtra State Council of Educational
Research and Training was established in pune.
This institute performs various functions such as
improving the standard of primary education, in-
service training of teachers, training in the areas of
syllabii and evaluation, vocational guidance for
students after Std X and Std XII exams and other
educational functions This institute is known as the
academic authority. It brings out a periodical called
Jeevan Sikshan.
(a) What was the main objective behind
establishment of NCERT?
Ans: The main objective behind establishment of
NCERT is to help the central government in
matters of school education in the context of
a comprehensive policy and in implementing
educational schemes.
60
(b) Prepare a Concept map depicting the basic
responsibilities of NCERT.
Ans.
Basic
Responsibilities of
NCERT
Training Extension
Educational research Educational
and development programme
Restructuring of School
curriculums and textbooks
(c) State the full form of MSCERT. What are it’s
main functions. out of this experiment. America had helped India in
Ans: MSCERT Stands for the Maharashtra State
Council of Educational Research and Training.
Following are the functions of MSCERT
• improving the standard of primary education
• in-service training of teacher
• training in the areas of syllabii and evaluation
• Vocational guidance for students of Std. X and
XII.
(d) Suggest another name for the journal of
MSCERT.
Ans: Another name for the journal of MSCERT could
be “Aarohan”.
(2)
National Policy on Education 1986: According to
this policy, certain changes of a fundamental nature
were brought about in primary, secondary and higher
secondary education in keeping with the changing
needs of society. Under this policy, a common core
curriculum was framed for all States. The expectation
is that, by this means, all students in India will get
equal educational opportunity. There is scope in
the national curriculum for individual States to
bring in flexibility in accordance with their cultural,
geographical and historical needs.
The ‘Primary Education Curriculum 1988’ was
prepared on the basis of the plan of action designed
at the national level for the effective implementation
of the National Policy on Education 1986. The
competency based primary Education curriculum
1995: Even as the Primary Education Curriculum
1988 was being implemented, a Committee was
formed at the national level with Dr. R. H. Dave as its
Chairman, to determine minimum levels of learning.
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
The Dave as Committee developed charts of minimum
levels of learning in language, mathematics and
environmental studies up to Std V. The charts showed
the sequence of learning of the competencies meant
for each class.
Use of a satellite: In 1975, India met with success in its
attempt to use a satellite for the purpose of education.
Eknath Chitnis, a scientist with ISRO, played an
important role in it.
SITE (Satellite Instructional Television Experiment)
was undertaken for educational purposes under
the leadership of the Space Applications Centre at
Ahmedabad. The concept of satellite education came
this programme. The programme helped to make
provisions for a good standard of education in rural
areas.
(a) What was done to implement the National
Policy on Education 1986?
Ans: For the effective implementation of National
Policy on Education 1986, the Primary
Education Curriculum 1988 was prepared on
the basis of the action plan formulated at the
National level.
(b) How did the Dave committee determine the
minimum levels of learning?
Ans: To determine the minimum levels of learning
the Dave committee developed charts in
language, mathematics and environmental
studies upto Std. V. Sequential learning
competencies were depicted on these charts to
set standards through levels of learning.
(c) Write about India’s attempts in use of
satellites for the purpose of education?
Ans: India’s attempts to use satellites for education:
(i) Satellite Instructional Television Experiment
was undertaken for educational purposes.
(ii) SITE was a project led by Space Application
centre at Ahmedabad.
(iii) Since 1975, such efforts were made under able
leadership of scientists like Eknath Chitnis - a
senior scientist with ISRO.
(iv) Thus India has made provisions for good
standard of Education in rural areas.
Education
(d) Who is your favourite educationist? State his/
her educational ideas which impacted the
society. vegetables and many other problems.
Ans: My favourite educationist are Rabindranath
Tagore, Dr. Annie Besant and Dr. Sarvapalli
Radha Krishnan.
They all enlightened the society with their
educational ideas and deeds. Dr. Annie Besant
in particular was iconic.
Her ideas of education were imbibed with
political freedom, women’s liberation and
universal brotherhood. Her teachings of
‘Home Rule’ and ‘theosophy’ impacted our
society during British Rule. She taught these
ideas through political lectures to motivate the
youth.
Q.5.1 Answer in detail:
* (1) Which programmes were included in the
Operation Blackboard scheme?
Ans.
(i) The government made funds available to help
improve the standard of the schools and to
fulfil minimum educational needs such as at
least two proper classrooms, toilets, one of
the two teachers to be female, a blackboard,
maps, laboratory apparatus, a small library,
a playground, sports equipment, etc. This
scheme helped the primary education system
to gain some momentum.
(ii) In 1994, this scheme was expanded and
provision was made for one additional
classroom and for appointing one more teacher
in schools with an enrolment of more than 100
students, with priority given to girls’ schools,
schools with a majority of scheduled caste and
tribe students and schools in rural areas.
(iii) It was also made binding upon the State
government to appoint female teachers to fifty
percent of the posts in schools.
* (2) What role do the agriculture schools/colleges
play in the development of agriculture?
Ans.
(i) The Indian Agricultural Research Institute was
given the status of a University in 1958 and work
began in departments such as development of
the agriculture sector, research, well-equipped
laboratories, soil science, agricultural sciences,
61
economic botany and other departments.
Research also began on wheat, pulses, oilseeds,
(ii) Its most significant achievement is the
fundamental research it has conducted on the
methods of taking multiple crops in a year,
which has been of great benefit to farmers.
* (3) Describe with examples the progress that
India has made in the field of medicine.
Ans.
(i) The Indian Council for Medical Research
(ICMR) was established for conducting
research in the medical field. It was given the
responsibility of cooperating with universities,
medical colleges, government and non-
government research institutes and giving
them guidance and financial support for
research activities.
(ii) Twenty-six centres were started in different
parts of the country for research on various
diseases. Their research has made it possible to
control tuberculosis and leprosy.
(iii) The All India Institute of Medical Sciences
(AIIMS) was established to give further
impetus to advanced education and research
in medicine.
(iv) It was given the responsibility of undergraduate
and postgraduate courses in medicine.
Colleges for undergraduate and postgraduate
education in most branches of medicine, good
research facilities and well-equipped hospitals
are the significant features of this institute.
(v) The institute also provides medical treatment
to the common people at nominal rates. It
has established special colleges for training
in nursing, and super-speciality centres for
treatment of disorders of the heart, brain and
eyes.
(vi) For further development of the medical field,
the Medical Council of India was restructured
in 1958 and was entrusted with the task of
determining criteria for quality of medical
education, its supervision and inspection.
(vii) These institutes have the responsibility of
conducting research on various diseases,
developing tests and standardisation of
medicines.
62
* (4) Write a note on the curricular and co-curricular
activities conducted in your school.
Ans.
Languages – Our school motivates us to
participate in theatres or plays organised on
works of Shakespeare and Munshi Premchand.
We also take part in elocution and poetry
recitation competitions to enhance public
speaking. Our school makes every child read
the newspaper headlines from Marathi and
English dailies in the auditorium turn wise.
Maths and Science – Scientific experiments
mentioned in our textbook are practically
performed by each of us under the supervision
of our teachers. On Sundays our Math teachers
take special classes on Vedic Maths. Our school
has also organised trips to Nehru Planetorium
and ‘Jantar Mantar’ to give us an understanding
of astronomical aspects of science. Every year
our school conducts Homi Bhabha scholarship
exam. A display of the best 25 science projects
is done in the school hall.
Social Studies – Field studies are taken up
to explain to us the topography of Indian
landscapes. The school library holds a large
number number of book and documentaries
over world history trips to museums and
historical places.
Q.5.2 Observe the pictures and answer the
questions.
(1)
(a) Identify the people in the above pictures.
Ans. Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad and Dr. Sarvapalli
Radha Krishnan.
(b) Name the commission appointed under the
first education minister of India.
Ans. Mudaliar Commission
(c) Who was the first chairman of university
education commission?
Ans. Dr. Sarvapalli Radhakrishnan
(d) What were the functions of the university
education commission?
Ans. The functions of the university education
commission:
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
(i) Sanctioned and disbursed grants to the
universities on behalf of the government
(ii) Planning of university education
(iii) Co-ordination of syllabus
(2)
(a) What was the pattern of education
recommended by the Kothari commission?
Ans. Kothari Commission recommended the 10+2+3
pattern for secondary, higher secondary and
university education.
(b) What were the other recommendations made
by the Kothari commission?
Ans. The following are the other recommendations
made by the Kothari commission:
(a) a uniform national system of education
(b) inclusion of mother tongue (along with Hindi
and English)
(c) Continuing education
(d) Adult education
(e) Education by correspondence
(f) Open Universities.
(c) What were the objectives of education
according to the Kothari Commission?
Ans. The objectives of Education were :
(i) Modernisation of Education. (ii) Social and
national integration (iii) Nurture of social,
moral, spiritual values, (iv) Education and
Productivity (v) Securing and strengthening of
democracy.
(3)
(a) What was the purpose of establishing open
university?
Ans. The open university was established with the
objective that the stream of education should
make its way into every average household of
the country.
(b) Which year was declared as International
Education year by the United Nations?
Ans. The United Nations had declared 1970 as the
International Education Year.
Education
(c) Which all departments organised the seminar
at New Delhi?
Ans. A seminar was organised in New Delhi on the
subject of Open University by the Government
of India Departments of:
(1) Education and Social Welfare
(2) Information and Broadcasting
(3) University Grants Commission and UNESCO
(d) When did Indira Gandhi National Open
University take shape?
Ans. In 1974, the government appointed a committee
under the chairmanship of P. Parthasarthy and
open university took shape on 20th September
1985 in accordance with its recommendations
and suggestions.
It was named after Prime Minister - Indira
Gandhi.
(e) In which year did IGNOU start an audio
visual distance education programme?
Ans. In 1990, IGNOU started an audio - visual
distance education programme through
Akashwani and Doordarshan.
vvv
63
(4)
(a) What was the purpose of establishment of
CSIR?
Ans. CSIR was established with the objective to
promote scientific research in the country and
to take the benefits of the research to all the
people.
(b) List down a few achievements of CSIR
Ans. The achievements of CSIR include:
- Making the ink used for marking voter’s
fingers during elections
- Medicines for malaria, elephantiasis and
tuberculosis
(c) In which fields did CSIR conduct research?
Ans. CSIR conducted research in fields like:
- Physics, chemistry, pharmaceuticals, food
processing and mining
64 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

ASSIGNMENT - 5
Time : 1 Hr. Marks : 25

Q.1. (A) Choose the right option and rewrite the sentence: (2)
(1) In 1995, the .......................... scheme was started to provide proper nourishment for the
students.
(a) free ration (b) foodgrain subsidy (c) mid-day meal (d) medical-check up
(2) .......................... was the first education minister of Independent India.
(a) Vallabhbhai Patel (b) Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad
(c) Sachchidanand Sinha (d) J.B.Kriplani
Q.1. (B) Identify the wrong pair and correct it. (1)
(1) (i) TCS - obtained as American contract for software production.
(ii) ITII - Systematic training in all aspects of film-making.
(iii) C-DAC - developed Param - 8000
(iv) IIM - imparting training in industrial design.
Q.2. (A) Prepare concept maps. (2)
(1) Role of Dave Committee:
Q.2. (B) Write short notes: (4)
(1) AIIMS
(2) Achievements of CSIR
Q.3. (A) Explain the following statements with reasons: (6)
(1) The District Primary Education Programme was undertaken.
(2) The NCERT was established.
Q.3. (B) Answer the following question in brief Words: (Any 2) (6)
(1) State the contribution of Tarabai Modak in educating adivasis.
(2) What purpose did the Kosbad Project serve?
(3) Spot the locations of IIT education in India.
Q.5. Answer in detail: (Any one) (4)
(1) Write a note on the curricular and co-curricular activities conducted in your school.
(2)

(a) What was the purpose of establishing open university?

(b) Which year was declared as International Education year by the United Nations?
(c) Which all departments organised the seminar at New Delhi?
(d) When did Indira Gandhi National Open University take shape?
(e) In which year did IGNOU start an audio visual distance education programme?

vvv
 Empowerment of Women and
6 other Weaker Sections

Points to Remember :
• Movement through which Vinoba Bhave used the power of women Bhoodan Movement
• Socialist leader of the 'Laatne morcha' (rolling pin demonstration) Mrinal Gore
• Women who created awareness about the Chipko movement Gaura Devi, Sudesha Devi,
Bachani Devi
• Anti - liquor movement 1992, Andhra Pradesh
• International Women's Year declared by the UN 1975
• Chairman of the Committee on the status of women Dr. Phulrenu Guha, 1975
• State-wide conference for women in 1975 Stree - mukti Sangharsha Samiti
• Publication of the Samiti's manifesto 1978
• The Samiti's collection of songs Streemuktichi Lalkari
• The Samiti's street play Mulgi Jhaali Ho, by Jyoti Mhapsekar
• The Samiti's periodical Prerak Lalkari
• Women's groups formed in 1977 in :
(i) Pune Streemukti Andolan Samiti (Soudamini Rao)
(ii) Aurangabad Stree Anyaya virodhi Manch
(iii) Kolhapur Mahila Dakshata Samiti
(iv) Nashik Mahila Hakka
(v) Latur Nari Prabodhan Manch
• Periodicals started by Vidya Bal Nari Samata Manch, Milun Saryajani
• Establishment of the Mahila Dakshata Samiti Pramila Dandavate, Delhi, 1976
• States in which branches of the Mahila Dakshata Samiti were started Tamil Nadu, Kerala,
Andhra Pradesh, Odisha, Madhya Pradesh,
Uttar Pradesh, Punjab
• Formation of the Akhil Bharatiya Mahila Sanghatana 1980, by the Communist Party
• Women's Study Centres (i) Savitribai Phule Pune University, Pune
(ii) Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai
(iii) Shivaji University, Kolhapur
• Laws for women (i) Right to alimony
(ii) Right to share in father's property
(iii) Right to 'Streedhan'
(iv) Polygamy was made illegal
(v) Dowry Prohibition Act of 1961

(65)
66 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

(vi) Maternity Benefit Act of 1961

• Establishment of Family Courts 1984
• Muslim Women's Act Protection of rights upon divorce
• Roop Kanwar commits Sati 4th September, 1987
• Govt. passed the Sati (Prevention) Act 1998
• Formation of the National Human Rights Commission 1993, to prevent injustice to
men and women
• The 73rd and 74th amendments to the Constitution (i) Reservation of one-third of seats
for women in Gram Panchayats, Panchayat Samitis, Zilla Parishads,
Municipalities and Municipal Corporation
(ii) Reservation of one-third of seats for women
for posts of Sarpanch, Chairman and Mayor
• International Women's Day 8th March
• Provision of the 17th paragraph of the Constitution Practice of untouchability banned
and the class included in 'Scheduled Castes'
• Group enumerated as Scheduled Tribes' in the Constitution Adivasis
• Nomadic Tribes Tribes that move from place to place for a livelihood
• De-notified Tribes Former criminal tribes whose restrictions on
occupations and movements have now been lifted
• Minorities People of a religion, language or race who are few in number
• Right of Minorities to protect and conserve their language, culture and traditions

Dates Event A State - wide conference for women

1972 Women who had to face the brunt of
scarcity of supplies and rising prices,
gave a show of their strength as an
organised entity.
1973 The Chipko Movement.
1992 In Andhra Pradesh, a movement
was, started against the drinking of
alcohol (Anti-liquor Movement).
1992 Three youths of Dubuganta village
of Nellore district in Andra Pradesh
drowned in a lake, in a state of
inebriation and died.
1975 The United Nations had declared
1975 as the International Women's
Year.
The government of India constituted
the committee on the status of women
and appointed Dr. Phulrenu Guha as
its Chairman.
was held, which was organised by
the Stree-mukti Sangharsha Samiti.
1978 The Samiti published its manifesto.
1977 (1) Streemukti Andolan Samiti
established by Soudamini Rao in
Pune,
(2) Bayaja, a fortnightly.
(3) Stree Uvach, Maitrin and Stree
Anyayavirodhi Manch in
Aurangabad
(4) Mahila Hakka in Nashik
(5) Nari Prabodhan Manch in Latur.
1976 Pramila Dandavate established the
Mahila Dakshata Samiti in Delhi.
1980 The Communist Party established
the Akhil Bharatiya Janavadi Mahila
Sanghatana.
1952 A law enacted, that recognises
women's right to alimony and their
share in the father's property.
Empowerment of Women and other Weaker Sections 67

1961 (1) The Dowry Prohibition Act made (3) Under the leadership of the socialist leader
both giving and taking of dowry .................... women in Mumbai participated in a
a cognizable criminal offence. demonstration which came to be known as the
(2) The Maternity Benefit Act gave Laatne Morcha.
women the right to get leave from (a) Gaura Devi (b) Dr Phulrenu Guha
work at the time of child-birth. (c) Meena Menon (d) Mrinal Gore
1984 The Dowry Prohibition (Amendment) (4) Vinoba Bhave made use of women power in the
Act. .................... .
1988 2209 women died victim to the dowry (a) Bhoodan Movement
tradition. (b) Chipko Movement
1990 The number of dowry deaths was
(c) Laatne Morcha
4835.
(d) Anti-liquor movement
1993 The number of dowry deaths were
5377. (5) Women activists associated with the Chipko
movement .................... .
1984 Family courts were established.
(a) Sucheta Kripalani, Nandini Satpathy and
1985 Trial involving alimony.
Jayalalitha
4th Roop Kanwar, a married woman,
September committed sati. (b) Dr Phulrenu Guha, Uma Bharati and
1987 Vasundhara Raje
1998 The government passed the Sati (c) Gaura Devi, Sudesha Devi and Bachani
(Prevention) Act with very stringent Devi
provisions. (d) Dr Phulrenu Guha, Meena Menon and
1993 Protection of Human Rights Act was Mrinal Gore
enacted to prevent injustice to men (6) The Chipko movement was started by ..................
and women. (a) Chandiprasad Bhat and Sunderlal Bahuguna
8th March A demonstration was held in New (b) Sudesha Devi and Bachani Devi
1857 York by working women for fewer
(c) Vinoba Bhave and Mahatma Gandhi
working hours, proper remuneration,
provision of creches etc. (d) Meena Menon and Mrinal Gore
8th March Women went on strike. (7) The United Nations had declared .................... as
1909 the International Women’s Year.
8th March International Women's Day (a) 1992 (b) 2000 (c) 1975 (d) 1988
(8) A collection of songs called Streemuktichi
MASTER KEY QUESTION SET – 6 Lalkari, a street play called Mulgi Jhaali Ho are
written by .................... .
Q.1. (A) Choose the Correct option and rewrite the (a) Vidya Bal (b) Pramila Dandavate
complete answers:
(c) Sujata Anandan (d) Jyoti Mhapsekar
*(1) In 1992, a movement against drinking alcohol
(9) A State-wide conference for women was held in
was started in .................... .
1975 organised by the .................... .
(a) Maharashtra (b) Gujarat
(a) Samajwadi Mahila Sabha.
(c) Andhra Pradesh (d) Uttarakhand
(b) Stree-mukti Sangharsha Samiti.
*(2) In 1975, the government of India formed the (c) Nari Prabodhan Manch.
Committee on the status of women under
(d) Stree Anyayavirodhi Manch.
chairmanship of .................... .
(10) Census is conducted in India every .................. .
(a) Dr Phulrenu Guha (b) Uma Bharati
(a) 5 years (b) 10 years
(c) Vasundhara Raje (d) Pramila Dandavate
(c) 15 years (d) 20 years
68 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

Ans. (1) Andhra Pradesh (2) Dr. Phulrenu Guha (ii) Mulgi Jhaali Ho - Periodical
(3) Mrinal Gore (4) Bhoodan Movement (iii) Bayaja - fortmighty
(5) Gaura Devi, Sudesha Devi and Bachani Devi
(iv) Sitama Katha - Story
(6) Chandiprasad Bhat and Sunderlal Bahuguna
Ans. Mulgi Jhaali Ho - Periodical
(7) 1975 (8) Jyoti Mhapsekar (9) Stree-mukti
Sangharsha Samiti (10) 10 years Mulgi Jhaali Ho was a Play (by Jyoti Mhapsekar)

Q.1. (B) Identify and write the wrong pair and Q.2. (A) Do as directed
rewrite the correct one. (A) 1. Make a concept chart:
* (1) *(1) Laws related to women:
Ans.
(i) Saudamini Rao - Stree-Mukti Andolan Samiti 1952
(ii) Vidya Bal - Nari Samata Manch
(iii) Pramila Dandavate - Mahila Dakshata Samiti
(1) Recognition of women’s right to alimony
(iv) Jyoti Mhapsekar - Committee on the Status of and their share in the father’s property.
Women (2) Her right to streedhan was recognised.
Ans. Jyoti Mhapsekar - Committee on the Status of (3) Polygamy was made illegal and women, just
Women like men, got the right to sue for divorce.
Dr Phulrenu Guha was a Committee on the
1961
Status of Women.
(2)
(i) Vinoba Bhave - Bhoodan Movement (1) The Dowry (1) The Maternity
(ii) Chandiprasad Bhat and Sunderlal Bahuguna - Prohibition Act of Benefit Act was
Chipko movement 1961 made both
passed in 1961.
(iii) Dr Phulrenu Guha - Laatne Morcha giving and taking of
dowry a cognizable (2) Gave women the
(iv) Shah Bano Begum - Right to alimony right to get leave
criminal offence.
Ans. Dr Phulrenu Guha - Laatne Morcha from work at the
(2) This dismantled the
Mrinal Gore initiated Laatne Morcha time of child-birth
dowry tradition by
its roots and further also came into
(3)
encouraged the force in 1961
(i) Stree Anyayavirodhi Manch – Aurangabad
social movement.
(ii) Mahila Dakshata Samiti – Pune
(3) The law alleviated
(iii) Mahila Hakka – Nashik the distress to
(iv) Nari Prabodhan Manch - Latur women caused by
Ans. Mahila Dakshata Samiti – Pune the undesirable
tradition of dowry.
Mahila Dakshata Samiti is situated in Kolhapur
(4)
(A) 2. Roop Kanwar Sati Case.
(i) Stree-mukti Andolan Samiti - Soudamini Rao
Ans.
(ii) Mahila Dakshata Samiti - Phulrenu Guha
Geeta
(iii) Milun Saryajani - Vidya Bal Seshu
(iv) Laatne Morcha - Mrinal Gore
Ans. Mahila Dakshata Samiti - Phulrenu Guha
Neena Roop Kanwar Sujata
Mahila Dakshata Samiti was led by Pramila
Menon Sati Case Anandan
Dandavate
(5)
Kalpana Anu
(i) Streemuktichi Lalkari - Collection of songs Sharma Joseph
Empowerment of Women and other Weaker Sections 69

(A) 3. List at least five Women Chief Ministers in *(2) Minority

India: Ans.
Ans. (i) In any society, a group of people of a particular
(i) Sucheta Kriplani (Uttar Pradesh) religion, language or race who are few in
(ii) Nandini Satpathy (Odisha) number are termed as minority.
(iii) Jayalalitha (Tamil Nadu) (ii) As there are various religions, sects and
languages in our country, we see great
(iv) Mayawati (Uttar Pradesh)
cultural diversity. There is variation in cultural
(v) Vasundhara Raje (Rajasthan)
traditions, too.
(vi) Mamata Banerjee (West Bengal)
(iii) In order to preserve their cultural,
(vii) Rabdi Devi (Bihar) traditions and develop their own language,
(viii) Anandiben Patel (Gujarat) the Constitution gives the citizens certain
(ix) Sheila Dixit (Delhi) educational and cultural rights.
(x) Mehbooba Mufti Sayeed (Jammu & Kashmir) (iv) Minorities have the right to protect and
conserve their language, culture and traditions.
(xi) Uma Bharati (Madhya Pradesh)
(v) For this purpose they have the right to set
(xii) Rajendra Kaur Bhattal (Punjab)
up separate educational institutions. The
(xiii) Sushma Swaraj (Delhi)
government implements various schemes for
(xiv) Shashikala Kakodkar (Goa) their progress.
(xv) Sayeeda Anwar Taimur (Assam) (3) International Women’s Day
(xvi) Janaki Ramachandran (Tamil Nadu), Ans.
are all women who have led their States as (i) A demonstration was held in New York on 8
Chief Ministers. March 1857.
(Note: Students are expected to write only five.) (ii) It was the first demonstration by working
(A) 4. Complete the following chart. women and its demands were for fewer
working hours, proper remuneration,
Ans. Women Contribution provision of crèches, etc.
Dr. Phulrenu Guha Chairman Committee (iii) On 8 March 1909 women went on strike for the
on Status for Women very same demands. That is why, this day was
Soudamini Rao Streemukti Andolan declared as the Women’s Struggle Day at the
Samiti Women’s Socialist International, a conference
held in Denmark.
Vidya Bal Nari Samata Manch
(iv) The year 1975 was observed as the International
Pramila Dandavate Mahila Dakshata
Women’s Year and in 1977, 8 March was
Samiti
declared as International Women’s Day by a
Q.2. (B) Explain the concept? resolution passed in the General Assembly of
*(1) Alimony the United Nations.

Ans. (v) The three aspects of this programme were

peace, development and equality between men
(i) A fixed amount paid to a married woman for
and women.
her upkeep by the husband who has divorced
her, is called alimony. (4) Family Courts

(ii) The law enacted in 1952, recognises women’s Ans.

right to alimony and their share in the (i) Family courts were established to resolve
father’s property. Her right to streedhan was conflicts arising out of differences within
recognised. marriage and domestic problems as well as
70
issues such as alimony, single parenthood,
separation, care of children and ownership
which are all related to the family situation.
(ii) These family courts give priority to mutual
understanding over witnesses and evidence
and to counsellors over lawyers.
(iii) Emphasis is on resolving issues quickly but
justly.
(5) Reservation for Women
Ans.
(i) The 73rd and 74th amendments to the
Constitution provide for reservation of
one-third of the seats for women in Gram
Panchayats, Panchayat Samitis, Zilla
Parishads, municipalities and municipal
corporations as well as for the posts of
Sarpanch, Chairman and Mayor.
(ii) Maharashtra and 15 other states have reserved
50% seats for women.
(iii) This provision provides women the
opportunity to participate in the business of
the community.
(6) Scheduled Tribes
Ans.
(i) The Scheduled Tribes or Adivasis who live
in remote parts of the country face several
difficulties.
(ii) As they have lived far away from the progress
made in modern times, they are economically
and socially backward.
(iii) Even though their conditions have seen some
improvement in recent times, they do not have
any means of livelihood other than agriculture
and forest produce.
(iv) Modern farming implements have not yet
reached them. Hence, their income from
agriculture is very small. Besides, their fields
are on hillsides and not fertile.
(v) They are malnourished due to insufficient and
poor quality of diet.
(vi) Adivasis in remote areas find it difficult to get
medical attention in time. For all these reasons,
there is a need to give special protection to
Adivasis.
(vii) In the Indian Constitution, Adivasis have been
enumerated as Scheduled Tribes. They are
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
given representation in law boards, education,
government service, etc.
Q.3. (A) Explain the following statements with
reason:
*(1) The evolution of the women’s liberation
movement.
Ans.
(i) The United Nations had declared 1975 as the
International Women’s Year.
(ii) In 1975, the government of India constituted
the Committee on the Status of Women and
appointed Dr Phulrenu Guha as its Chairman.
(iii) A comprehensive survey was conducted on
several issues such as the social position of
women, their status, the consequences of the
constitutional provisions made for women as
also education of women and its percentage,
their progress due to education, difficulties
faced by working women, the position of
women with respect to work /livelihood,
their wages , the female-male ratio, birth and
mortality rate and the role of women.
(iv) Taking into consideration this entire
background, a State-wide conference for
women was held in 1975 organised by the
Stree-mukti Sangharsha Samiti. Women from all
walks of life / regions participated in it.
(v) The Samiti published its manifesto in 1978.
The policy of a struggle against discrimination
on the basis of gender, caste and varna was
adopted.
(vi) In 1977, groups like the Streemukti Andolan
Samiti established by Soudamini Rao in Pune,
Bayaja a fortnightly, as also Stree Uvach, Maitrin
and Stree Anyayavirodhi Manch in Aurangabad,
Mahila Dakshata Samiti in Kolhapur, Mahila
Hakka in Nashik and Nari Prabodhan Manch in
Latur were formed.
(vii) Anti-dowry protection committees were
formed all over Maharashtra. A conference
to protest against oppression of women was
organised in Dhule city.
*(2) The Prohibition of Dowry (Amendment) Act
was enacted in 1984.
Ans.
(i) Even after the enactment of the anti-dowry law,
incidents like ‘Woman burns to death as sari
Empowerment of Women and other Weaker Sections
pallu catches fire while cooking’ and ‘Woman
slips into well while washing clothes, drowns
and dies’ continued to be reported.
(ii) Investigations still revealed dowry to be the
most frequent cause of such deaths.
(iii) The role of the police, the administration
and judiciary were highlighted. This created
greater awareness.
(iv) As a result, the Dowry Prohibition
(Amendment) Act came into force in 1984.
*(3) The practice of untouchability was banned
by law.
Ans.
(i) In the post-independence period, our
Constitution adopted the values of freedom,
equality, fraternity and social justice.
(ii) In accordance with this, the practice of
untouchability was banned by law.
(iii) Untouchability was removed by the 17th
paragraph of the Constitution and this class
was included in the Scheduled Castes.
*(4) The Constitution gives cultural and
educational rights to minorities.
Ans.
(i) In any society, a group of people of a particular
religion, language or race who are few in
number are termed a minority.
(ii) As there are various religions, sects and
languages in our country, we see great
cultural diversity. There is variation in cultural
traditions, too.
(iii) In order to preserve their cultural
traditions and develop their own language,
the Constitution gives the citizens certain
educational and cultural rights.
(iv) Minorities have the right to protect and
conserve their language, culture and
traditions.
(v) For this purpose they have the right to set up
separate educational institutions.
(5) 8th March was declared as International
Women’s Day.
Ans.
(i) A demonstration was held in New York on
8 March, 1857. It was the first demonstration
by working women and its demands were for
fewer working hours, proper remuneration,
provision of crèches, etc.
71
(ii) On 8 March 1909 women went on strike for the
very same demands. That is why, this day was
declared as the Women’s Struggle Day at the
Women’s Socialist International, a conference
held in Denmark.
(iii) The year 1975 was observed as the International
Women’s Year and in 1977, 8 March was
declared as International Women’s Day by a
resolution passed in the General Assembly of
the United Nations.
(6) The ‘Muslim Women’s Act’ (Protection of
rights on divorce) was passed by Parliament.
Ans.
(i) A fixed amount paid to a married woman for
her upkeep by the husband who has divorced
her, is called alimony.
(ii) In the case of Mohammad Ahmed Khan vs Shah
Bano Begum, the Supreme Court gave the
verdict that Shah Bano Begum had the right to
alimony.
(iii) However, religious organisations protested
vociferously against the verdict.
(iv) As a result, the ‘Muslim Women’s Act’
(Protection of rights on divorce) was passed
by Parliament.
(7) In 1998, the government passed the Sati
(Prevention) Act with very stringent
provisions.
Ans.
(i) On 4th September 1987, Roop Kanwar, a
married woman, committed sati. She did not
do this of her own free will; she was coerced
into doing so.
(ii) Committing Sati, glorifying the practice of Sati
were all illegal acts.
(iii) The women activists and journalists, Meena
Menon, Geeta Seshu, Sujata Anandan, Anu
Joseph and Kalpana Sharma investigated the
case.
(iv) So in 1998, the government passed the Sati
(Prevention) Act with very stringent provisions.
Q.3. (B) Answer the following in brief:
*(1) Describe the Chipko movement.
Ans.
(i) The show of constructive woman power was
seen during the Chipko movement in 1973.
(ii) Trees from the forests in the foothills of the
72
Himalayas were to be cut down for commercial
purposes.
(iii) Chandiprasad Bhat and Sunderlal Bahuguna
had started a movement to prevent this.
(iv) Women followed the strategy of holding hands
and encircling each tree.
(v) As their method consisted of protecting the
tree by embracing it, the movement came to be
known as the Chipko movement.
(vi) Women took part in it in large numbers.
Women had a big role to play in the agricultural
economy of this region.
(vii) Gaura Devi was the activist who created this
awareness among the women with the help of
Sudesha Devi and Bachani Devi.
*(2) Write a note on the Protection of Human
Rights Act.
Ans.
(i) In 1993, the Protection of Human Rights Act
law was enacted to prevent injustice to men
and women.
(ii) The National Human Rights Commission was
also formed for this purpose.
(iii) In some States, the State Human Rights
Commission was also formed on the same
lines.
(iv) This law which deals with collective
oppression, the social conditions of divorced
women, women and secure work places,
played an effective role in mitigating injustices
to women.
(3) What do you mean by Scheduled Castes?
Ans.
(i) In the post-independence period, our
Constitution adopted the values of freedom,
equality, fraternity and social justice.
(ii) In accordance with this, the practice of
untouchability was banned by law.
(iii) Untouchability was removed by the 17th
paragraph of the Constitution and this class
was included in the Scheduled Castes.
(iv) In view of the educational and social
backwardness of these castes, they were given
reservations in education as well as jobs to
facilitate their development.
(4) Write a note on the manifestation of woman
power.
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
Ans.
(i) Women, who have to face the brunt of scarcity
of supplies and rising prices, gave a show of
their strength as an organised entity in 1972.
(ii) Under the leadership of the socialist leader
Mrinal Gore, women in Mumbai participated in
a demonstration which came to be known as the
laatne morcha (the rolling pin demonstration).
(iii) Commodities like oil, ghee, rava, maida, would
become scarce just as Diwali was near at hand.
Kerosene would become very expensive.
(iv) Women came together brandishing their
rolling pins and took part in the demonstration.
(v) This movement met with success and the public
got a glimpse of the united power of women.
Q.4. Read the passage and answer the questions.
(1)
International Women's year: The United Nations
had declared 1975 as the International Women's Year.
The three aspects of this programme were peace,
development and equality between men and women.
In 1975, the government of India constituted the
Committee on the Status of Women and appointed
Dr Phulrenu Guha as its Chairman. A comprehensive
survey was conducted of several issues such as the
social position of women, their status, the consequences
of the constitutional provisions made for women as also
education of women and its percentage, their progress
due to education, difficulties faced by working women,
the position of women with respect to work/livelihood,
their wages (relative to men's wages), the female-male
ratio, birth and mortality rates and the role of women.
Taking into consideration this entire background, a
State-wide conference for women was held in 1975
organised by the stree-mukti Sangharsha Samiti.
Women from all walks of life/regions participated in it.
The Samiti published its manifesto in 1978. The Samiti
published its manifesto discrimination on the basis of
gender, caste and varna was adopted. This gave rise
to a collection of songs called Streemuktichi Lalkari, a
street play called Mulgi Jhali Ho by Jyoti Mhapsekar
and a periodical called Prerak Lalkari which became
their mouthpiece and other such programmes. In 1977,
groups like the Streemukti Andolan Samiti established
by Soudamini Rao in Pune, Bayaja a fortnightly, as also
Stree Uvach, Maitrin and Stree Anyayavirodhi Manch
Empowerment of Women and other Weaker Sections 73

in Aurangabad, Mahila Dakshata Samiti in Kolhapur, (d) Name any two women who managed to break
Mahila Hakka in Nashik and Nari Prabodhan Manch in the norms of the Indian Society and came up
Latur were formed. Anti-dowry protection committees as icons of woman power.
were formed all over Maharashtra. A conference to Ans:
protest against oppression of women was organised in (i) Tessy Thomas, the "Missile Woman of India"
Dhule City. She is the first woman scientist to head a missile
project in India.
(a) Prepare a time line of the highlights
mentioned in the passages. (ii) Surekha Shankar Yadav, the first female train
driver in Indian railways.
Ans: Timeline of the Highlights of the passage
(i) 1975 - UN declared International Women's (2)
Day Committee on the Status of women was
Vidya Bal's periodicals, Nari Samata Manch, and Milun
appointed.
Saryajani, as also the work ofthe Samajwadi Mahila Sabha
(ii) 1975 - Stree Mukti Sangharsha Samiti was
and the Krantikari Mahila Sanghatana were of great help
organised.
in dealling with women's issues. The Employment
(iii) 1978 - Stree Mukti Sangharsha Samiti published Guarantee Scheme in Maharashtra also helped to
a Manifesto empower women.
(iv) 1977 - Stree Mukti Andolan Samiti was Pramila Dandavate established the Mahila Dakshata
established by Soudamini Rao. Samiti in Delhi in 1976. Branches of the Samiti came up
(b) State the issues on which a survey was in the States of Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Kerala,
conducted by the committee on the status of Odisha, Madhya Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh and Punjab.
women. The Communist Party established the Akhil Bharatiya
Ans: The Committee on Status of Women appointed Janavadi Mahila Sanghatana in 1980. Efforts were made
under the chairmanship of Dr. Phulrenu Guha to start branches of this Organisation in all parts of
made a comprehensive survey over several India. The Sanghatana started a struggle against issues
issue: like dowry, female foeticide, domestic abuse, Research
(i) Social position of women and their status. on women's issues was undertaken at various levels.
(ii) Consequences of the constitutional provision Women's Studies Centres were started at the first
made for women. women's university, Mumbai and at Tata Institute
of Social Sciences, Mumbai, Savitribai Phule Pune
(iii) Education of women and it's percentage.
University and Shivaji University, Kolhapur. These
(iv) Their progress due to education.
Centres played an important role in critical analysis and
(v) Difficulties faced by working women with in developing a vision on women's issues.
respect to work, livelihood and wages.
(vi) Female - male ratio. (a) Read the Passage carefully and prepare a
concept map of issues taken up by Akhil
(vii) Birth and mortality rates.
Bharatiya Janavadi Mahila Sanghatana.
(viii) Role of women.
Ans:
(c) Match the columns.
The Communist Established Akhil Bharatiya
Column 'A' Column 'B' Janavadi
Party in 1980
(1) Nari Prabodhan Manch (a) Nashik Mahila
Sanghatana
(2) Mahila Dakshata Samiti (b) Aurangabad
• Dowry issues
(3) Mahila Hakka (c) Latur • Female foeticide
• Domestic Abuse
(4) Stree Anyayvirodhi Manch (d) Kolhapur

Ans: (1 - c), (2 - d), (3 - a), (4 - b)

74
(b) State the role of Pramila Dandavate and
Vidhya Bal in women's upliftment.
Ans.
(i) Pramila Dandavate established Mahila
Dakshata Samiti in Delhi in 1976.
(ii) Vidya Bal published periodicals like 'Nari
Samata Manch' and 'Milun Saryajani'.
(c) Where are the women's study centres located
in Maharashtra?
Ans. Women study centres are loccated at:
(i) Shrimati Nathibai Damodar Thakersey
Women's University - Mumbai.
(ii) Tata Institute of Social Sciences - Mumbai.
(iii) Savitribai Phule University - Pune
(iv) Shivaji University - Kolhapur.
(d) Do you think International Beauty Pageants
can help in creating awareness about women's
issues? why?
Ans. Yes, International Beauty Pageants can help in
creating global awareness on women's issues
world wide.
The participants in these events come from
different cultures and backgrounds, they speak
on many subjects affecting women which is
covered by international media. Concerns
pertaining to women's political rights have
been brought to the notice of the world through
these pageants.
Q.5.1 Answer in detail:
*(1) Explain with examples how the united
strength of women can bring about
constructive changes in various fields.
Ans.
(i) Women, who have to face the brunt of scarcity
of supplies and rising prices, gave a show of
their strength as an organised entity in 1972.
(ii) Under the leadership of the socialist leader
Mrinal Gore, women in Mumbai participated in
a demonstration which came to be known as the
laatne morcha (the rolling pin demonstration).
(iii) Commodities like oil, ghee, rava, maida, would
become scarce just as Diwali was near at hand.
Kerosene had become very expensive.
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
(iv) Women came together brandishing their
rolling pins and took part in the demonstration.
(v) This movement met with success and the public
got a glimpse of the united power of women.
(vi) Another show of constructive woman power
was seen during the Chipko movement in
1973. Gaura Devi was the activist who created
awareness among the women with the help of
Sudesha Devi and Bachani Devi.
(vii) In 1992, three youths of Dubuganta village of
Nellore district in Andhra Pradesh drowned in
a lake, in a state of inebriation, and died.
(viii) At this instance, the women of the village came
together and forced the closure of arrack shops.
(ix) The movement spread to the entire State and
the government had to adopt a strict policy
against the sale of alcohol.
(x) On 4th September 1987, Roop Kanwar, a
married woman, committed sati. She did not
do this of her own free will; she was coerced
into doing so. Committing sati, glorifying the
practice of sati were all illegal acts.
(xi) The women activists and journalists, Meena
Menon, Geeta Seshu, Sujata Anandan, Anu
Joseph and Kalpana Sharma investigated the
case. In 1998, the government passed the Sati
(Prevention) Act with very stringent provisions.
(2) Explain, in detail, the Anti-liquor movement.
Ans.
(i) In 1992, in Andhra Pradesh, a movement
was started against the drinking of alcohol. It
received a good response in other States too.
(ii) When the head of the household dies an
untimely death due to addiction to alcohol,
the family faces a serious crisis which affects
women the most.
(iii) Due to alcoholism, they have to deal with
extreme sorrow and poverty. This movement
got the support of the anti-arrack movement in
Andhra Pradesh.
(iv) As a result of a government policy, arrack (a
locally produced alcohol) dealers set up shop
in every town and village.The poor labouring
people began to get addicted to alcohol.
Empowerment of Women and other Weaker Sections
(v) At the same time, a literacy programme was
being run in the villages of the State. The Sitama
Katha (Sita’s story) was narrated as a part of
this programme.
(vi) It was a story about Sita who creates awareness
among the people of a village and gets alcohol
to be banned from the village.
(vii) In 1992, three youths of Dubuganta village of
Nellore district in Andhra Pradesh drowned in
a lake, in a state of inebriation, and died.
(viii) At this instance, the women of the village came
together and forced the closure of arrack shops.
(ix) The report of this news in the local newspapers
had its effect on many other villages.
(x) The movement spread to the entire State and
the government had to adopt a strict policy
against the sale of alcohol.
(3) Explain the term 'Nomadic' and 'De-notified'
Tribes.
Ans.
(i) Castes and tribes that move from place to place
for a livelihood, are included under Nomadic
Tribes.
(ii) They live by rearing animals and engaging in
some other occupations.
(iii) The British had declared some of them as
criminal tribes.
(iv) In the Law of 1871 to curb crimes, some of the
main groups were mentioned as criminal tribes
and their occupations and movements were
banned.
(v) This unjust law was repealed in the post-
independence period.
(vi) And the curbs on these tribes were lifted. They
were included under De-notified Tribes.
(vii) Special efforts are made by the government
for the purpose of their social and economic
development.
(viii) These tribes have been given representation in
educational institutions and the government
sector.
75
Q.5.2. Observe the pictures and answer the
questions.
(1)
(a) Why was the Chipko Movement started?
Ans. - A show of constructive women power was
seen during the Chipko Movement in 1973
- The trees from the forests in the foothills of
Himalayas were to be cut down for commercial
purposes.
(b) Name the important leaders of the Chipko
Movement,
Ans. The important leaders of the Chipko Movement
were:
- Chandiprasad Bhat, Sunderlal Bahugana,
Gaura Devi, Sudesha Devi and Bachani Devi
(c) In which state was the anti-liquor movement
started?
Ans. In 1992, in Andhra Pradesh a movement was
started against the drinking of alcohol.
(d) What is arrack?
Ans. Arrack is a locally produced alcohol
- As a result of a government policy arrack
dealers set up shop in every town and village.
(e) What incident took place in the Dubuganta
village in the Nellore district?
Ans. In 1992, three youths of Dubuganta village of
Nellore district in Andhra Pradesh drowned in
lake, in a state of inebriation and died
- At this instance, the women of the village
came together and forced the closure of arrack
shops
76 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

(2) (a) When was the Sati (Prevention) Act passed?

Ans. In 1998, the govt passed the Sati (Prevention)
Act with very stringent provisions.
(b) Name the activists and journalists who
investigated in the case of Roop Kanwar
Ans. On 4th Sept. 1987, Roop Kanwar a married
woman, committed sati. She did not do this of
her own free will, she was coerced into doing
so.
- The women activists and journalists, Meena
Menon, Geeta Seshu, Sujata Anandan, Anu
Joseph and Kalpana Sharma investigated the
case.
(c) What were the provisions of Dowry
Prohibition Act of 1961?
Ans. The Dowry Prohibition Act of 1961 made
both giving and taking of dowry a cognizable
criminal offence.
(d) Why did Dowry Prohibition (Amendment)
come into force in 1984?
Ans. Even after the enactment of the anti-dowry
law investigations still revealed dowry to be
the most frequent cause of deaths. This created
greater awareness. Thus, Dowry Prohibition
(Amendment) Act came into force in 1984.

vvv
Empowerment of Women and other Weaker Sections 77

ASSIGNMENT - 6
Time : 1 Hr. Marks : 20

Q.1. (A) Choose the right option and rewrite the sentence: (2)
(1) Under the leadership of the socialist leader ............... women in Mumbai participated in a
demonstration which came to be known as the Laatne Morcha.
(a) Gaura Devi (b) Dr Phulrenu Guha (c) Meena Menon (d) Mrinal Gore
(2) Vinoba Bhave made use of woman power in the ............... .
(a) Bhoodan Movement (b) Chipko Movement (c) Laatne Morcha (d) Anti-liquor movement
(B) Identify and write the wrong pair and rewrite the correct one: (1)
(1) Vinoba Bhave - Bhoodan Movement
(2) Chandiprasad Bhat and Sunderlal Bahuguna - Chipko movement
(3) Dr. Phulrenu Guha- laatne morcha
(4) Nari Prabodhan Manch – Latur
Q.2. (A) Do as directed: (2)
(1) List at least five Women Chief Ministers in India.
(B) Explain the following statements with reason: (any one) (2)
(1) The Prohibition of Dowry (Amendment) Act was enacted in 1984
(2) The practice of untouchability was banned by law.
Q.3. (A) Explain the concept: (any one) (3)
(1) Minority (2) International Women's Day
(B) Answer the following in brief: (any one) (6)
(1) What do you mean by Scheduled Castes?
(2) Write a note on the manifestation of woman power.
Q.4. Answer the following question in detail: (4)
(1) Explain the term Nomadic and De-notified Tribes.
(2) Explain in detail the Anti-liquor movement.

vvv
7 Science and Technology

Points to Remember :
• Establishment of the Indian Atomic Energy Commission 10th August 1948,
by Pt. Jawaharlal Nehru
• First Chairman of the Indian Atomic Energy Commission Dr. Homi Bhabha
• Objectives of the Commission (i) to produce electricity from atomic energy
(ii) increase the yield of food grains
(iii) develop nanotechnology
• Nuclear reactor set up by the Dept. of Atomic Energy 'Apsara', 1656
• Establishment of an atomic power station at Tarapur 1969
• Reactor Research Centre using Kalpakkam, Tamil Nadu
Thorium for generating atomic power
• Institution for manufacturing heavy water Heavy Water Board
• Science Day 28th February
• Indian made nuclear reactor Dhruva, 1985
• Nuclear reactor that uses uranium as fuel Dhruva
• Company set up to generate electricity from atomic energy Nuclear Power Corporation
of India Ltd. (NPCIL), 1987
• India's first nuclear test 18th May 1974, Pokharan in Rajasthan
• India's second nuclear test 11th May 1998
• India tested the Prithvi Missile 1988
• India tested the Agni Missile 1989
• Leader of the Integrated Guided Dr. A.P.J. Abdul Kalam
Missile Development Programme (IGMDP)
• Missiles given to:
- Army Prithvi-1
- Air Force Prithvi-2
- Navy Prithvi-3
• Purpose of Agni Missiles To secure India's borders against China and Pakistan
• Purpose of Akash and Nag Missiles Akash - to fire from land into air
Nag - to destroy enemy tanks
• Indian National Committee 1961, Thumba Equatorial Launch
for Space Research (NCSR) launches India's first research rocket Center in Kerala
• Launch of rocket Rohini - 75 1969
• Launch of first Indian satellite 1975, 'Aryabhatta', with help of the Soviet Union
• Establishment of the 15th August 1969, Headquarters : Bengaluru
Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO)
• Launch of remote sensing experimental 1979, 'Bhaskar-1'
satellite from the Soviet Union

(78)
Science and Technology 79

• Launch of 'Bhaskar-2' 1981, Soviet Union

• Launch of first completely 19th June 1981, 'APPLE'
indigenously built satellite by ISRO (Ariane Passenger Payload Experiment)
• Launch of Satellite INSAT 1-B in space August 1983
• Manufacture of the first diesel engine Diesel Locomotive Works, Varanasi
• Commencement of the telex service to transmit typed 1963
messages from one part of the country to another
• Commencement of telex service in Devanagiri script 1969, Delhi
• Establishment of a domestic satellite communication earth station 1967, Jodhpur Tekra
• Commencement of the six digit pincode system by the 15th August, 1972
Post and Telegraph Dept.
• Commencement of the speed post service 1986
• Service established to connect Mumbai and International Subscriber
London directly on phone Dialled Telephone Service, 1976
• Commencement of mobile phone service in India 22nd August 1994
• Services provided by the Bharat Sanchar Nigam Ltd. (BSNL) - telephone
- cellular phone
- internet
- broadband
• Establishment of Oil and Natural Gas Commission (ONGC) 1956
• Commencement of the computerised railway reservation system 1984, Delhi
• Start of the Metro in Kolkata 1984

Dates Events 1988 India successfully tested the missile

10th August India's first Prime Minister Pandit Prithvi
1948 Jawaharlal Nehru set up the Indian 1989 India tested the missile Agni.
Atomic Energy Commission. 1958 Defence Research and Development
1956 The Department of Atomic Energy Organisation (DRDO) was
set up 'Apsara', a nuclear reactor established under the Department
functioning on atomic energy. of Defence of the government of
1969 An atomic power station was set India.
up at Tarapur. After 1983 The DRDO developed several
28th February Science Day missiles under the leadership of Dr.
A. P. J. Abdul Kalam.
1985 A completely Indian made nuclear
reactor called Dhruva was started 1990 The missile Akash was developed
at Trombay near Mumbai to fire from land into air.
1987 The Nuclear Power Corporation of 1961 Indian National Committee for
India Ltd. (NPCIL) was established Space Research (NCSR) launched
to generate electricity from atomic India's first research rocket from
energy. Thumba Equatorial Launch Center
18th May India successfully performed her in Thumba in the State of Kerala.
1974 first nuclear test at Pokhran in 1969 Rohini - 75 was successfully
Rajasthan. launched.
11th May India carried out its second nuclear 1975 The first Indian satellite Aryabhatta
1998 test to prove its preparedness. was launched with the help from
the Soviet Union.
80
15 August Indian Space Research Organisation
1969 (ISRO) was established to carry out
further space research.
1979 India launched remote sensing
experimental satellite Bhaskar-1
from the Soviet Union.
1981 Bhaskar - 2 was launched from
Soviet Union
19th June The first completely indigenously
1981 built satellite by ISRO in India,
APPLE (Ariane Passenger Payload
Experiment), launched from the
French Guiana.
August 1983 The satellite INSAT 1-B was
launched in space.
1963 The Department of
Telecommunications under the
Ministry of Communications
started the telex service.
1969 The telex service started in
Devanagari script in Delhi.
After 1990 The significance of the telex service
reduced due to the rise of internet.
1967 A domestic satellite communication
earth station was established at
Jodhpur Tekra near Ahmedabad.
1970 A Centre was established at
Aarvi near Pune, equipped for
international telecommunication
service.
15th August The Post and Telegraph Department
1972 started the six digit Pincode system
in the country.
1972 Overseas Communication Service
was established in Mumbai for
the management of international
telecommunication service.
1976 The International Subscriber
Dialled Telephone service was
started to connect Mumbai and
London directly on the phone.
1986 Videsh Sanchar Nigam Limited
(VSNL) was established.
1990s VSNL held the distinction of being
the main internet service provider
in India.
22nd August The mobile phone service started in
1994 India.
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
1990 Many private companies came in
the field of mobile phone service.
2000 The telecommunication
department was restructured.
1956 The Oil and Natural Gas
Commission was established.
1974 The Oil and Natural Gas
Commission started digging an oil
well in 'Bombay High' area with
the help of Russian scientists by a
drillship called 'Sagar Samrat'.
1975 Mineral oil and natural gas began
to be extracted from there.
1998 Konkan Railway started.
1984 Computerised reservation system
was started for the first time in
Delhi.
The Metro was started in Kolkata.
MASTER KEY QUESTION SET – 7
Q.1. (A) Choose the right option and rewrite the
sentence:
* (1) .................... was named as the first Chairman of
Atomic Energy Commission.
(a) Dr Homi Bhabha (b) Dr Homi Sethna
(c) Dr A.P.J. Abdul Kalam
(d) Dr Raja Ramanna
* (2) .................... was the first completely indigenous
communication satellite made by ISRO.
(a) Aryabhatta (b) Insat 1 B
(c) Rohini-75 (d) APPLE
(3) The Indian Atomic Energy Commission
was set up on ....................
(a) 10th Aug, 1958 (b) 10th Aug, 1948
(c) 10th Aug, 1968 (d) 19th Aug, 1858
(4) In 1956, the Department of Atomic Energy set
up .................... , a nuclear reactor functioning on
atomic energy.
(a) Syrus (b) Zarlina
(c) Poornima (d) Apsara
(5) India successfully performed her first nuclear
test at .................... .
(a) Pokhran (b) Jaipur
(c) Delhi (d) Haryana
Science and Technology 81

(6) Prime Minister .................... assured that there Ans. (1) Dr Homi Bhabha (2) APPLE (3) 10th Aug,
would be no first use of nuclear weapons by 1948 (4) Apsara (5) Pokhran (6) Atal Bihari
India. Vajpayee (7) Region (8) 700 (9) Soviet Union
(a) Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru (10) Prithvi - 1 (11) Education (12) 2000 (13) 1998
(b) Atal Bihari Vajpayee (14) 22nd Aug, 1994 (15) Pune
(c) Indira Gandhi Q.1. (B) Identify the wrong pair and correct it:
(d) VP Singh *(1)
(7) The first digit of the pincode indicates the (1) Prithvi - Surface-to-Surface ballistic missile
.................... .
(2) Agni - Surface-to-Sea ballistic missile
(a) State (b) Region
(3) Akash - Surface-to-Air missile
(c) Nation (d) District
(4) Nag - anti-tank missile
(8) Agni had a range of .................... km.
Ans. Agni - Surface-to-Sea ballistic missile
(a) 800 (b) 600
Agni is Surface-to-Surface ballistic missile
(c) 700 (d) 500
(9) In 1981, ‘Bhaskar-2’ was launched from (2)
.................... . (1) Dr. Homi Sethna - Chairman of DRDO
(a) Soviet Union (b) Japan (2) Dr. Raja Ramanna - Director of BARC
(c) China (d) America (3) Sam Pitroda - Spearheaded telecommunication
(10) .................... , a surface to surface ballistic missile (4) Dr. A.P.J. Abdul Kalam - Conceived and
was given to the Army. Carried out IGMDP
(a) Prithvi - 1 (b) Prithvi - 2 Ans. Dr. Homi Sethna - Chairman of DRDO
(c) Prithvi - 3 (d) Agni Dr. Homi Sethna is the Chairman of Atomic
(11) ‘APPLE’ was beneficial in the field of ................ . Energy Commission
(a) Military (b) Education (3)
(c) Health (d) Technology (1) First diesel engine - Diesel Locomotive Works
(12) In ................, the telecommunication department at Varanasi
was restructured.
(2) India's tallest bridge - at Karbude
(a) 1991 (b) 2000
(3) Completely Indian made nuclear reactor -
(c) 2002 (d) 1880
Dhruva at Trombay
(13) Konkan railway started in the year .................... .
(4) India's first research rocket - Thumba Equatorial
(a) 1888 (b) 1988 Launch Centre at Kerala.
(c) 1998 (d) 1994
Ans. India's tallest bridge - at Karbude
(14) On .................... , the mobile phone service started
India's tallest bridge is on River Panval near
in India.
Ratnagiri
(a) 23rd Aug, 1994 (b) 22nd Aug, 1994
(4)
(c) 24th Aug, 1994 (d) 21st Aug, 1994
(15) In 1970, a domestic satellite communication (1) Indigenously built rocket - Rohini 75
earth centre was established at Aarvi near (2) First Indian Satellite - Aryabhatta
...................., equipped for international (3) Headquarters of ISRO - Sriharikota
telecommunication service.
(4) Reactor research Centre - Kalpakkam
(a) Mumbai (b) Pune
Ans. Headquarters of ISRO - Sriharikota
(c) Nagpur (d) Nashik
Headquarters of ISRO is in Bengaluru
82 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

(5) (8)
(1) NPCIL - setup in 1987 (1) Satellite built by ISRO - APPLE
(2) Bhaskar - 2 - launched in 1981 (2) Satellite to connect super speciality hospitals -
(3) ONGC - established in 1998 INSAT
(4) Tarapur power station - Setup in 1969 (3) Remote sensing experimental satellite - Bhaskar
-1
Ans. ONGC - established in 1998
(4) First Indian Satellite - Rohini - 75
ONGC was established in 1956
Ans. First Indian Satellite - Rohini - 75
(6)
Aryabhatta is First Indian Satellite
(1) Post and Telegraph Department started the 6
digit pincode system - 15th August 1972 (9)
(2) Indian Atomic Energy Commission was setup - (1) INSAT, 1-B was launched - August 1983
10th August 1948 (2) APPLE was launched - June 1981
(3) Indian Space Research Organisation was (3) Mobile services started - August 1994
established - 15th August 1959 (4) Second Nuclear test - June 1998
(4) First Nuclear test at Pokhran - 18th May 1974 Ans. Second Nuclear test - June 1998
Ans. Indian Space Research Organisation was Second Nuclear test was conducted on May
established - 15th August 1959 1998
Indian Space Research Organisation was (10) (1) Telex services started in Devanagari Script
established on 15th August 1969 - 1969
(7) (2) India successfully tested missile Agni - 1989
(1) Domestic Satellite Communication Earth (3) Computerised reservation started in Delhi
Centre - Jodhpur Tekra - 1986
(2) Space station to launch satellites - Sriharikota (4) Satellite Communication Centre established
(3) Mineral Oil Deposit - Digboi in Assam at Aarvi, Pune - 1970
(4) Factories manufacturing Heavy Water - Ans. Computerised reservation started in Delhi -
Chittaranjan in Bardwan 1986
Ans. Factories manufacturing Heavy Water - Computerised reservation started in Delhi in
Chittaranjan in Bardwan 1984
Factories manufacturing Heavy Water are
situated in Vadodara, Talcher, Kota etc.

Q.2 (A) Do as directed.

*(A) 1. Prepare a timeline of the progress of India in science and technology:
1961 to 1970 1971 to 1980 1981 to 1990 1991 to 2000

1961 2000

India's first successful Restructuring of

Rocket launch the Department of
Telecommunication
Science and Technology 83

Ans.

1961 - 1970

Domestic satellite
communication For International
earth station was telecommunication
established at service centre was
Jodhpur Tekra, near established at
Telex Services started Ahmedabad Aarvi near Pune

1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970

Indian Space Research Organisation

Indian National Committee for established (15th August)
Space Research launched
India's first research Atomic Power Station at Tarapur
Rocket from Thumba Equatorial was set up
Launch Center in Thumba
Indigenously built rocket – Rohini 75
(Kerala)
was launched

1971 - 1980
India launched remote
Overseas Communication India launched
sensing experimental
Services was established first Satellite,
Satellite Bhaskar I from
on Mumbai Aryabhatta
Soviet Union

1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980

15th August The oil and Natural International Subscribers

Post and Telegraph gas Commission Dialled Telephone Services
department started the started digging oil - started to connect
6 digit Pincode system well on 'Bombay Mumbai and London
High' directly on phone

18th May
India successfully
performed her first
nuclear Test
84 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

1981 - 1990

Metro was started Missile Aakash

in Kolkatta was developed
India made nuclear
reactor called
Computerized Dhruva started
reservation for at Trombay, near NPCIL was VSNL main
rail ticket started Mumbai set up internet service
in Delhi provided

1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990

DRDO developed
Bhaskar II was several missiles VSNL took India successfully
launched from under the a big leap tested missile
Soviet Union leadership of Prithvi
Dr APJ Abdul
Kalam thereafter
19th June Speed post service India
was started to successfully
APPLE was Satellite Insat I-B send postage tested missile
launched from was launched rapidly ‘Agni’
French Guiana into space

1991-2000

1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000

22nd August Konkan Railway

Restructuring
started of the
Department
Mobile phone of
service started 11th May Telecommunication
in India
India carried out its
2nd nuclear test

Q.2. (B) Write short notes: (iv) This success proved that Indian scientists can
*(1) Space research indigenously build and launch a satellite.
Indian scientists were confident that they
Ans. could acquire the technology for sending a
(i) In 1961, Indian National Committee for Space message from the Earth Station and to assess
Research (NCSR) launched India’s first research the working of the satellite.
rocket from Thumba Equatorial Launch Centre * (2) Telex service
in Thumba in the State of Kerala.
Ans.
(ii) In 1969, our indigenously built rocket Rohini-75 (i) The department of telecommunications
was successfully launched. under the Ministry of Communications started
(iii) The next stage was the successful launch of the the telex service in 1963 to transmit typed
first Indian satellite Aryabhatta in 1975 with messages from one part of the country to
help from the Soviet Union. another rapidly.
Science and Technology 85

(ii) In 1969, the telex service started in Devanagari (6) Dhruva Nuclear Reactor
script in Delhi. Ans. In 1985, a completely Indian made nuclear
(iii) Later, it spread all over the country. reactor called Dhruva was started at Trombay
(iv) This service began to be used in different near Mumbai. The Dhruva nuclear reactor uses
fields. With the rise of internet after 1990, the uranium as fuel. At this center, 350 radioactive
significance of this service reduced. substances are produced. They are used in
industry, agriculture and medicine.
(3) Pincode
(7) Nuclear Power Corporation of India Ltd.
Ans. (NPCIL)
(i) From 15 August 1972, the Post and Telegraph Ans. This Company was set up in 1987 to generate
Department started the six digit pincode electricity from atomic energy. The objective
system in the country. of the company is to master and develop
(ii) The Postal Index Code was intended to bring the technology to generate safe, cheap and
efficiency in distributing the mail. In this environmentally profitable power and make
system, the country was divided into nine the country self-sufficient.
regions.
Q.3. (A) Explain the following statements with
(iii) The first digit of the Pincode indicates the reasons:
region, the second digit indicates the Sub- * (1) Pandit Nehru established the Atomic Energy
region, the third digit shows the main Commission.
disbursement district, while the remaining
Ans.
three digits show the location of the local post
office. (i) India’s first Prime Minister Pandit Jawaharlal
Nehru wanted to nurture a scientific temper
(iv) For Maharashtra, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44 are the first
and bring about the nation’s progress.
two digits. In 1986, the speed post service was
started to send postage rapidly. (ii) From this perspective, he set up the Indian
Atomic Energy Commission on 10th August,
(4) Akash and Nag missiles 1948.
Ans. (iii) Dr Homi Bhabha was appointed as the first
(i) In 1990, the missile Akash was developed to Chairman of the Commission.
fire from land into air. (iv) The objectives of the commission were to
(ii) This missile has a capacity to carry 720 kilogram produce electricity from atomic energy,
explosives at supersonic speed and a range of increase the yield of food grains and make
30 kilometres. them last longer, set up the technology for
(iii) The missile ‘Nag’ was made in order to destroy achieving this and develop nanotechnology.
the tanks of the enemy. * (2) India decided to conduct nuclear tests.
(iv) It is of the ‘fire and forget’ type. India has Ans.
militarily become secure due to the production (i) India successfully performed her first nuclear
of missiles. test at Pokharan in Rajasthan on 18th May,
(5) Bharat Sanchar Nigam Limited (BSNL) 1974 in consonance with the policy of using
Ans. nuclear energy for peaceful purposes and for
self sufficiency.
(i) In 2000, the telecommunication department
was restructured. (ii) The reason why India took this decision was
China’s nuclear capability and Pakistan’s
(ii) The responsibility to make policy decisions
desperate efforts to acquire nuclear weapons
was retained with the Telecom Department.
with China’s help.
(iii) Bharat Sanchar Nigam Limited was established (iii) Dr Homi Sethna, the chairman of the Indian
to actually provide the services to consumers. Atomic Energy Commission and Dr Raja
(iv) Along with the telephone service, cellular Ramanna, Director of the Bhabha Atomic
phone, internet, broadband services were also Research Centre played a major role in
made available. conducting this nuclear test.
86
(iv) Prime Minister Indira Gandhi took the decision
of carrying out a ‘nuclear explosion’. Pokharan
was chosen on the basis of the required criteria
for the location of the nuclear tests : far away
from human settlement and no ground water
reserves.
* (3) USA imposed economic sanctions on India.
Ans.
(i) On 11th May 1998, India carried out its second
nuclear test to prove its nuclear preparedness.
(ii) Three tests were done on this day.
(iii) One of them was of the hydrogen bomb.
(iv) Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee assured
that there would be no first use of nuclear
weapons by India. But the USA imposed
economic sanctions on India immediately.
(4) DRDO was established.
Ans.
(i) In 1958, Defence Research and Development
Organisation (DRDO) was established under
the Department of Defence of the Government
of India.
(ii) The objective of this organisation was to make
India self-sufficient with respect to means,
equipment and weapons required for defence.
(iii) After 1983, this organisation developed several
missiles under the leadership of Dr A.P.J.
Abdul Kalam. Dr Kalam has made a great
contribution in the production of missiles.
(iv) Dr Kalam is known as the Father of India’s
Missile Programme. He is also referred to as
the ‘Missile Man’ of India.
Q.3. (B) Answer the following in brief:
* (1) Write about Pokharan nuclear test.
Ans.
(i) India successfully performed her first nuclear
test at Pokharan in Rajasthan on 18th May,
1974 in consonance with the policy of using
nuclear energy for peaceful purposes and for
self-sufficiency.
(ii) The reason why India took this decision was
China’s nuclear capability and Pakistan’s
desperate efforts to acquire nuclear weapons
with China’s help.
(iii) Dr Homi Sethna, the chairman of the Indian
Atomic Energy Commission and Dr Raja
Ramanna, Director of the Bhabha Atomic
Research Centre played a major role in
conducting this nuclear test.
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
(iv) Prime Minister Indira Gandhi took the decision
of carrying out a ‘nuclear explosion’. Pokharan
was chosen on the basis of the required criteria
for the location of the nuclear tests: far away
from human settlement and no ground water
reserve.
* (2) For which sector was Bhaskar–1 satellite
expected to be useful?
Ans.
(i) India launched remote sensing experimental
satellite Bhaskar-1 from the Soviet Union in
1979 in order to observe various things on
the surface of the Earth by remote sensing
technology.
(ii) This remote sensing technology would be
useful for India’s development by regarding
water bodies, mineral deposits and forecasting
weather.
(iii) The photographs taken with the help of this
technology about the bowels of the Earth,
environment and forests were important.
(iv) Another area in which the information from
this satellite was useful was Oceanography.
(3) Write about ISD.
Ans.
(i) In 1972, Overseas Communication Service was
established in Mumbai for the Management of
International Telecommunication Service.
(ii) In 1976, the International Subscriber Dialled
Telephone Service started to connect Mumbai
and London directly on the phone.
(iii) Alongside the telephone service, services like
telex, teleprinter and radio images started. In
1986, Videsh Sanchar Nigam Limited (VSNL)
took a big leap in this field. Before that,
Mahanagar Telephone Nigam Limited (MTNL)
was a public sector company for giving
telephone service in big cities.
(iv) In the 1990s, Videsh Sanchar Nigam Limited
held the distinction of being the main internet
service provider in India. The contribution of
Sam Pitroda in this field is significant.
(4) Write about Oil and Natural Gas Commission.
Ans.
(i) In 1956, the Oil and Natural Gas Commission
was established to search for the deposits of
mineral oil and natural gas and to increase
their production.
Science and Technology 87

(ii) After Digboi in Assam, mineral oil deposits (a) Prepare a timeline of achievements in Space
were found in Ankleshwar area in Gujarat. Technology based on the above information
Later, mineral oil and natural gas deposits Ans.
were found in the gulf of Khambhat in Gujarat. Dates Event
(iii) In 1974, the Oil and Natural Gas Commission 1961 National Committee for Space Research
started digging an oil well in ‘Bombay High’ launched India's first Research Rocket
area with the help of Russian scientists by a from Thumba Equatorial Launch Center
drillship called ‘Sagar Samrat’.
1969 Indigenously built rocket Rohini - 75
(iv) From 1975, mineral oil and natural gas began successfully launched
to be extracted from there. 1969 (15th ISRO was established
(v) Later, more than 8500 oil wells and 33 natural August)
gas wells dug eventually in this area began 1979 India launched Bhaskar I from Soviet
to contribute 38% of the total mineral oil Union
production in the country and met 14% of the
1981 Bhaskar II was launched from Soviet
country’s demand for crude oil. Union
Q.4. Read the passage and answer the questions.
(b) State the benefits of remote sensing
(1) technology.
Space research : In 1961, Indian National Committee Ans. Following are the benefits of Remote Sensing
for Space Research (NCSR) launched India’s first Technology:
research rocket from Thumba Equatorial Launch (i) Useful for India's development by regarding
Center in Thumba in the State of Kerala. In 1969, our water bodies mineral deposits and forecasting
indigenously built rocket Rohini-75 was successfully weather.
launched. The next stage was the successful launch (ii) Important information can be gathered about
of the first Indian satellite Aryabhatta in 1975 with bowels of earth, environment and forests
help from the Soviet Union. This success proved that through the photograph.
Indian scientists can indigenously build and launch (iii) Useful information about Oceanography can
a satellite. Indian scientists were confident that they be assessed.
could acquire the technology for sending a message (c) Complete the following
from the Earth Station and to assess the working of Ans.
the satellite. ISRO
Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) : After
the success of the basic programme in space research
Headquarters Space Station
and rocket related project, Indian Space Research
Organisation was established on 15th August
Bengaluru - Sriharikota -
1969 in order to carry out further space research.
Karnataka Andhra Pradesh
The headquarters of ISRO are at Bengaluru. ISRO
activated the space station at Sriharikota in Andhra (2)
Pradesh for launching our satellites in space.
Bhaskar-1 : India launched remote sensing Oil and Natural Gas Commission (ONGC) : In 1956,
experimental satellite Bhaskar-1 from the Soviet the Oil and Natural Gas Commission was established
Union in 1979 in order to observe various things on to search for the deposits of mineral oil and natural
the surface of the earth by remote sensing technology. gas and to increase their production. After Digboi in
This remote sensing technology would be useful for Assam, mineral oil deposits were found in Ankleshwar
India’s development by regarding water bodies, area in Gujarat. Later, mineral oil and natural gas
mineral deposits and forecasting weather. The deposits were found in the gulf of Khambhat in
photographs taken with the help of this technology Gujarat. In 1974, the Oil and Natural Gas Commission
about the bowels of the earth, environment and started digging an oil well in ‘Bombay High’ area
forests were important. Another area in which with the help of Russian scientists by a drillship called
the information from this satellite was useful was ‘Sagar Samrat’. From 1975, mineral oil and natural gas
oceanography. In 1981, ‘Bhaskar-2’ was launched began to be extracted from there.
from Soviet Union.
88
Later, more than 8500 oil wells and 33 natural gas
wells dug eventually in this area began to contribute
38% of the total mineral oil production in the country
and met 14% of the country’s demand for crude oil.
Railways and Technology : The technology adopted
by railways has a big role in the history of modern
India. In order to bring efficiency, accuracy and
coordination in the reservation system in rail travel,
computerised reservation system was started for
the first time in Delhi in 1984. In the same year, the
Metro was started in Kolkata. In this way India has
been making progress in the fields of science and
technology. New inventions have been made. India
is an important 21st century nation, which has always
used technology for establishing peace in the world.
India is making all these advancements in order to be
the foremost among nations in the 21st century. In the
next chapter, we shall learn about the progress India
has made in the fields of commerce and trade.
(a) State the odd man out - and state the reason
Digboi, Kohima, Ankleshwar, Bombay High
Ans. Kohima - Because the other three locations of
Digboi, Ankleshwar and Bombay High have
notable reserves of natural gas and mineral oil
deposits.
(b) Complete the following - Konkan Railway
chart:
Ans.
Established 1998
States Covered Maharashtra, Goa, Karnataka
Kerala.
Longest Tunnel 6.5 km long tunnel at Karbude
Tallest Bridge 64 mt. tall bridge on River Panval
near Ratnagiri
(c) How much of India's energy needs are
attributed to the area of Bombay High?
Ans. Due to 8500 oil wells and 33 natural gas wells
dug at Bombay High, this area contributes
to 38% of total mineral oil production in the
country and met 14% of the country's demand
of crude oil.
(d) Do you think we can rely on our mineral
oil deposits for time to come? Justify your
answer.
Ans. Mineral Oil Deposits are fast depleting due to
it's indiscriminate consumption by industries.
Such natural resources of energy should be
spared through fuel conservation schemes and
greater use of inexhaustible sources of energy
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
such as - Tidal, Solar or Wind energy.
Since mineral oil deposits are not renewable
source of energy, it is advisable not to rely on it
for time to come or we may face energy crisis.
Q.5.1 Answer in detail:
*(1) Which of the everyday services are influenced
by satellite technology?
Ans.
(i) Bhaskar-1: India launched remote sensing
experimental satellite Bhaskar-1 from the Soviet
Union in 1979 in order to observe various things
on the surface of the Earth by remote sensing
technology. This remote sensing technology
would be useful for India’s development by
regarding water bodies, mineral deposits and
forecasting weather. The photographs taken
with the help of this technology about the
bowels of the Earth, environment and forests
were important. Another area in which the
information from this satellite was useful
was Oceanography. In 1981, ‘Bhaskar-2’ was
launched from Soviet Union.
(ii) APPLE (Ariane Passenger Payload
Experiment): The first completely
indigenously built satellite by ISRO in India,
APPLE was launched on 19th June, 1981 from
the French Guiana. ‘APPLE’ was beneficial
in the field of education. The objective of
providing emergency telecommunication
services was successful.
(iii) Indian National Satellite (INSAT): In
August 1983, the satellite INSAT 1-B was
launched in space. Because of this satellite, a
major revolution came about in the areas of
telecommunication, television, radio, weather
forecasting and space research in India. Due to
INSAT, 207 Akashwani or Radio stations could
be connected to each other. This mechanism
was also useful for search and rescue of people
caught in some disaster like a shipwreck or an
air plane crash, for forecasting weather, to look
for and follow cyclones or storms, in the fields of
telemedicine and educational institutions. The
tele-medicine service enabled the population
from remote areas to get advice and treatment
from expert doctors. Public Primary Health
Centers in villages have been connected with
super specialty hospitals through INSAT.
(iv) Satellite Communication Centre: In order
to establish satellite communication with the
Science and Technology
help of an artificial satellite, a domestic satellite
communication Earth station was established
in 1967, at Jodhpur Tekra near Ahmedabad.
This made it easy to train scientists and
technicians in setting up and running an Earth
Station within the country. In 1970, a centre
was established at Aarvi near Pune, equipped
for international telecommunication service.
The technology adopted by railways has a big
role in the history of modern India.
*(2) Why is Dr. A.P.J. Abdul Kalam called as the
‘Missile Man’?
Ans.
(i) Prithvi - In 1988, India tested the missile Prithvi
and in 1989, the missile Agni. The entire world
took note of India’s programme of developing
nuclear missiles indigenously.Integrated
Guided Missile Development Programme
(IGMDP) was conceived by and carried out
under the leadership of Dr A.P.J. Abdul
Kalam. Defence Research and Development
organisation (DRDO) undertook the task of
building the missiles.
Prithvi-1, a surface to surface ballistic missile
was given to the Army, Prithvi-2 was given to
the Air Force while Prithvi-3 was given to the
Navy. Prithvi had the capacity to carry nuclear
weapons of 500-1000 kg. Prithvi could travel
a distance of 150-300 km due to the nuclear
ballistic missile.
(ii) Agni: In order that China and Pakistan get
an idea of India’s missile strength and India’s
borders remain secure, Agni-1 was tested. This
military missile had a range of 700 km. Later
Agni-2 and Agni-3 were also produced.
(iii) Akash and Nag missiles: In 1990, the missile
Akash was developed to fire from land into
air. This missile has a capacity to carry 720
kilogram explosives at supersonic speed and
a range of 30 kilometres. The missile Nag
was made in order to destroy the tanks of
the enemy. It is of the ‘fire and forget’ type.
India has militarily become secure due to the
production of missiles.
(iv) In 1958, Defence Research and Developement
Organisation (DRDO) was established under
the Department of Defence of the government
of India. The objective of this organisation was
to make India self-sufficient with respect to
means, equipment and weapons required for
89
defence. After 1983, this organisation developed
several missiles under the leadership of Dr.
A.P.J. Abdul Kalam. Dr Kalam has made a
great contribution in the production of missiles.
Dr Kalam is known as the father of India’s
missile programme. He is also referred to as
the ‘Missile Man’ of India.
*(3) How can one have computerized reservation
done for railway travel?
Ans.
(i) There is a site called IRCTC for online railway
bookings. On it's site, sign up option is given
through which Login Id and Password is
created for IRCTC account. One must login
with this ID and password for booking railway
ticket. A captcha image needs to be filled to
ensure the account is not being misused.
(ii) To the left of the page on the site, a column is
given to enter the destination and boarding
point, along with the date on which the journey
is supposed to be made. After filling this,the
list of trains along with their numbers, berth
system, schedules is shown. The Quota, i.e.
general, ladies, senior citizen needs to be filled
here.
(iii) Here, if the ladies quota is selected, the berth
is booked in the compartment reserved
exclusively for ladies. If senior citizen quota is
selected, exemption in travel fees is given.
(iv) After this, berth preferences i.e. sleeper, second
seating is to be selected to book the tickets.
Upon which, a new window opens for filling
the details like name of the passenger, age, etc.
A captcha image needs to be filled again to
confirm booking.
(v) The gateway to online payment opens up
which is done through Debit Card or Internet
Banking, whichever is easier for the person
booking it. A message of confirmation and
email is received to the person booking it for
his/her detail.
*(4) Write the key features of the Konkan Railway.
Ans.
(i) The Konkan Railway started in 1998.
(ii) There are several records of technology to the
credit of Konkan Railway which stretches over
the four states of Maharashtra, Goa, Karnataka
and Kerala over a distance of 760 kilometres.
(iii) There are 12 tunnels on this track. The 6.5 km
90
tunnel at Karbude is the longest tunnel. There
are 179 big and 1819 small bridges on this track.
(iv) Out of these, the 2065.8 m long bridge on River
Sharavati near Honnawar is the biggest. i.e. The
64 m tall bridge on River Panval near Ratnagiri
is India’s tallest bridge.
(v) For avoiding accidents on tracks that are prone
to landslides, there are sensors fitted to the
railway engines.
(5) Write a note on the Indian Atomic Energy
Commission.
Ans.
(i) In India’s first Prime Minister Pandit Jawaharlal
Nehru wanted to nurture a scientific temper
and bring about the nation’s progress. From
this perspective, he set up the Indian Atomic
Energy Commission on 10th August 1948.
Dr. Homi Bhabha was appointed as the first
Chairman of the Commission. The objectives
of the commission were to produce electricity
from atomic energy, increase the yield of food
grains and make them last longer, set up the
technology for achieving this and develop
nanotechnology. In 1956, the Department
of Atomic Energy set up ‘Apsara’, a nuclear
reactor functioning on atomic energy.
(ii) In 1969, an atomic power station was set up at
Tarapur. A Reactor Research Centre was set up
at Kalpakkam in Tamil Nadu to successfully
use Thorium for generating atomic power.
The role of reactors is important in developing
atomic power.
(iii) Factories manufacturing the heavy water
needed for the generation of atomic power
were set up at Vadodara, Talcher, Tutikorin,
Kota, etc. An institution called Heavy Water
Projects was set up to carry out research on
manufacturing heavy water within the country.
It was later renamed ‘Heavy Water Board’.
Q.5.1 Observe the picture and answer the questions
(A)
Bhaskar - 1 Bhaskar - 2
vvv
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
(1) What kind of space craft was Bhaskar - 1?
Ans. Bhaskar 1 was a remote sensing experimental
satellite launched by India.
(2) State the benefits of remote 'sensing
technology'.
Ans. Remote Sensing Technology would be useful
for India's development by regarding water
bodies, mineral deposite and forecasting
weather.
The photographs taken with the help of this
technology about the bowels of the earth
environment and forest were important .
(3) State the years of launch of Bhaskar - 1 and
Bhaskar - 2.
Ans. Bhaskar - 1 was launched in 1979 and Bhaskar
2 was launched in 1981.
(B)
(1) Date of Establishment.
Ans. Date of establishment of Indian Atomic Energy
commission - 10th August 1948
(2) First Chairman.
Ans. First Chairman - Dr. Homi Bhabha
(3) Objectives.
Ans. Objectives of Indian Atomic Energy
Commission
(i) Produce electricity from Atomic energy
(ii) Increase yield of food grains and make them
longer.
(iii) Develop nanotechnology.
(4) Under which government department, DRDO
came to be established.
Ans. DRDO came to be established under the
department of Defence of government of India.
Science and Technology 91

ASSIGNMENT - 7
Time : 1 Hr. Marks : 20

Q.1. Choose the right option and rewrite the sentence: (4)
(1) ............... was named as the first Chairman of atomic energy commission.

(a) Dr Homi Bhabha (b) Dr Homi Sethna (c) Dr A.P.J. Abdul Kalam (d) Dr Raja Ramanna
(2) Prime Minister ............... assured that there would be no first use of nuclear weapons by India.
(a) Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru (b) Atal Bihari Vajpayee (c) Indira Gandhi (d) VP Singh
(3) The first digit of the Pincode indicates the ............... .
(a) State (b) Region (c) Nation (d) District
(4) In 1981, ‘Bhaskar-2’ was launched from ............... .
(a) Soviet Union (b) Japan (c) China (d) America

Q.2. Identify the wrong pair: (1)

(1) Prithvi - Surface to surface ballistic missile
(2) Agni - Surface to Sea ballistic missile
(3) Akash - From surface attacking missile to air
(4) Nag - Anti-tank missile

Q.3. Explain the following concepts: (12)

(1) Akash and Nag missiles (2) Bharat Sanchar Nigam Limited (BSNL)
(3) Space research (4) Telex service

Q.4. Explain the following with reasons: (3)

(1) USA imposed economic sanctions on India.

vvv
8 Industry and Trade

Points to Remember :
• Founding of the Industrial Finance Corporation of India 1948
• Purpose of the Industrial Finance Corporation of India Making long-term loans
available for industrial projects.
• Founding of the Industrial Development Corporation 1954
• Purpose of the Industrial Development Corporation Boosting development
of the industrial sector
• The industry that forms 14% of total industrial production Textile industry
• States where the silk industry is concentrated Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh,
West Bengal and Jammu & Kashmir
• Top ranking country in jute production India
• A market mechanism that helps craftsmen from ‘Dilli Haat’
rural and urban areas to get a market for their wares
• The ‘sunrise sector’ of India automobile industry
• Biggest tractor industry in the world India
• Regions to which India exports tractors Turkey, Malaysia and several countries in Africa
• The industry that is mainly export oriented Leather industry
• Annual production of salt in India 200 lakh tons (iodised salt - 60 lakh tons)
• Leading producer of bicycles in the world India
• Centres of bicycle production Punjab (esp. Ludhiana) and Tamil Nadu
• Countries to which India exports bicycles Nigeria, Mexico, Kenya, Uganda, Brazil
• Objectives of the Khadi and Village (i) to develop traditional industries,
Industries Commission handicrafts, cottage industries
(ii) Make villages self reliant by creating employment there.
• The industry which provided jobs for 70% of Indians Agriculture
• Provision contained in the Industrial Factories requiring an investment of more than
Licensing Policy of 1970 Five crore rupees to be included as heavy industries.
• Responsibility of conservation of forests Central and State governments
and the local people.

(92)
Industry and Trade 93

• Industries which depend on Construction, paper, newsprint, silk, match boxes,

raw material from forests
• Measures adopted for developing
the fisheries industry
• India’s major imports
• India’s major exports
• India’s important ports
medicinal herbs, honey, lacquer, paint.
(i) building of harbours
(ii) redevelopment of old harbours
(iii) fish seed incubation centres
(iv) fishing industry training centres
Machines, iron, mineral oil, fertilisers, medicines
tea, coffee, spices, cotton, textiles, leather,
footwear, pearls, precious stones.
Mumbai, Kolkata, Cochin and Chennai

Dates Events (c) Export of cloth

(d) Generate employment for people
1948 Industrial Finance Corporation of
India was setup. * (4) .................... is the major Indian city in the
production of bicycles.
1954 Industrial Development Corporation
(a) Mumbai (b) Ludhiana
was set up.
(c) Cochin (d) Calcutta
1963 Textile Committee Act
(5) Market mechanisms like .................... enables the
1970 Industrial Licensing Policy declared
craftsmen from rural and urban areas to get a
that factories requiring an investment
market for their wares.
of more than 5 crore rupees were to
be included in heavy industries. (a) Dilli Haat (b) Mumbai Market
(c) Handloom Emporium
1951 Economic planning started.
(d) Handicraft Expo.
MASTER KEY QUESTION SET – 8 (6) The textile industry forms .................... % of the
total industrial production.
Q.1. (A) Choose the correct option and rewrite the (a) 17 (b) 14 (c) 16 (d) 15
complete answers : (7) .................... industry functions under the
* (1) In 1948, Industrial Finance Corporation of India Ministry of Textiles.
was formed for .................... . (a) Automobile (b) Cement
(a) better development of the industrial sector (c) Leather (d) Silk
(8) .................... is a scheme that helps weavers
(b) making available long term loans to
through self-finance groups and non-
industrial projects
governmental organisations.
(c) generating employment (a) MNREGA
(d) determining the quality of finished goods (b) Employment Generation Program
* (2) .................... industry in India is called the ‘Sunrise (c) Swarnajayanti Gram Swarojgar Yojana
Sector’. (d) Mega Cluster
(a) Jute (b) Automobile (c) Cement (9) Industrial Finance Corporation of India was
(d) Khadi and village industries established in .................... .
*(3) The major responsibility of the textiles committee (a) 1948 (b) 1949 (c) 1951 (d) 1991
is .................... . (10) Industrial Development Corporation was
(a) Production of cloth established in .................... .
(b) Determining the quality standards of cloth (a) 1955 (b) 1956 (c) 1957 (d) 1954
94 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

(11) Textile Committee Act was passed in .................. . (3) Cement Industry – Sunrise sector
(a) 1961 (b) 1960 (c) 1963 (d) 1964 (4) Leather Industry – Export Oriented
(12) Industrial Licensing Policy was formulated in Ans. Cement Industry – Sunrise sector.
.................... . Cement Industry is the most technologically
(a) 1970 (b) 1980 (c) 1990 (d) 1991 advanced industry.
Ans. (1) making available long term loans to industrial (5)
projects (2) Automobile (3) Determining the quality (1) Hand Sculpting – labour intensive
standards of cloth (4) Ludhiana (5) Dilli Haat (2) Silk Industry – Ministry of textiles
(6) 14 (7) Silk (8) Mega Cluster (9) 1948
(3) Khadi and Village Industry Commission –
(10) 1954 (11) 1963 (12) 1970.
Fourth five year plan
Q.1. (B) Identify the wrong pair and correct it: (4) Tourism Development Corporation – facilities
* (1) for tourist
(1) Industrial Finance Corporation of India – makes Ans. Khadi and Village Industry Commission –
long term loans available for industrial projects. Fourth five year plan
(2) Industrial Development Corporation Khadi and Village Industry Commission deals
– development of industrial sector. with industrialisation of rural areas.
(3) Textiles Committee – welfare of weavers.
*Q.2. (A) Do as Directed
(4) Khadi and Village Industries Commission – (A.1) Complete the table
promotion of industrialisation in rural areas Ans.
Ans. Textiles Committee – welfare of weavers. Goods When planning started in 1951, the import
Textiles Committee Sets the quality standard imported of industrial goods and raw material
for textiles. in India required for production increased. India’s
* (2) imports included machines, iron, mineral
oil, fertilisers, medicines, etc.
(1) Bicycle – Ludhiana
Goods India also gave impetus to exports after
(2) Seribiotic Research Laboratory – Nagpur
exported independence in order to gain valuable
(3) Tractor Export – Africa from foreign exchange. India’s exports included
(4) Port for Trade – Mumbai. India tea, coffee, spices, cotton textiles, leather,
footwear, pearls, precious stones, etc.
Ans. Seribiotic Research Laboratory – Nagpur .
Seribiotic Research Laboratory is situated in (A.2) Arrange the following in a chronological
Bengaluru. order:

(3) (i) Textile Committee Act

(ii) Industrial Finance Corporation of India was
(1) Industrial Licensing policy – 1970
established
(2) Textile Committee Act – 1963
(iii) Industrial Licensing Policy
(3) Industrial Finance Corporation of India – 1948
(iv) Industrial Development Corporation was
(4) Industrial Development Corporation – 1958 established
Ans. Industrial Development Corporation – 1958. Ans.
Industrial Development Corporation in 1954. (i) Industrial Finance Corporation of India was
(4) established in 1948
(1) Mega cluster – Welfare scheme for weavers. (ii) Industrial Development Corporation was
established in 1954
(2) Dilli Haat – Enables the craftsmen to get a
market (iii) Textile Committee Act 1963
(iv) Industrial Licensing Policy of 1970
Industry and Trade 95

(A.3) Complete the Concept map

(1) Industries in India.
Ans.
Industries in India

Silk Hand Cement Bicycle

Industry Sculpturs Industry Industry

Textile Jute Automobile Leather Khadi and

Industry Industry Industry Industry Village
Industry

(2) India’s imports and exports. investment, more profits, preference to exports
Ans. and possibility of earning more foreign
Foreign trade of India exchange.
(iii) Several cities have market mechanisms like ‘Dilli
Haat’ which enables the craftsmen from rural
Imports Exports
and urban areas to get a market for their wares.
(2) 'Mega cluster' scheme and Jute Industry.
machines, iron, tea, coffee, spices, cotton Ans.
mineral oil, fertilisers, textile, leather, footwear,
(i) ‘Mega cluster’ is a scheme that helps weavers
medicines pearls, precious stone
through self-finance groups and non-
governmental organisations.
Q.2. (B) 1. Explain the concept:
(ii) Help is given in the form of raw material,
*(1) Internal trade of India.
design banks, development of technology and
Ans. welfare of the weavers.
(i) India’s internal trade takes place through (iii) India is the top ranking country in jute
railways, waterways, roads, airways, etc. Ports production. India is a major exporter of jute
like Mumbai, Kolkata, Cochin and Chennai are products.
important. (iv) We get cloth, sack cloth and ropes from jute.
(ii) Commodities like coal, cotton, cotton textiles, (3) Cement Industry.
rice, wheat, raw jute, iron, steel, oilseeds, salt,
Ans.
sugar, etc. are included in internal trade.
(i) The role of cement industry is important in the
(iii) Due to the development of industries, the
development of housing and infrastructure.
standard of life in the country improves.
(ii) This industry is one of the most technologically
(iv) Many opportunities for employment become advanced. India is currently an important
available. On the whole, it helps in the progress producer of cement in the world.
of the country.
(4) Salt and Bicycle industry.
Q.2. (B) 2. Write short notes on: Ans.
(1) Hand sculpting Industry. (i) India is one of the top producers of salt in the
Ans. world.
(i) This is a labour intensive craft. (ii) The annual production of salt in India is 200
(ii) Sculptors got employment due to the capacity lakh tons.
of the craft to absorb more craftsmen, small (iii) The production of iodised salt is 60 lakh tons.
96
(iv) India is a leading producer of bicycles in the
world.
(v) Bicycles are made in the states of Punjab and
Tamil Nadu.
(vi) The main centre of bicycle manufacturing in
India is Ludhiana.
(vii) India exports bicycles to countries like Nigeria,
Mexico, Kenya, Uganda and Brazil.
(5) Mineral wealth and fisheries.
Ans.
(i) The availability of the minerals, iron and coal
plays a major role in the industrial development
of the country.
(ii) We have adequate stores of iron, manganese,
coal and mineral oil in our country.
(iii) Fisheries include sea water fish and fresh water
fish found in rivers, canals, ponds and lakes.
(iv) Harbours have been built or old harbours have
been redeveloped, fish seed incubation centres
and fishing industry training centres have been
provided for the growth of this industry.
(6) Khadi and Village Industries Commission.
Ans.
(i) The Khadi and Village Industries Commission
was established to give impetus to
industrialisation in rural areas.
(ii) The main objectives behind the establishment
of the corporation were to develop the
traditional industries, handicrafts, cottage
industries and to encourage industries that use
the material and human resources available at
the local level and make the villages self-reliant
by creating employment there.
Q.3. (A) Explain the following statements with
reasons:
* (1) The tourism industry has developed to a great
extent in India.
Ans.
(i) India has a rich cultural heritage. There
are places of worship of different religions,
pilgrimage centers, confluences of rivers, forts,
caves, etc. all over our country.
(ii) Tourists from our country as well as from
abroad travel in India throughout the year.
(iii) The facilities for tourists to stay, travel,
etc. are provided through the Tourism
Development Corporation. Sale of curios
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
and the hotel industry thrives in tourist
places. In some places, there are guides who
give information to tourists about that area.
(iv) Sometimes when vehicles don’t reach the
destination in some remote areas and difficult
to reach tourist places, the local people help the
tourists in return for a fee.
(v) Employment opportunities are generated out
of these needs.
Thus, the tourism industry has developed a lot
in India.
*(2) The quality of life and standard of living of
Indian citizens is increasing.
Ans.
(i) After India became independent, the Industrial
Finance Corporation of India was established
in 1948 to make available long term loans to
Industrial projects.
(ii) The Industrial Development Corporation was
established in 1954 in order to bring about
greater development of the industrial sector.
(iii) Due to the development of industries, many
opportunities for employment become
available.
(iv) On the whole, it helps in the progress of the
country.
(v) Thus the standard of life in the country
improves.
(3) Agriculture fulfills man's basic needs.
Ans.
(i) The major occupation in India is agriculture
and other tasks based on agriculture.
(ii) Many varieties of crops are grown. Jowar,
wheat, rice, pulses and oilseeds are mainly
produced.
(iii) Agriculture also includes the production of
fruits and vegetables. Nowadays, industries
processing these fruits and vegetables have
come up.
(iv) Thus, Agriculture fulfills man's basic needs.
Q.3. (B) Answer the following in brief words:
*(1) What efforts are made by our government to
promote agricultural industries?
Ans. The following efforts are made by our
Government to promote agriculture and
industries:
Industry and Trade
(i) To encourage farming, loans are given to
farmers through rural banks and cooperative
institutions.
(ii) Study visits, agricultural outdoor trips
and farmers’ get-togethers are organised
through the Panchayat Samitis to bring about
improvements in agriculture.
(iii) Tools and implements, seeds and fertilisers are
also supplied. The farmers are given training
regarding soil testing, nursery of fruit plants,
pisciculture, poultry, cattle and goat rearing,
dairy farming, etc.
(iv) Guidance is given to farmers by a district level
training institute. Financial help is given to
build warehouses for storing the farm produce.
*(2) How is employment generated in the tourism
sector?
Ans.
(i) The facilities for tourists to stay, travel, etc. are
provided through the Tourism Development
Corporation.
(ii) Sale of curios and the hotel industry thrives in
tourist places.
(iii) In some places, there are guides who give
information to tourists about that area.
(iv) Sometimes when vehicles don’t reach the
destination in some remote areas and difficult
to reach tourist places, the local people help the
tourists in return for a fee.
Thus, employment opportunities are generated
out of these needs.
*(3) Which industries in India are based on forests?
Ans.
(i) Government has reserved some forests for the
industries based on forests.
(ii) The task of conservation of the forests is done by
the Central government, the State government
and by the local people.
(iii) Forests are necessary for the raw material for
industries like construction, paper, newsprint,
silk, matchboxes, medicinal herbs, honey,
lacquer and raw material needed for paint.
*(4) Write a short note on leather industry in
India.
Ans.
(i) It is a big industry in India. It is primarily
export oriented.
97
(ii) The Council for Leather Export is the main
trade promotion organization for Indian
leather Industry.
(iii) The Indian leather industry contributes almost
13% of world’s leather production.
(iv) India is the second largest producer of footwear
and leather garments in the world.
(5) Explain the policy of the Central Government.
Ans.
(i) In the fourth five year plan, focus was placed
on paper industry, pharmaceutical industry,
motor-tractor industry, leather goods, textile
industry, food processing industry, oil, colour,
sugar industries, etc.
(ii) According to the Industrial Licensing Policy of
1970, all those factories requiring an investment
of more than 5 crore rupees were to be included
as heavy industries.
(iii) The big industrial houses and foreign
companies were allowed to invest in heavy
industries that were not reserved for the public
sector.
(iv) As a result of this policy, by the end of 1972, 3 lakh
18 thousand small industries were registered
with the government registration office.
(6) Write a note on Silk Industry.
Ans.
(i) The silk industry functions under the Ministry
of Textiles.
(ii) The research about the species of the silkworm
and mulberry trees is done in the Seribiotic
Research Laboratory at Bengaluru.
(iii) This industry is primarily in the States of
Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh, West Bengal and
Jammu and Kashmir.
(iv) Now it is being spread in States with
predominantly tribal populations.
Q.4. Read the following passage and answer the
questions given below.
Forest resources: Government has reserved some
forests for the industries based on forests. The task
of conservation of the forests is done by the Central
government, the State government and by the local
people. Forests are necessary for the raw material for
industries like construction, paper, newsprint, silk,
matchboxes, medicinal herbs, honey lacquer and raw
material needed for paint.
98
Fisheries: Fisheries include sea water fish and fresh
water fish found in rivers, canals, ponds and lakes.
Tourism: India has a rich cultural heritage. There are
places of worship of different religions, pilgrimage
centers, confluences of rivers, forts, caves, etc. all over
our country. Tourists from our country as well as
from abroad travel in India throughout the year.
The facilities for tourists to stay, travel, etc. are
provided through the Tourism Development
Corporation. Sale of curios and the hotel industry
thrives in tourist places.
In some places, there are guides who give information
to tourists about that area. Sometimes when vehicles
don't reach the destination in some remote and
difficult to reach tourist places, the local people
help the tourists in return for a fee. Employment
opportunities are generated out of these needs.
(1) Name a few industries which depend upon
forest resources for their production.
Ans. A few industries which depend upon forest
resources are - construction, newsprint, paper
and silk industry. Even lacquer is required to
paint and coat furniture, honey and herbs for
medicinal use.
(2) Which institutions have provided for the
growth of Fisheries?
Ans. Fish seed incubation centres and fishing
industry training centres have been established
to provide growth to fishing industry in India.
(3) Do you think Tourism is an industry? How
has this industry prospered in India so far?
Ans. Yes, tourism is an industry. India attracts a lot
of foreign tourists every year as it is a home
of many pilgrimage places, has a confluence
of rivers, scenic landscapes and historical
monuments. The Tourism Development
Corporation provides all facilities of stay and
travel in India. Not just the guides but also local
people of the tourist spots help the tourists
to reach difficult destinations with ease. The
sale of curios and the hotel industry thrives in
tourist places.
Hence India's tourism is prospering at a fast
pace.
(4) Do you agree that cross-border terrorism in
Kashmir has affected tourism in this region?
what can be done to protect tourism there?
Ans. It is true that cross-border terrorism has
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
affected tourism in the Kashmir region. I think
the following are a few measures which can
ensure protection of tourists:
(i) The army and other paramilitary forces should
become more tourist - friendly and convince
them to refrain from visiting terror-prone
areas.
(ii) Bilateral talks at the governmental level can
also play a vital role in preventing unpleasant
experiences for the tourists.
(iii) During skirmishes or conflicts of any kind,
the tourists should be restricted from visiting
the valley. Those already stuck in the regions
during sudden eruption of violence must be
given a safe passage with priority.
Q.5.1. Answer in detail:
(1) Explain Agriculture in India.
Ans.
(i) Agriculture, in India, is practised using
traditional and modern methods. Tasks are
performed using bullocks as well as machines.
(ii) Seventy percent of Indian society depends upon
jobs related to agriculture and agricultural
production.
(iii) Agriculture and animal husbandry are
practised in villages. In this industry the
participation of women is equal to that of men.
(iv) Variety of crops like jowar, wheat, rice,
pulses and oilseeds, cotton and sugarcane are
produced in India.
(v) To encourage farming, loans are given to
farmers through rural banks and cooperative
institutions.
(vi) Study visits, agricultural outdoor trips
and farmers’ get-togethers are organised
through the Panchayat Samitis to bring about
improvements in agriculture.
(vii) Tools and implements, seeds and fertilisers are
also supplied. The farmers are given training
regarding soil testing, nursery of fruit plants,
pisciculture, poultry, cattle and goat rearing,
dairy farming, etc.
(viii) Guidance is given to farmers by a district level
training institute. Financial help is given to
build warehouses for storing the farm produce.
Industry and Trade
(ix) Modern techniques like drip irrigation, organic
farming are used for farming.
Q.5.2. Create a concept picture based on the chapter:
*(1) Industries in India.
Ans.
(i) Textile industry : The textile industry forms
14% of the total industrial production.
It includes the powerloom and the handloom
industries. The handloom industries are
labour - intensive. According to the 'Textile
Committee Act 1963', a Textile Committee
has been established. This committee sets the
quality standards for textiles manufactured for
sale in the internal market as well as for export.
(ii) Silk industry : This industry functions under
the Ministry of Textiles. The research about the
species of the silkworm and mulberry trees is
done in the Seribiotic Research Laboratory at
Bengaluru. This industry is primarily in the
States of Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh, West
Bengal, Jammu and Kashmir. Now it is being
spread in states with predominantly tribal
populations.
(iii) Jute industry : India is the top ranking country
in jute production. India is a major exporter
of jute products. We get cloth, sack cloth and
ropes from jute.
(iv) Hand sculpting : This is a labour intensive
craft. Sculptors got employment due to the
capacity of the craft to absorb more craftsmen,
small investment, more profits, preference
to exports and possibility of earning more
foreign exchange. Several cities have market
mechanisms like 'Dilli Haat' which enables the
craftsmen from rural and urban areas to get a
market for their wares.
(v) Automobile industry : India is one of the major
producers of vehicles. Vehicles are exported
to 40 countries from India. The automobile
industry is called the 'sunrise sector' in India.
India's tractor industry is the biggest in the
world. One third of the tractors manufactured
world-wide are produced in India. Tractors
vvv
99
manufactured in India are exported to Turkey,
Malaysia and several countries in Africa.
(vi) Cement industry : The role of cement industry
is important in the development of housing and
infrastructure. This industry is one of the most
technologically advanced. India is currently an
important producer of cement in the world.
(vii) Leather industry : It is a big industry in India.
It is primarily export oriented.
(viii) Salt industry : India is one of the top producers
of salt in the world. The annual production of
salt in India is 200 lakh tons. The production of
iodised salt is 60 lakh tons.
(ix) Bicycle industry : India is a leading producer
of bicycles in the world. Bicycles are made
in the States of Punjab and Tamil Nadu. The
main centre of bicycle manufacturing in India
is Ludhiana. India exports bicycles to countries
like Nigeria, Mexico, Kenya, Uganda and
Brazil.
(x) Khadi and village industry : The Khadi
and Village Industries Commission was
established to give impetus to industrialisation
in rural areas. The main objectives behind
the establishment of the corporation were to
develop the traditional industries, handicrafts,
cottage industries and to encourage industries
that use the material and human resources
available at the local level and make the villages
self-reliant by creating employment there.
*(2) India’s imports and exports or foreign trade.
Ans.
(i) When planning started in 1951, import of
industrial goods and raw material was required
for increasing the production.
(ii) India’s imports included machines, iron,
mineral oil, fertilisers, medicines, etc.
(iii) India also gave impetus to exports after
independence in order to gain valuable foreign
exchange.
(iv) India’s exports included tea, coffee, spices,
cotton textiles, leather, footwear, pearls,
precious stones, etc..
100 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

ASSIGNMENT - 8
Time : 1 Hr. Marks : 20

Q.1. (A) Choose the right option and rewrite the sentence: (5)
(1) The textile industry forms ........................... % of the total industrial production.
(a) 17 (b) 14 (c) 16 (d) 15
(2) ........................... industry functions under the Ministry of Textiles.
(a) Automobile (b) Cement (c) Leather (d) Silk
(3) ........................... is a scheme that helps weavers through self-finance groups and non-governmental
organizations.
(a) MNREGA (b) Employment Generation Program
(c) Swarnajayanti Gram Swarojgar Yojana (d) Mega Cluster
(4) Industrial Finance Coporation of India was established in ........................... .
(a) 1948 (b) 1949 (c) 1951 (d) 1991
(5) Industrial Licensing Policy was formulated in ........................... .
(a) 1970 (b) 1980 (c) 1990 (d) 1991
Q.1. (B) Identify the wrong pair and rewrite the corrected one: (1)
(1) Bicycle – Ludhiana.
(2) Seribiotic Research Laboratory – Nagpur
(3) Tractor Export – Africa
(4) Port for Trade – Mumbai
Q.2. (A) Arrange the following in a chronological order: (4)
(1) Textile Committee Act
(2) Industrial Finance Corporation of India was established
(3) Industrial Licensing Policy
(4) Industrial Development Corporation was established
Q.2. (B) Explain the following concept: (3)
(1) The internal trade of India.
Q.3. Write answer in brief words: (4)
(1) Write a note on Silk Industry.
(2) Which industries in India are based on forests?
Q.4. Explain the policy of the Central Government. (3)
9 Changing Life : 1

Points to Remember :
Internal Movements
• Formation of the Ministry of Social Welfare 14th June 1964
• As per the 1971 census, the percentage of Indians belonging to 22%
the scheduled castes
• The ministry that helps the state government raise the people's Ministry of Health
standard of living and to improve public health and Social welfare
• The medical invention that has transformed the lives of the disabled in India 'Jaipur Foot'
• Doctors who performed the first kidney transplant in 1971 Dr. Johny and
Dr. Mohan Rao
• Medical technology available to childless couples since 1978 Test tube baby technology
• Doctor under whose supervision the experiment of the test tube Dr. Subhash
baby was successfully carried out Mukhopadhyaya
• Indias first test tube baby Durga
• Diseases that were to be overcome through the polio, measles, tetanus, TB
immunisation programme diphtheria and whooping cough
• Immunisation programme that has controlled polio 'pulse polio', 1995
• Term used to describe the process of concentration of Urbanisation
population in a city or urban area
• Reasons for increase in urban population (i) reduced mortality rates
(ii) industrialisation
(iii) less means of livelihood in rural areas
(iv) job opportunities in cities and resulting migration
• A settlement smaller than a village hamlet
• Features of the 'collective development scheme' (i) improving farming technology
for increasing rural development (ii) increasing area of irrigated land
(iii) extending educational facilities
(iv) enacting laws for land reform
• Major challenges affecting rural development (i) bringing about economic development
(ii) developing facilities to meet social needs
(iii) bringing about a change of attitude in
society, culture and way of thinking
• Achievements in Maharashtra under the (i) 'Zilla Parishad' established in 1962
collective development scheme (ii) Nutritious diet scheme launched in 1970-71
(iii) Rural water supply scheme for
sinking wells and providing piped water
(iv) By 1971, 1677 small dams built

(101)
102 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

• States where 'Rural Electrification Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat

Co-operative Societies' came into being Karnataka, Maharashtra and Uttar Pradesh
• Committee formed for the development of 'Village Industries Planning Committee'
industry in rural areas
• Location of 'Vidya Niketan' or residential high Satara, Aurangabad, Nasik,
schools in Maharashtra Chikhaldara
• Locations of Agriculture Universities in Maharashtra Rahuri, Akola, Parbhani, Dapoli
• UNESCO'S international prize for the spread of literacy Maharashtra 1972

Dates Events * (2) ......... is known as the father of the ‘Jaipur foot’.
1978 Madhu Dandawate, put an end to the (a) Dr N. Gopinathan (b) Dr Pramod Sethi
third class in railway train. (c) Dr Mohan Rao (d) None of the above
14th June Government constituted the ministry (3) On 14th June 1964, the government of India
1964 of social welfare. constituted the Ministry of .................... .
1962 First open heart surgery was performed (a) Home Affairs (b) Social Justice
1968 Jaipur foot was manufactured by (c) Social Welfare (d) Education
Pramod Sethi. (4) According to the 1971 Census, .................... people
1971 First kidney transplant was performed. in India belonged to scheduled castes.
1978 Test-tube baby technology was made (a) 21% (b) 22%
available to childless couples. (c) 23% (d) 24%
1995 The "pulse-polio" immunisation programme
(5) UNESCO awarded its international prize for the
was started to control polio.
spread of literacy to .................... in 1972 and tribes.
1961 82% of India's population resided is
(a) Gujarat (b) Bengal
villages.
(c) Maharashtra (d) Karnataka
1971 80.01% of population resided is villages
(6) ‘Sinhagad Express’ on the Pune – Mumbai route
1962 Zilla Parishads were established.
and ‘....................’ on the Mumbai – Kolkata route.
1970-1971 Nutritious diet scheme was launched
(a) Karmabhoomi Express
1971 1677 small dams were built.
(b) Howrah Mail
1966 Electricity was supplied for pumps
and borewells. (c) Shalimar Express
1969 Rural Electrification Corporation was (d) Gitanjali Express
established. (7) A .................... was formed to help the
1972 UNESCO awarded its international development of industry in rural areas.
prize for the spread of literacy to (a) Village Industries Planning Committee
Maharashtra. (b) Co-operative Credit Societies
(c) Industrial Development Association
MASTER KEY QUESTION SET – 9
(d) Rural Industrial Council
Q.1. (A) Choose the correct option and rewrite the (8) A settlement smaller than a village is called a
complete answers. .................... .
* (1) The first open heart surgery under the leadership (a) Town (b) Taluka
of Dr N Gopinath was successfully performed (c) Hamlet (d) Locality
in the city of .................... .
Ans. (1) Vellore (2) Dr Pramod Sethi (3) Social Welfare
(a) Chennai (b) Vellore (4) 22% (5) Maharashtra (6) Gitanjali Express
(c) Hyderabad (d) Mumbai (7) Village Industries Planning Committee
(8) Hamlet
Changing Life : 1 103

Q.1. (B) Identify and the wrong pair and write (3) Maharashtra received a prize for literacy in
correct one: Maharashtra – 1972
*(1) (4) Rural Electrification Corporation – 1969
(1) Dr N. Gopinath – open heart surgery Ans. Ministry of Social welfare established in – 1962
(2) Ramchandra Sharma – a skilled craftsman Ministry of Social welfare established in 1964
(3) Dr Subhash Mukhopadhyaya – test tube baby (5)
(4) Dr Mohan Rao – polio (1) Village Industries Planning Committee –
Development of Industries in rural areas
Ans. Dr Mohan Rao – polio
(2) Vidya Niketan – residential highschools
Dr. Mohan Rao − Kidney transplant
(3) Rural water supply schemes – sinking wells
(2)
(4) Objective of Sixth Five Year Plan – Advanced
(1) Kothari Commission – Agricultural Universities
technology
(2) Durga – Open heart surgery
Ans. Objective of Sixth five year plan – Advanced
(3) Pramod Sethi – Artifical limbs technology
(4) Dr Mohan Rao – Kidney transplant Objective of Sixth Five Year Plan was primary
Ans. Durga – Open heart surgery health services and medical care.
Durga − First test-tube baby Q.2. (A) Do as Directed:
(3) (A.1) Complete the table
Ans.
(1) Christian Medical College – Tamil Nadu
(2) Vidya Niketan – Chikhaldara Institutes Location
Rural Electrification Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat,
(3) Gitanjali Express – Pune-Mumbai route
Co-operative Karnataka, Maharashtra
(4) First successful artificial conception – Kolkata societies and Uttar Pradesh
Ans. Gitanjali Express – Pune-Mumbai route Agriculture Rahuri, Akola,
Gitanjali Express − Mumbai-Kolkata route Universities Parbhani and Dapoli in
(4) Maharashtra
Vidya Niketan Satara, Aurangabad,
(1) Ministry of Social welfare established in – 1962
Nasik and Chikhaldara
(2) Pulse polio immunisation started – 1995

(2)
Ans.
Rural Community in Pre-Globalisation period
Priority to farming and ancillary vocations (jobs)
Small in size, homogeneous in terms of language,
culture and tradition.
Elementary kinds of vocations; trend of sending
villagers to cities rather than accommodating
outsiders in rural occupations.
Large proportion of vocations running in the family
Priority to the head of the family and to the family as Family secondary, priority to individuals. Trend
an institution. Joint family system.
Urban Community in Pre-Globalisation period
Priority to nonagricultural production and
services.
Large in size, heterogeneous in terms of languages,
cultures and traditions.
Large industries, production for global
consumption, accommodating outsiders.
Less proportion of vocations running in the family.
towards – nuclear families.
104 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

(3) Complete the web diagram:

(1)
Ans.
Polio

Whooping
Measles
Cough

Immunisation

Diphtheria Tetanus

TB

(2)
Ans.
Freedom
Indian To practice any
to form
Constitution occupation
associations

Right to freedom The right to

Freedom to nurture their
of speech and move
expression language, script
and culture.

Freedom to To live and

assemble settle down
peacefully anywhere on
without arms Indian territory

Q.2. (B) 1.1. Write short notes:
(1) Rural Development
Ans.
(i) In 1961, 82% of India’s population resided in
villages.
(ii) In 1971, the percentage was 80.01%. So far, the
rural area has shouldered the responsibility of
providing food grains and other raw material to
urban areas, supplying labour to the industrial
sectors of the city, and taking care of natural
resources.
(iii) There are three major challenges with reference
to rural development, namely, bringing about
economic development, developing facilities
to meet social needs and finally bringing about
a change of attitude in matters concerning
society, culture and ways of thinking.
(iv) It is equally necessary to expedite irrigation
projects and bring about land reforms.
(2) Social Welfare
Ans.
(i) The objective to establish the welfare state has
been incorporated in the Constitution itself.
India is the first country in the world to do so.
(ii) The social welfare programmes aim to make
opportunities for full-time employment, health
care, education and development available to
all Indian citizens.
(iii) It is necessary that opportunities for
development reach women, children, the
Changing Life : 1
differently abled, the scheduled castes and
tribes as well as other minorities.
(iv) This was the greatest challenge facing the
government during the post-independence
period.
(v) This was the greatest challenge facing the
government during the post-independence
period.
(vi) That is why, on 14 June 1964, the government
of India constituted the Ministry of Social
Welfare.
(vii) Under this ministry various programmes
are implemented for nutrition and child
development, social security and social
protection, women’s welfare and development.
Q.2. (B) 2. Explain the following concepts:
* (1) The institution of family.
Ans. The institution of family can be explained as
follows:
(i) During the pre-independence period, the
institution of the family was an important
identifying feature of Indian society.
(ii) India was known all over the world as the
country of joint families.
(iii) However, the wave of globalisation has now
given an impetus to the system of nuclear
families.
* (2) Jaipur Foot technology
Ans.
(i) Dr Pramod Sethi designed and manufactured
artificial limbs, noses and ears, with the help of
the skilled craftsman Ramchandra Sharma.
(ii) These artificial body parts manufactured with
the help of the Jaipur foot technology have
made it easy for the differently abled to walk
bare-foot on rough surfaces, run, go cycling,
work in the fields, climb trees, and even climb
mountains, etc.
* (3) Urbanisation
Ans.
(i) Urbanisation is a process of the concentration
of population in a city or urban area. Increasing
population is one major reason for urbanisation.
(ii) A few other factors affecting urbanisation are
air, water and the economic as well as social
organisations necessary for community life.
105
(iii) In the context of post-independence India, the
increase in urban population is also due to
factors such as reduction in the mortality rate,
industrialisation, unavailability of means of
livelihood in rural areas, job opportunities in
cities and the resulting migration.
* (4) Changing economic life
Ans.
(i) Earlier, every village was economically self-
sufficient. A majority of the villagers were
dependent on farming. Farm produce used to
be distributed among artisans as payment for
their work.
(ii) Now this situation has changed. Rural areas
are engaged in agriculture and occupations
ancillary to farming while urban society is
engaged in non-agricultural production and
the service sector.
(5) Kidney transplant
Ans.
(i) Since kidney transplant can now be performed
in India, doctors have succeeded in saving
patients’ lives. Such surgeries were not so
common in India till 1971.
(ii) But in 1971, it was successfully performed
at the Christian Medical College hospital at
Vellore in Tamil Nadu.
(iii) Dr Johny and Dr Mohan Rao transplanted the
kidney donated by a living person into the
patient’s body.
(iv) Nowadays, patients from underdeveloped
countries come to India for such surgeries.
(6) Test-tube baby
Ans.
(i) Right from early times, having a baby is
considered to be of utmost importance in the
Indian family system.
(ii) The support of ‘test-tube baby’ technology has
been available to childless couples since 1978.
(iii) It was under the supervision of Dr Subhash
Mukhopadhyaya that the experiment of the
test-tube baby was successfully carried out at
Kolkata.
(iv) This was the first successful attempt at artificial
conception. A girl named Durga was born.
(v) This technology helped to solve the problem of
childless couples who wanted children.
106
Q.3. (A) Explain the statement giving reasons:
* (1) The campaign for pulse polio immunisation
was initiated.
Ans. The campaign of pulse polio immunisation
was initiated because:
(i) Before 1978, every year, six Indian infants out
of every 10 who were born faced fatal health
problems in the very first year of their birth.
(ii) The immunisation programme was taken up to
overcome the threat of polio, measles, tetanus,
TB, diphtheria, and whooping cough.
(iii) The ‘pulse polio’ immunisation programme
started in 1995 has controlled polio.
* (2) The Rural Water Supply Scheme was started.
Ans. The State started Rural Water Supply Scheme
for sinking wells and providing piped water
because:
(i) It is necessary to give priority to facilities for
public hygiene and health-care. However even
today, the rural population faces problems
related to year round provision of drinking
water, toilets, open drainage, narrow roads,
inadequate electrification and lack of facilities
for medical treatment.
(ii) There is a lack of good quality educational
facilities from primary level to higher
education, centres for recreation and libraries.
(iii) The collective development scheme had
an important place in all the first four five
year plans of the government of India. The
State of Maharashtra registered remarkable
achievements under this scheme. By 1971, 1677
small dams had also been built.
(3) Rural electrification is essential.
Ans. Rural electrification is essential because:
(i) Electricity is essential for the development of
rural areas. Automatic pumps are needed to
water the fields.
(ii) Electricity is also needed to preserve perishable
food items such as milk, eggs, fruits and
vegetables, to run fertiliser projects and for fans
and TV and for lights for studying at night.
(iii) During the first five year plan, electricity had
been provided to three thousand villages in
India. By 1973, it reached 1,38,646 villages.
From 1966, it was decided to supply more
electricity for pumps and borewells.
(iv) ‘Rural Electrification Corporation’ was
established in 1969.
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
(4) It is necessary to give special attention to rural
areas.
Ans.
(i) It is necessary to give priority to facilities for
public hygiene and health-care.
(ii) Even today, the rural population faces
problems related to year round provision of
drinking water, toilets, open drainage, narrow
roads, inadequate electrification and lack of
facilities for medical treatment.
(iii) There is a lack of good quality educational
facilities from primary level to higher education,
centres for recreation and libraries. That is why
it is necessary to give special attention to rural
areas.
(5) The Rural Local Self-Government was
empowered with more authority.
Ans.
(i) Keeping in mind the goal of rural development,
the collective development scheme has come
into force.
(ii) Plans were made for improving farming
technology, increasing the area of irrigated
land, extending educational facilities, enacting
the laws for land reform under this scheme.
(iii) It also aimed at increasing agricultural produce
as well as expanding the means of transport,
health services and scope for education in the
rural areas.
(iv) The government undertook this work through
the medium of Gram Panchayats which
included the people from all castes and tribes.
(v) To achieve this, the Gram Panchayats,
Panchayat Samitis and Zilla Parishads were
empowered with more authority.
Q.3. (B) Answer the following questions in brief:
* (1) What kinds of discrimination does the
Constitution prohibit?
Ans.
(i) According to our Constitution, all Indians
are equal before the law, and they cannot be
discriminated against on the basis of religion,
race, caste, gender or place of birth.
(ii) All citizens have the right to freedom of
speech and expression, freedom to assemble
peacefully without arms, freedom to form
associations, freedom to move, to live and
settle down anywhere on Indian territory and
to practice any occupation.
(iii) Indian citizens living anywhere in India enjoy
Changing Life : 1
the right to nurture their language, script and
culture.
(iv) These provisions in the Constitution shook the
foundations of the caste system.
*(2) What is the aim of the social welfare
programme?
Ans.
(i) The objective to establish the welfare state has
been incorporated in the Constitution itself.
(ii) The social welfare programmes aim to make
opportunities for full-time employment, health
care, education and development available to
all Indian citizens. Indian society is riddled
with large scale economic, social, educational
and cultural inequalities.
(iii) However, it is necessary that opportunities
for development reach women, children, the
differently abled, the scheduled castes and
tribes as well as other minorities.
(iv) Hence on 14th June 1964, the government of
India constituted the Ministry of Social Welfare.
Under this ministry various programmes
are implemented for nutrition and child-
development, social security and social
protection, women’s welfare and development.
* (3) What are the challenges facing rural
development?
Ans.
(i) In 1961, 82% of India’s population resided in
villages. In 1971, the percentage was 80.01%.
(ii) So far, the rural area has shouldered the
responsibility of providing food grains and
other raw material to urban areas, supplying
labour to the industrial sectors of the city, and
taking care of natural resources.
(iii) However there are three major challenges
with reference to rural development, namely,
bringing about economic development,
developing facilities to meet social needs and
finally bringing about a change of attitude in
matters concerning society, culture and ways
of thinking.
(iv) It is also equally necessary to expedite irrigation
projects and bring about land reforms.
(4) State the achievements of Christian Medical
College Hospital.
Ans.
(i) In 1962, the first successful open heart surgery
was performed under the leadership of
107
Dr. N. Gopinath at Christian Medical College
Hospital at Vellore in Tamil Nadu.
(ii) But in 1971, it was successfully performed at the
Christian Medical College hospital at Vellore
in Tamil Nadu. Dr Johny and Dr Mohan Rao
transplanted the kidney donated by a living
person into the patient’s body.
(5) Explain, how ‘Jaipur Foot’ has transformed
the lives of the disabled in India?
Ans.
(i) The invention of the ‘Jaipur Foot’ has
transformed the lives of the disabled in India.
Before 1968, if a person lost a leg in an accident,
he had to suffer for the rest of his life.
(ii) In order to remedy the situation, Dr Pramod
Sethi designed and manufactured artificial
limbs, noses and ears, with the help of the
skilled craftsman Ramchandra Sharma.
(iii) These artificial body parts manufactured with
the help of the Jaipur foot technology have
made it easy for the differently abled to walk
bare-foot on rough surfaces, run, go cycling,
work in the fields, climb trees, and even climb
mountains, etc.
(iv) They save on the expenses on shoes as there is
no need for footwear on these artificial limbs.
They can bend their legs at the knees and sit
cross-legged.
(v) These feet are also convenient while working
in water or wet conditions.
(6) What measures were taken up to uplift the
scheduled castes and tribes?
Ans.
(i) According to the 1971 Census, 22% people in
India belonged to scheduled castes and tribes.
(ii) Laws were enacted so that they got educational
scholarships, and representation in Parliament
as well State Assemblies. Some seats are also
reserved for them in Government services.
(7) Give an account of the collective development
scheme that was featured in the first four Five
Year Plans.
Ans.
(i) The collective development scheme had an
important place in all the first four five year
plans of the government of India.
(ii) The State of Maharashtra registered
remarkable achievements under this scheme.
108
For example, ‘Zilla Parishads’ were established
in 1962.
(iii) Nutritious diet scheme was launched in 1970-
1971. The State also started ‘Rural Water Supply
Scheme’ for sinking wells and providing piped
water.
(iv) By 1971, 1677 small dams had also been built.
Q.4. Read the following passage and answer the
questions below.
Public health: The Constitution of India states that
the primary duty of the government is to raise the
people's standard of living, to ensure proper nutrition
and to improve public health. The ministry of health
and Social Welfare at the Centre helps the state
governments in this regard. To make primary health
services as well as medical care available to rural
people, the tribals and the poor was an objective of
the Sixth Five Year plan. Efforts were made towards
helping people maintain good health by giving
recognition to Unani, Homoeopathy, Ayurveda and
Naturopathy in addition to Allopathy.
Progress in the medical field has made the life of
Indians relatively free of health concerns. In 1962, the
first successful open heart surgery was performed
under the leadership of Dr. N. Gopinath at Christian
Medical College Hospital at Vellore in Tamil Nadu.
Hence, it is no longer necessary to go abroad for such
treatment.
Similarly, the invention of the 'Jaipur Foot' has
transformed the lives of the disabled in India. Before
1968, if a person lost a leg in an accident, he had
to suffer for the rest of his life. In order to remedy
the situation, Dr. Pramod Sethi designed and
manufactured artificial limbs, noses and ears, with
the help of the skilled craftsman Ramchandra Sharma.
The artificial body parts manufactured with the help
of the Jaipur foot technology have made it easy for the
differently abled to walk bare-foot on rough surfaces,
run, go cycling, work in the fields, climb trees, is no
need for footwear on these artificial limbs. They can
bend their legs at the knees and sit cross-legged.
These feet are also convenient while working in water
or wet conditions.
(1) Prepare a concept map of recognised health
care and medical treatments in India.
Ans.
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
Health Care &
Medical Treatments
Unani Allopathy Homeopathy
Ayurveda Naturopathy
(2) Who was Dr. N. Gopinath? State his
achievement?
Ans. Dr. N. Gopinath was an experienced surgeon
at Christian Medical College Hospital of
Vellore under whose leadership an Open Heart
Surgery was performed for the first time in
India in 1962.
(3) State the manner in which 'Jaipur Foot'
technology in India has transformed the lives
of the disabled.
Ans. Jaipur Foot Technology has transformed the
lives of many disabled people in the following
manner:
(i) Artificial limbs, noses, ears have been designed
and manufactured by Dr. Pramod Sethi and
craftsman Ramchandra Sharma.
(ii) The limbless people can now walk barefooted,
go cycling and even climb mountain with
natural ease due to artificial limbs.
(iii) They can bend their knees and even sit cross
legged.
(iv) These artificial limbs are convenient to them
while working in water and wet conditions.
(4) Which disease among children do you
consider most threatful? Why?
Ans. I would consider Polio as one of the most
threatening diseases. It renders an infant
physically impaired or incapacitated for
life. Without physical development, it is not
possible for a child to lead a normal life. He/she
becomes dependent on others for daily chores
and cannot become self-reliant.
Q.5. Answer in detail.
*(1) Write a brief review of the significant events
in the field of public health in India.
Ans. The Constitution of India states that the primary
duty of the government is to raise the people’s
standard of living, to ensure proper nutrition
and to improve public health. The Ministry of
Health and Social Welfare at the Centre helps
the state governments in this regard.
Changing Life : 1
(i) To make primary health services as well as
medical care available to rural people, the
tribals and the poor was an objective of the
Sixth Five Year plan. Efforts were made towards
helping people maintain good health by giving
recognition to Unani, Homoeopathy, Ayurveda
and Naturopathy in addition to Allopathy.
(ii) In 1962, the first successful open heart surgery
was performed under the leadership of
Dr. N. Gopinath at Christian Medical College
Hospital at Vellore in Tamil Nadu. Hence, it
is no longer necessary to go abroad for such
treatment.
(iii) The invention of the ‘Jaipur Foot’ has
transformed the lives of the disabled in India.
(iv) Before 1968, if a person lost a leg in an accident,
he had to suffer for the rest of his life. In order
vvv
109
to remedy the situation, Dr Pramod Sethi
designed and manufactured artificial limbs,
noses and ears, with the help of the skilled
craftsman Ramchandra Sharma.
(v) These artificial body parts manufactured with
the help of the Jaipur foot technology have
made it easy for the differently abled to walk
bare-foot on rough surfaces, run, go cycling,
work in the fields, climb trees, and even climb
mountains, etc.
(vi) They save on the expenses on shoes as there is
no need for footwear on these artificial limbs.
They can bend their legs at the knees and sit
cross-legged.
(vii) These feet are also convenient while working
in water or under wet conditions.
110 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

ASSIGNMENT - 9
Time : 1 Hr. Marks : 20

Q.1.(A) Choose the right option and rewrite the sentence: (4)
(1) On 14th June 1964, the government of India constituted the Ministry of ............... .
(a) Home Affairs (b) Social Justice (c) Social Welfare (d) Education
(2) ‘Sinhagad Express’ is on the Pune – Mumbai route and ‘............... ’ is on the Mumbai – Kolkata route.
(a) Karmabhoomi Express (b) Howrah Mail (c) Shalimar Express (d) Gitanjali Express
(3) A ............... was formed to help the development of industry in rural areas.
(a) Village Industries Planning Committee
(b) Co-operative Credit Societies
(c) Industrial Development Association
(d) Rural Industrial Council
(4) A settlement smaller than a village is called a ............... .
(a) Town (b) Taluka (c) Hamlet (d) Locality
Q.1.(B) Identify the wrong pair and correct it: (1)
(1) Dr N. Gopinathan – open heart surgery
(2) Ramchandra Sharma – a skilled craftsman
(3) Dr Subhash Mukhopadhyaya – test-tube baby
(4) Dr Mohan Rao – polio
Q.2.(A) Complete the following table: (2)
Institutes Location
Rural Electrification Co-operative societies
Agriculture Universities
Vidya Niketan

Q.2.(B) Explain the following concepts: (4)

(1) Immunisation
(2) Urbanisation

Q.3.(A) Explain: (6)

(1) The Rural Water Supply Scheme was started.
(2) Rural electrification is essential.

Q.3.(B) Answer the following questions in 25-30 words: (any one) (3)
(1) State the achievements of Christian Medical College Hospital.
(2) What measures were taken to uplift the scheduled castes and tribes?

vvv
10 Changing Life : 2

Points to Remember :
• Official languages in India Hindi, Assamese, Bengali, Gujarati, Kannad, Kashmiri,
Malayalam, Marathi, Odiya, Punjabi, Sanskrit, Tamil,
Telugu, Urdu, Konkani, Manipuri, Nepali and Sindhi
• Indian who achieved global excellence in snooker Geet Sethi
• India’s historic win in World Cup Cricket under Kapil Dev captaincy 1983
• Cricketer who broke the record for maximum centuries in test cricket in 1983 Sunil
Gavaskar
• Winner of the ‘Benson and Hedges’ world championship of cricket in 1985 India
• First Indian woman to win an Olympic medal Karnam Malleswari
Weight lifting, 2000
• Objectives of newspapers in the early post independence period (i) to give news of daily
events
(ii) to give impetus to industry and
commerce by printing advertisements
(iii) shape public opinion and direct it
towards constructive work
(iv) carry on public education
(v) keep a watch over government machinery
• Expanded scope of newspapers today (i) raising funds for drought affected
and flood - affected people
(ii) helping meritorious students from
lower income groups to go for higher education
(iii) organizing or sporting cultural programmes
• Pre-Independence scope of television (i) selected programmes
(ii) fixed time slots
• Post-Independence scope of television (i) educational programmes
(ii) news bulletins
(iii) reporting of the tours of President and Prime Minister
• Further expansions of the scope of television today (i) Language and technique of
presentation
(ii) Students equipped with the latest technology
(iii) Use of OB Contdoor broadcasting vans

(111)
112 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

Dates Event Ans. (1) Kapil Dev (2) English (3) Geet Sethi (4) 1998
(5) CNN (6) 25.
Indian team won the World Cup
1983 Q.1. (B) Identify the wrong pair and write the
for cricket.
correct ones:
India won Benson and Hedges
1985 (1)
World Championship of cricket.
(i) Karnam Malleshwari - Weight lifting
Karnam Malleshwari won a medal
2000 (ii) Sunil Gavaskar - Ace Indian Cricketer
for weight lifting at the Olympics
(iii) CNN - Iraq War
CNN channel showed to the entire
1991 world a live visual reporting of the (iv) Star Television - Sponsoring cultural
Iraq war programmes
Ans. Star Television - Sponsoring cultural
STAR TV, a private media house,
1998 programmes
entered India.
Star Television is Private Media House.
(2)
MASTER KEY QUESTION SET – 10
(i) Kapil Dev - 1983 World Cup
Q.1. (A) Choose the correct option and rewrite the (ii) Geet Sethi - Benson and Hedges
complete answers: (iii) Karnam Malleshwari - Frist woman to win a
* (1) India won the cricket world cup under the medal at Olympics
captainship of ....................... . (iv) Sunil Gavaskar - Maximum centuries in test
(a) Sunil Gavaskar (b) Kapil Dev cricket
(c) Sayyad Kirmani (d) Sandip Patil Ans. Geet Sethi - Benson and Hedges
* (2) The ................... language is gaining importance Geet Sethi won Billiards Competition
in India due to the process of globalisation. (3)
(a) Punjabi (b) French (i) India won Cricket World Cup - 1983
(c) English (d) Hindi (ii) Karnam Malleshwari won a medal at Olympics
(3) ....................... won the national championship of - 2000
billiards for teenagers at the age of 15. (iii) Live telecast of Iraq War - 1991
(a) Milkha Singh (b) Rafael Nadal (iv) Star T.V. entered India - 1992
(c) Geet Sethi (d) Prakash Padukone Ans. Star T.V. entered India - 1992
(4) In ....................... STAR (Satellite Television Asia Star T.V. entered India in 1998
Region) a private media house entered India.
*Q.2. (A) Do as directed:
(a) 1995 (b) 1996 (A) 1. Complete the Concept Chart
(c) 1997 (d) 1998 Ans.
(5) In 1991, ....................... showed to the entire world 1. Important languages Marathi, Hindi,
a live visual reporting of the Iraq War. in India Gujarati
(a) CNN (b) CNBC
2. Players who have won Karnam Malleswari,
(c) HBO (d) NDTV
medals at the Olympic Abhinav Bindra, P.V.
(6) The Kohima Radio station had to make its games Sindhu
broadcast in ................... languages which
3. Childrens’ movies that The Lion King, Minions,
included English, Hindi and Naga dialects.
you have seen Finding Nemo etc.
(a) 28 (b) 26
(c) 24 (d) 25
Changing Life : 2 113

4. Names of channels DD News, CNN, ABP movies as they have reached every nook and
telecasting various News corner of the world. We see a reflection of
news bulletins politics, social events, industry and technology
in the movies.
(A) 2. Complete the following concept: (iii) Movies which were 3-4 hours long are now of
(1) only one or one and a half hours. Moreover, the
Ans. Shapes concept of one screen and one cinema hall has
Public given way to multiplexes.
opinion
(iv) The days of a movie running for 100 weeks
in one cinema hall are over. Now one movie
runs in thousands of cinema halls in India and
Objectives Provides abroad simultaneously.
Leads the
people of a Public (v) This development has changed the economy of
Newspaper education movies. Production of movies has attained the
status of industry.
Keeps a (vi) The industry now employs crores of people.
Provides The movie industry in regional languages is
watch on
Direction
government also thriving.
for
machinery Therefore the economy of movies is changing.
constructive
work (3) Hindi Movies have reached every nook and
Q.3. (A) Explain the following statements with corner of the world.
reason. Ans.
* (1) Cricket began to be played all over India, to a (i) In the field of entertainment, the place of Hindi
greater or smaller extent. movies is incomparable.
Ans. Cricket began to be played all over India, to a (ii) Now movies reflect contemporary themes.
greater or smaller extent because:- Film shooting locales have moved abroad.
(i) In 1983, the Indian team won the World Cup (iii) So, viewers can now see many different
for cricket, under the captainship of Kapil Dev. places in foreign countries. Movies in foreign
It was a historic victory. languages are now translated.
(ii) Cricket instantly won great popularity across (iv) During the screening of English movies, a short
the country. Hindi translation now appears on the screen as
(iii) In the same year, Sunil Gavaskar broke the sub-titles.
earlier record of maximum centuries in test (v) Hindi movies now compete with ‘global’
cricket. movies as they have reached every nook and
corner of the world.
(iv) In 1985, India won the ‘Benson and Hedges’
World Championship of cricket. As a result, Q.3. (B) Answer the following in brief:
cricket came to be played in all States to a lesser * (1) Why is it necessary to keep alive the dialects
or greater extent, but at the cost of indigenous of Indian languages?
Indian games. Ans.
* (2) The economy of movies is changing. (i) Hindi, Assamese, Bengali, Gujarati, Kannad,
Ans. Kashmiri, Malayalam, Marathi, Odiya, Punjabi,
(i) Movies in foreign languages are now translated. Sanskrit, Tamil, Telugu, Urdu, Konkani,
Even during the screening of English movies, Manipuri, Nepali and Sindhi are the official
a short Hindi translation now appears on the languages in India.
screen as sub-titles. (ii) These Indian languages also have dialects, but
(ii) Hindi movies now compete with ‘global’ their number is now on the decline.
114
(iii) Timely steps should be taken to nurture them,
otherwise we will lose an important part of our
heritage.
(iv) Nevertheless, Hindi, which has reached
everywhere through the medium of Hindi
movies, has served to unite the country by
language.
* (2) Elaborate upon the changing scope of
newspapers.
Ans.
(i) During early post-independence period,
the newspapers were expected to not only
give the news of daily events, but also give
impetus to industry and commerce by printing
advertisements.
(ii) Earlier, newspapers were black and white.
With the changing times, colour printing
became common.
(iii) Earlier, newspapers were thought to be the
mouthpieces of the taluka or district. Now they
have to face tough competition from the State
level newspaper chains. But on the whole,
newspapers are now becoming more active.
(iv) Their scope has enlarged to include raising
funds for drought affected and flood affected
people, helping meritorious students from
lower income groups to go for higher education
and organizing or sponsoring cultural
programmes. This is how newspapers have
now become an inseparable part of our lives.
* (3) What changes have taken place in the medium
of television?
Ans.
(i) Television came to India during the post-
independence period. Earlier it was black and
white. Now it is coloured. Earlier it was limited
to some selected programmes and fixed time-
slots.
(ii) Gradually its scope was enlarged to include
educational programmes, news bulletins,
detailed reporting of the tours of the President
and the Prime Minister.
(iii) During the telelcast of Ramayana and
Mahabharat, a majority of the people used
to sit glued to the television set. These serials
proved the popularity of this medium. Then in
1991, CNN channel showed to the entire world
a live visual reporting of the Iraq war.
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
(iv) In 1998, STAR (Satellite Television Asia Region)
a private media house entered India, and the
uninteresting, monotonous and propagandist
news telecasts of the early period underwent a
sea change.
(v) The language, the technique of presentation,
studios equipped with the latest technology
and the use of OB (outdoor broadcasting) vans
have expanded the scope of Indian T.V. channels
still further, and brought in transparency and
variety. Now, every nook and corner of the
country is connected.
(4) Do you think English has threatened our
indigenous languages? How?
Ans.
(i) Hindi, which has reached everywhere through
the medium of Hindi movies, has served to
unite the country by language.
(ii) However, English language has been gaining
ground in India due to the process of
globalisation which began after 1990.
(iii) English opens the doors to multiple job
opportunities. Moreover, Indians are at the
forefront in learning English.
(iv) However, it is necessary to ensure that this
process does not endanger the very existence
of regional languages.
(5) Explain the contribution of Geet Sethi and
Karnam Malleswari to the field of sports.
Ans.
(i) Geet Sethi:
(a) Geet Sethi achieved global excellence in
snooker, a variation of billiards.
(b) He won the national championship of billiards
for teenagers at the age of 15.
(c) Later, he went on to win national and
international championships.
(d) At the global level, he won the amateur billiards
competition thrice, and the professional one
five times.
(e) His success made the game popular, and
newspapers began to report news about
billiards.
(ii) Karnam Malleswari: At the Olympics of the
year 2000, Karnam Malleswari won a medal for
weightlifting. She was the first Indian woman
to win a medal at the Olympics.
Changing Life : 2 115

Q.4. Read the following passage an answer the (1) Prepare a chart enlisting the achievements of
following questions. Geet Sethi
Ans. Geet Sethi achieved global excellence
Sports: During the pre-independence period, only a
in snooker.
few selected games were known to people in general.
Some sports persons changed this situation. This
enhanced the status of both - the sports, and the
sportspersons. For example, Geet Sethi achieved
National
global excellence in snooker, a variation of billiards. Amateur Professional
championship
He won the national championship of billiards for Billiards Billiards
of Billiards for
teenagers at the age of 15. Later, he went on to win Competition Competition
Teenagers
national and international championships. At the
global level, he won the amateur billiards competition
thrice, and the professional one five times. His success at the won won five
made the game popular, and newspapers began to age of 15 thrice times
report news about billiards. Thus he made a new field
(2) Which two cricket tournaments mentioned in
available to rising sportspersons in India.
the passage records a victory for India?
It was sin 1983, that the Indian team won the World
Ans. World Cup 1983 and Benson and Hedges - 1985
Cup for cricket, under the captainship of Kapil Dev.
are the two tournaments mentioned in the
It was a historic victory. Cricket instantly won great passage that recorded victory for India.
popularity across the country. In was a historic
(3) Who was the first Indian woman to win a
victory. Cricket instantly won great popularity across
medal at the Olympics? Which sport did she
the country. In the same year, Sunil Gavaskar broke
represent?
the earlier record of maximum centuries in test
Ans. Karnam Malleshwari was the first Indian
cricket. In 1985, India won the ‘Benson and Hedges’
Women to win a medal for India at Olympic.
World Championship of cricket. As a result, cricket
She represented India in Women’s Weight
came to be played in all States to a lesser or greater
Lifting.
extent, but at the cost of indigenous Indian games. A
(4) Why do you think cricket has overshadowed
few movies were also produced around the theme of
other indigenous Indian Games?
cricket. Live telecasts of the full five days or one day
Ans. Cricket was introduced in India by the British.
of the matches also became available.
In the post independence period this game was
India had been participating in Asiad and Olympic mostly played by the elite. In times to come,
of year 2000, Karnam Malleshwari won a medal for cricket gained glamour and popularity across
weight-lifting. She was the first Indian woman to the nation gradually giving a setback to other
win a medal at the Olympics. India’s representation indigenous games in India. Since cricketers
began to rise in various Olympic games such as received more professional coaching, funding
hockey, badminton, tennis, swimming, weightlifting and infrastructural facilities as compared to
and archery. players of other games, it became inevitable
that other games in India were overshadowed.

vvv
116 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

ASSIGNMENT - 10
Time : 1 Hr. Marks : 20

Q.1. (A) Choose the right option and rewrite the sentence: (2)
(1) .................... won the national championship of billiards for teenagers at the age of 15.
(a) Milkha Singh (b) Rafael Nadal (c) Geet Sethi (d) Prakash Padukone
(2) In .................... STAR (Satellite Television Asia Region) a private media house entered India.
(a) 1995 (b) 1996 (c) 1997 (d) 1998
Q.2. Complete the following concept map: (6)

(1) Shape Public

Opinion

Objectives Public
of a education
Newspaper

(2) Angami

Dialects of
Lotha
Nagaland

Q.3. Answer the following in brief: (12)

(1) Elaborate upon the changing scope of newspapers.
(2) Which changes have taken place in the medium of television?
(3) Explain the contribution of Geet Sethi and Karnam Malleshwari in the field of sports.

vvv
 POLITICAL SCIENCE
Post World War
1 Political Developments

Points to Remember :
• Duration of the First World War (WWI) 1914 - 1918
• Allied Powers of WWI Britain, France, Rusia, Italy, America
• Central Powers of WWI Germany, Austria, Hungary, Ottoman, Empire, Bulgaria
• Purpose of the League of Nations (i) To resolve international disputes
(ii) To carry out negotiations
(iii) To avoid war
• Major changes in Europe after WWI (i) Earlier empires of Europe collapsed
(ii) Movements for independence started in the
colonies of European countries
(iii) Establishment of the League of Nations
(iv) Rise of autocratic regimes like Germany, Italy and Spain
• Duration of the Second World War (WWII) 1939 - 1945
• Allied Powers of WWII Britain, France, Australia, Canada, New Zealand,
India, Soviet Union, China, America
• Axis Powers of WWII Germany, Japan, Italy
• Incident that marked the end of WWII Dropping of nuclear bombs on the Japanese
cities of Hiroshima and Nagasaki by America,
on 6th and 9th August 1945 respectively
• War that began with the end of WWII Cold war (1945-1991)
• Reasons for the rise of the cold war Struggle for power, arms race, differences
in ideologies and the attitude of checkmating
each other by strategies by America and the Soviet Union
• Military organisations created during the Cold War (i) NATO (North Atlantic Treaty
Organisation) under the dominance of America
(ii) Warsaw Pact under the command of the Soviet Union
• Concept that explains the divisions of the nations of the world
in two groups, showing loyalty to either of the two power blocs,
during the Cold War Bipolarisation
• Member countries that form the Association of South-East
Asian Nations (ASEAN) Singapore, Thailand, Malaysia,
Indonesia, Philippines

(117)
118 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

• Policy by which some countries did not want to join the super
power rivalry, they decided to stay out of the cold war rivalry Non - alignment
• Countries that supported non-alignment Asian and African countries that became
independent after WWII
• Birth of the non-aligned movement 1961
• Leadership of the non-aligned movement Pt. Jawaharlal Nehru (Prime Minister - India)
Marshal Tito (President Yugoslavia)
Gamal Abdul Nasser (President - Egypt)
Dr. Sukarno (President Indonesia)
Dr. Kwame Nkrumah (Prime Minister - Ghana)
• Evaluation of the non-aligned movement (i) has opposed colonialism, imperialism
and racism,
(ii) has encouraged peaceful resolution
of international disputes
• Principles that form the basis for the non-aligned movement humanism, global peace
and equality
• Policies of President Mikhail Gorbachev that led to the
end of the Cold War (i) Perestroika (Restructuring)
(ii) Glasnost (Openness)
• The only super power in world politics at the end of the Cold War America

Dates Events (b) Mikhail Gorbachev

1914-1918 First World War (c) General Molotov

(d) Vladimir Lenin
1939-1945 Second World War
(2) Military organisation formed under dominance
6th August Nuclear weapons dropped on the
of USA ......................
1945 Japanese city of Hiroshima
(a) North Atlantic Treaty Organisation
9th August Nuclear weapons dropped on the
1945 Japanese city of Nagasaki (b) Warsaw Pact
1945-1991 Cold War (c) New International Economic Order
1962 Cuban Missile Crisis (d) Non-Aligned Movement
1917 Communist revolution in Russia (3) Division of world into two power blocs is
resulted in the formation of the Soviet called ......................
Union (a) Globalisation (b) Nuclear Escalation
1961 Non - aligned Movement (c) Bipolarisation (d) Internationalism
(4) Among the following ...................... is not an Axis
MASTER KEY QUESTION SET – 1 Power.
Q.1. (A) Choose the correct option and rewrite the (a) Germany (b) Italy
complete answers: (c) Belgium (d) Japan
(1) President of Soviet Union who implemented (5) ...................... is an important event of the Cold
'Perestroika' and 'Glasnost' ...................... War.
(a) Nikita Khrushchev (a) Fashoda Incident
Post World War Political Developments 119

(b) Cuban Missile Crisis on others and mutual co-operation has a very
(c) Wall Street Crash important place in it.
(d) Red Menace (ii) The same is true about society, and it applies
(6) Non-aligned movement is opposed to ................ to different nations as well. There are many
(a) Racism (b) Capitalism independent nations in the world, like India.
(c) McCarthyism (d) Nepotism (iii) Some exchange and interaction goes on
(7) Non-aligned movement demanded among these nations on a regular basis. These
establishment of ...................... independent states also enter into treaties with
(a) Association of South East Asian Nations each other.
(b) League of Nations (iv) A system of all these independent, sovereign
states that emerges is called an International
(c) New International Economic Order (NIEO)
System.
(d) European Union (EU)
(2) Interdependence is not an important feature
(8) The policy of Perestroika means restructuring
of the International System.
and Glasnost means ......................
Ans. False.
(a) strictness (b) oneness
(i) All the countries of the world are dependent on
(c) massiveness (d) openness
each other for one reason or the other. However
* (9) A system of independent and sovereign states
big, prosperous or developed a nation may be,
......................
it can never be self-sufficient to fulfill all its
(a) Political system (b) International system needs.
(c) Social system (d) None of these (ii) Even big nations have to depend upon
* (10) The main responsibility of the United Nations each other and on smaller nations. Thus,
...................... interdependence is an important feature of the
(a) to avoid war international system, i.e. today’s global system.
(b) independence of colonies (3) The Second World War proved to be far more
(c) improving the economics of different destructive than the First World War.
nations Ans. True.
(d) disarmament (i) The Second World War was fought between
* (11) The Cold War ended with the event, .................. . 1939 and 1945. It proved to be far more
(a) Establishment of the United Nations destructive than the First World War.
(b) Disintegration of the Soviet Union (ii) Not only was it more widespread compared
(c) Creation of Military Organisations to the First World War, but far more advanced
technology was employed in this war.
(d) Cuban Missile Crisis
(iii) Countries which took part in the Second World
Ans. (1) Mikhail Gorbachev (2) North Atlantic Treaty
Organisation (3) Bipolarisation (4) Belgium War once again faced a situation of economic
(5) Cuban Missile Crisis (6) Racism crisis.
(7) New International Economic Order (NIEO) (4) Efforts towards arms control and disarmament
(8) Openness (9) International system (10) to avoid happened during the Cold War.
war (11) Disintegration of the Soviet Union. Ans. True.
Q.2. State whether the following statements are (i) The Super Powers started producing arms on a
True or False, with reasons: large scale to outsmart each other.
(1) A system of Independent States is called (ii) There started a rivalry to make more and
International System. more destructive weapons and to acquire the
Ans. True. technology required for the same.
(i) Our social life and well being is dependent (iii) But soon, both the Super Powers realised that
120
the arms race may endanger international
peace.
(iv) Hence, efforts towards arms control and
disarmament also happened during this
period.
(5) Non-alignment was an important movement
during the Cold War.
Ans. True.
(i) In the period of the Cold War, while the
world was becoming bipolar, there were some
countries which did not want to join the super
power rivalry.
(ii) Such nations decided to stay out of the cold
war rivalry. Their policy is known as Non-
alignment.
(iii) Non-alignment was an important movement
during the Cold War.
(iv) The Asian and African countries, which
became independent after the Second World
War supported the idea of non-alignment.
* (6) The League of Nations was established after
the First World War.
Ans. True.
(i) At the end of the First World War, all the
nations felt that such a war should not happen
again and some measures need to be taken to
achieve that end.
(ii) An international organisation called the League
of Nations was established out of this thinking.
(iii) It became an important platform to solve
international disputes and carry out
negotiations.
(iv) The main responsibility of the League of
Nations was understood to be to avoid war.
* (7) The world became unipolar due to the Cold War.
Ans. False.
(i) During the Cold War, most countries of the
world joined either of the two super power
blocs (USA or USSR).
(ii) Such a division of the nations of the world in
two groups is bipolarisation.
* (8) The policies of Mikhail Gorbachev gave an
impetus to democratisation.
Ans. True.
(i) The Soviet Union adopted the policy of
opening up the economy. The state loosened
up its control of the economy.
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
(ii) The then President of the Soviet Union
Mikhail Gorbachev implemented the policies
of Perestroika (Restructuring) and Glasnost
(Openness).
(iii) Due to these policies, the control over the
media reduced.
(iv) Important changes took place in political and
economic spheres. i.e. these spheres, were
restructured. This gave impetus to democracy.
Q.3. (A) Explain the concept:
* (1) Cold War
Ans.
(i) America and the Soviet Union, who were allies
in the Second World War became competitors,
as soon as the war was over.
(ii) The cooperation between them gave way to
rivalry. This rivalry occupied a period of 40-45
years of international politics
(iii) There was no open war between these two
countries; but there was such tension in their
relations, that it seemed that a war would erupt
any time.
(iv) The concept of Cold War is used to describe
the condition where there is no actual war, but
there are such tensions in the circumstances,
that they may be responsible to cause war.
(v) In this period, America was already a super
power, but the Soviet Union also tried to
become a super power by making nuclear
weapons and by increasing its military might.
(vi) The struggle for power, arms race, differences
in ideologies, attitude of checkmating each
other by strategies and counter-strategies gave
rise to the Cold War.
* (2) Non-Aligned Movement
Ans.
(i) In the period of the Cold War, while the
world was becoming bipolar, there were some
countries which did not want to join the super
power rivalry. Such nations decided to stay out
of the cold war rivalry. Their policy is known
as non-alignment.
(ii) The Asian and African countries, which
became independent after the Second World
War supported the idea of non-alignment.
(iii) This movement started from 1961 under the
leadership of India’s Prime Minister Pandit
Post World War Political Developments
Jawaharlal Nehru, President of Yugoslavia
Marshall Tito, President of Egypt Gamal Abdal
Nasser, President of Indonesia Dr. Sukarno
and Prime Minister of Ghana Dr. Kwame
Nkrumah.
(iv) The non-aligned Movement has opposed
colonialism, imperialism and racism. It has
encouraged the resolution of international
disputes by peaceful means.
(v) India led this movement under the guidance
of Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru. India continued to
actively support the movement afterwards as
well.
(vi) Even after the end of the Cold War, the
importance of the movement has not reduced.
The non-aligned movement is based on eternal
principles of humanism, global peace and
equality.
(vii) It has inspired the less developed countries to
come together. It has encouraged the resolution
of international disputes by peaceful means.
(viii) While taking a firm stand on disarmament,
fostering human rights, the non-aligned
movement put forth the problems of poor,
undeveloped countries firmly. This movement
made a demand of a New International
Economic Order (NIEO).
* (3) Interdependence
Ans.
(i) All the countries of the world are dependent on
each other for one reason or the other. However
big, prosperous or developed a nation may be,
it can never be self-sufficient to fulfill all its
needs.
(ii) Even big nations have to depend upon other
big and small nations. Thus, interdependence
is an important feature of the international
system, i.e. today’s global system.
* (4) Bipolarisation
Ans. During the Cold War, most countries of the
world joined either of the two super power
blocks. Such a division of the nations of the
world in two groups is bipolarisation.
* (5) Globalisation
Ans.
(i) After the end of the Cold War, trade and
economic relations between countries became
more open. As it has been mentioned before,
121
capital, labour, markets and information began
circulating globally.
(ii) The give and take of ideas among people all
over the world grew.
(iii) Due to the revolution in information
technology, different events and developments
began to be known everywhere.
(iv) The boundaries between nations did not remain
as sacrosanct as they were before. All these
processes are together called globalisation.
(v) Just as globalisation has brought us benefits,
it has also caused losses. For example, as the
economies of different countries got linked
with each other, trade increased, economic
unification grew, plenty of products became
available in the markets; but (at the same time)
the gap between the poor and rich nations did
not reduce.
(6) Military Organisation
Ans.
(i) During the Cold War, power struggle between
USSR and USA created need for nations who
will support their ideologies.
(ii) Thus, organisations were created for helping
nations militarily and thus dragging them
into either of the super power blocs for their
hegemony.
(iii) The respective super powers took up the
responsibility of the security of the countries
joining the military organisations led by them.
(iv) NATO (North Atlantic Treaty Organisation)
was a military organisation under the
dominance of America, while the Warsaw
Pact was a military organisation, under the
command of the Soviet Union.
Q.3. (B) 1. Do as directed / instructed:
(1) Complete the charts.
Ans.
Autocratic
Germany Italy
regimes
Adolf Benito
Spain
Hitler Mussolini
Francisco
Franco
122 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

(2) (v) League of Nations was established.

Ans. (vi) Autocratic regime came up in Germany, Spain,
Cold War Italy and other countries.
(2) Describe America’s role in the Second World
War.
Developments Ans.
Arms from 1945 Globalisation
(i) America played a major role in the Second
Race onwards
World War. It had manufactured nuclear
weapons.
Efforts at (ii) In order to end the war, it dropped two nuclear
Disarmament weapons on two cities of Japan - Hiroshima
and Nagasaki on 6th and 9th August 1945
(3) respectively.
Ans. (3) What gave rise to the Cold War?

Inspired less Ans.

developed (i) America was already a super power, but the
countries to come Soviet Union also tried to become one, by
together
Brought Gave less making nuclear weapons and by increasing its
several new developed military might.
streams of countries
Non-aligned confidence (ii) The struggle for power, arms race, differences
economic in ideologies, attitude of checkmating each
and social movement to assert
changes into themselves other by strategies and counter-strategies gave
international in rise to the Cold War.
politics international
Gave self- politics (4) Describe extreme differences among USA
respect to less and USSR.
developed
Ans.
nations in
international (i) The U.S.A was a democratic State, advocating
politics capitalism, while the Soviet Union advocated
socialism and a one party authoritarian system.
Q.4. (A) 1. Answer in brief: (ii) Both the super powers wanted to expand their
(1) What were the effects of World War I? own dominance in the world.
(iii) America wanted to spread capitalism, while
Ans.
the Soviet Union wanted to spread socialism.
(i) The First World War was fought between 1914
(5) What is meant by Non-Aligned Movement
and 1918. The war caused a tremendous loss of
and who were its founding fathers?
life and property. The countries which joined
the war suffered tremendous economic losses. Ans.
(ii) Even the countries which did not join the war (i) The Asian and African countries, which
were impacted by the war. The economies of became independent after the Second World
the victorious as well as the losing countries War supported the idea of non-alignment.
collapsed. (ii) This movement started from 1961 under the
(iii) Earlier empires in Europe collapsed and new leadership of India’s Prime Minister Pandit
nations came into being. Jawaharlal Nehru, President of Yugoslavia
Marshall Tito, President of Egypt Gamal Abdal
(iv) Independence movements in European
Nasser, President of Indonesia Dr. Sukarno
colonies changed hegemony of European
and Prime Minister of Ghana Dr. Kwame
Nations.
Nkrumah.
Post World War Political Developments 123

(6) Evaluate the Non-Aligned Movement.
Ans.
(i) The Non-Aligned Movement has opposed
colonialism, imperialism and racism.
(ii) It has encouraged the resolution of international
disputes by peaceful means.
(iii) The Non-Aligned movement is based on
eternal principles of humanism, global peace
and equality.
(iv) It has inspired the less developed countries to
come together.
(v) While taking a firm stand on disarmament,
fostering human rights, the Non-Aligned
movement put forth the problems of poor,
undeveloped countries firmly.
(vi) This movement made a demand of a New
International Economic Order (NIEO).

* (7) Compare the First World War and the Second World War with the help of the following points.
First Second
Points
World War World War
(1) Period

(2) Involved nations

(3) Impacts (Political and Economic)

(4) International Organisations established after the War

Ans.
First Second
Points World War World War
(1) Period 1914 – 1918 1939 – 1945
(2) Involved nations Allied Powers - Britain, Allied Powers - Britain, France,
France, Russia, Italy, America Australia, Canada, New Zealand,
Central Powers - India, Soviet Union, China, America
Germany, Austria, Hungary, Axis powers - Germany, Japan, Italy
Ottoman Empire, Bulgaria
(3) Impacts (i) Earlier empires in Europe (i) Beginning of Cold War
(Political and Economic) collapsed and new nations
came into being.

(ii) Independence movements in (ii) Destruction of public

(4) International Organisations
established after the War
European colonies changed property on larger scale
hegemony of European due to use of nuclear weapons
Nations.
(iii) League of nations was
established.
(iv) Autocratic regime came up
in Germany, Spain, Italy and
other countries.
(v) Destruction of public property.
League of Nations United Nations Organisation
124
* (8) What were the factors responsible for the end
of Cold War?
Ans. The factors responsible for the end of Cold War
are :
(i) The Soviet Union adopted the policy of
opening up the economy. The State loosened
up its control of the economy.
(ii) The then President of the Soviet Union
Mikhail Gorbachev implemented the policies
of Perestroika (Restructuring) and Glasnost
(Openness). Due to these policies, the control
over the media reduced.
(iii) As the East European countries under the
influence of the Soviet Union adopted the
capitalist and democratic paths, the Soviet
Union disintegrated and several new nations
were created out of it.
* (9) What major changes occurred in global
politics after the end of the Cold War?
Ans.
(i) Major changes took place in world politics
after the end of the Cold War. For example,
America remained the only super power in
world politics.
(ii) A conducive atmosphere prevailed for the
growth in trade and economic relations
between and among nations.
(iii) As all nations of the world decided to give
priority to trade relations, the idea of giving
‘aid’ to other nations fell behind.
(iv) The United Nations now had to take more
concrete steps to maintain global peace and
security.
(v) Environmental protection, fostering of human
rights, gender equality and management
of natural calamities now acquired a global
dimension.
vvv
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
Q.4.2. Give your opinion:
* (1) What measures should the League of Nations
have taken to avoid the Second World War?
Ans.
(i) League of Nations should have organised
a military wing with the help of member
nations to keep a check over the aggressors like
Germany and Japan.
(ii) League should have reconsidered
implementation of harsh term of treaties
imposed on the losers to avoid the revengeful
policies of dictators like Adolf Hitler.
* (2) Non-Alignment was necessary during the
Cold War.
Ans.
(i) Yes. This was important to keep newly
independent countries of Asia and Africa away
from the super power rivalry.
(ii) Since these countries did not officially show
allegiance to any super power, they freed
themselves from the dominance of USA and
USSR and could independently frame their
foreign policies.
(iii) This further promoted peace and co-operation.
* (3) Human welfare was neglected due to the
Cold War.
Ans.
(i) Yes, due to military alliances the world was
gripped in the fear of a possible Third World
War, which would have annihilated the entire
human race.
(ii) Moreover the Arms Race diverted the resources
and harnessed science for destruction rather
than human welfare.
* (4) Which countries can emerge as super powers,
in competition with America in present
times?
Ans. India and China could be future super powers.
Post World War Political Developments 125

ASSIGNMENT - 1
Time : 1 Hr. Marks : 20

Q.1. Choose the right option and rewrite the sentence: (6)
(1) President of Soviet Union who implemented 'Perestroika' and 'Glasnost' ........................... .
(a) Nikita Krushchev (b) Mikhail Gorbachev
(c) General Molotov (d) Vladimir Lenin
(2) The Cold War ended with this event.
(a) Establishment of the United Nations (b) Disintegration of the Soviet Union
(c) Creation of Military Organisations (d) Cuban Missile Crisis
(3) A system of independent and sovereign States ........................... .
(a) Political system (b) International system
(c) Social system (d) None of these
(4) Non-aligned movement is opposed to ........................... .
(a) Racism (b) Capitalism (c) McCarthyism (d) Nepotism
(5) ........................... is a important event of the Cold War.
(a) Fashoda Incident (b) Cuban Missile Crisis
(c) War Street Crash (d) Red Menace
(6) Military organisation formed under dominance of USA.
(a) North Atlantic Treaty Organisation (b) Warsaw Pact
(c) New International Economic Order (d) Non-Aligned Movement
Q.2. Do as directed / instructed: (4)
(1) Complete the charts.

Developments
from 1945
onwards

Q.3. Explain with reason whether the following statements are true or false: (6)
(1) Interdependence is not an important feature of the international system.
(2) Second World War proved to be far more destructive than the First World War.
Q.4. Answer the following in brief: (4)
(1) Describe America's role in the Second World War.
(2) What gave rise to the Cold War?
2 India’s Foreign Policy

Points to Remember :
•Each country has to take (i) the nation with which it should be friendly
decision regarding (ii) in which bloc it should participate
(iii) What position it should take in international relations.
• The theoretical framework in which international decisions are taken Foreign policy
• Foreign policy has important place In the discipline of international politics,
which studies the international relations between nations.
• National interest is fostered through Foreign Policy
• National interest implies the means through which the independence
and sovereignty of our country can be safeguarded.
• Factors included in the national interest (i) Defence - protection of our country's
independence, sovereignty and integrity
(ii) Economic development - as an economically weak nation
will not be able to maintain it's independence
• Factors influencing Foreign Policy (i) Geographical location
(ii) Political System
(iii) Economy
(iv) National leadership
(v) Administrative factors
• Geographical location Distance between countries, size, population,
topography, coastline, availability of natural resources are
considered while deciding the Foreign Policy.
• Political System Nation's Parliament discusses various aspects,
Opposition raises questions over the same,
inclinations of the constituent states
• Affairs in neighbouring nations E.g. (i) Events in Srilanka affect TamilNadu
affect our constituent states (ii) Affairs in Bangladesh may affect West Bengal
and North east Indian States
• Economy (i) economic relations, export - import, participation
in world trade affect Foreign policy
(ii) proportion of economic security
• National leadership (i) President, Prime Minister, Foreign Minister,
Defence Minister, Finance and Home Minister - deciding
and maintaining continuity of Foreign Policy.

(126)
India’s Foreign Policy 127

• Pandit Nehru's contribution to Foreign Policy Non-alignment

• Atal Bihari Vajpayee's contribution to Foreign Policy Sino-Indian Relations.
• Administrative Factors Ministry of External Affairs, Foreign Secretary,
Embassies and Diplomatic officers
• Role of administrative officers Collect and analyse information
and give appropriate advise
• Officer who gives shape to Foreign Policy in the end The National Security Advisor
• Guidelines to shape Foreign Policy Directive Principles of State Policy
(Article 51-Broad framework)
• Objectives of Foreign Policy (i) maintain friendly relations with other nations.
(ii) respect international laws
• Other objectives of (i) ensure defence and security of India is not affected.
India's foreign Policy No compromise over security of geographical boundaries.
(ii) Protect unity and integrity.
(iii) Protect Indian citizens living in other countries through Embassies.
(iv) Establish economic and commercial relations with other countries.
• Ist stage of India's Foreign Policy Period from Independence to 1990
• IInd stage of India's Foreign Policy From 1990 till date
• Pandit Nehru took an internationalist stand (i) opposition to colonialism
(ii) priority to global peace and security
•Factors influencing India's foreign (i) independent understanding of all international
policy during Early Phase events and developments without any
pressure from any Power.
(ii) Threats from China and Pakistan
(iii) Insistence on selfreliance
• Countries that supported the Countries of Asia and Africa which did not
concept of Non Aligment participate in the Military parts led by either
America or Soviet Union.
• Fundamental principles of Non-aligned Policy Peace and Freedom.
• Wars between India and Pakistan (i) Over Kashmir question - 1947-48, 1965
(ii) Creation of Bangladesh 1971
• India's Nuclear Tests 1974
• Developments from 1980 (i) South Asian Association for Regional Co-operation
(SAARC) was established
(ii) India initiated dialogue to improve relations with China.
(iii) India started interaction with America
for co-operation in field of security.
•First Stage of India's Foreign Policy (i) India adopted policy of Non Alignment which
(1947-1990) ensured aid from both Super Powers
(ii) Stress on Strengthening India's Defence
• India imported Defence Technology from Soviet Union, France and Germany
128 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

•Second Stage of India's Foreign Policy (i) other dimensions like economy, trade,
(1990-till date) education and technology was included in foreign policy
(ii) After 1991 - Government control reduced over economy
and free market policy was adopted
(iii) Efforts were made to increase rate of economic growth
(iv) Strong relation with South Asian countries
(Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam)
(v) Trade with Israel, Japan, China and European Union increased
(vi) Participation in G-20 and BRICS
(Brazil, Russia, India, China, South Africa)
(vii) Mutual trust with America grew.
(viii) Establishment of (a) Department of Atomic Energy
(b) Indian Atomic Energy Commission.
• First Chairman of Indian Atomic Energy Commission Dr. Homi Bhabha
• Treaties to stop spread of Nuclear weapons (i) Nuclear Non Proliferation Treaty
(ii) Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty
• India has not signed NNPT and CTBT (i) These treaties put unfair restrictions
on developing countries.

Dates Event MASTER KEY QUESTION SET – 2

1947 India got independence Q.1. (A) Choose the correct option and rewrite the
complete answers:
1947-1990 First stage of India's foreign policy.
* (1) This was the main objective behind establishing
1990-Till date Second stage of India's foreign the Indian Atomic Energy Commission –
policy. (a) Enhance military capacity
1947-1948 War fought between India and (b) Conduct nuclear tests
Pakistan over the Kashmir question. (c) To stop the proliferation of nuclear weapons
1965 War fought between India and (d) Production of atomic energy
Pakistan over the Kashmir question. *(2) The following is now the objective of all the
1971 Independent Bangladesh was nations of the world -
created. (a) atomic development
(b) economic development
1974 India proved nuclear capability by
conducting nuclear test (c) nuclear test
(d) security system
1991 onwards India adopted free market policy. *(3) The ................... is an important aspect of India’s
Decade after India's relations with South Asian foreign policy –
1990 countries became stronger. (a) free economic policy
1998 India built nuclear weapons and (b) interdependence
conducted nuclear tests. (c) non-alignment
decade of Some stability came out in India's (d) nuclear development
1970s foreign policy. *(4) India conducted nuclear tests in 1974 at ...............

1962 India fights a war with China (a) Shriharikota (b) Thumba
(c) Pokharan (d) Jaitapur
India’s Foreign Policy 129

(5) Prime Minister ....................... shaped India’s was a treatise of the five principles of peaceful
Foreign Policy during early period. coexistence to govern relations between India
(a) Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru and China. The first formal codification in the
form of a treaty was an agreement between
(b) Dr. Manmohan Singh China and India in 1954.
(c) Atal Bihari Vajpayee (ii) Mutual non-interference in internal affairs,
(d) Rajiv Gandhi mutual non–aggression, equality of mutual
(6) Foreign policy is framed to establish economic benefit, mutual respect, and peaceful co-
and ................... relations with other countries existence were the principles for seeking peace
for achieving economic development of India. with China.
(iii) Nehru backed China's permanent membership
(a) Social (b) Commercial
in the United Nation Security Council.
(c) Economic (d) All of above
(iv) Though Nehru had policy of improving Sino-
(7) The period from independence to ................... Indian relations, China attacked India in 1962.
can be considered as the first stage. *(2) Atal Bihari Vajpayee took lead in improving
(a) 1984 (b) 1990 (c) 1992 (d) 2011 relations with Pakistan.
(8) Peace and ................... became the fundamental Ans. True. Evaluative, self opinion based
principles of Non-Aligned Policy. (i) In an effort to develop friendly relations, India
(a) justice (b) freedom and Pakistan have started a bus service called
(c) relations (d) power ‘Sada-e-Sarhad’ (Call of the border) between
Delhi and Lahore when Atal Bihari Vajpayee was
(9) The first Chairman of the Indian Atomic Energy the Prime Minister. He also revived the train
Commission was ................... . called Samjhauta Express (Friendship Express).
(a) Dr Vikram Sarabhai (ii) Atal Bihari Vajpayee rendered help to the
(b) Dr A.P.J.Abdul Kalam earthquake victims of Pakistan during the rule
(c) Dr Homi Bhabha. of Pervez Musharraf.
(d) Dr Manmohan Singh (iii) In 1999, there was another war between India
and Pakistan in Kargil region over the Kashmir
(10) After ..................., India reduced the government issue. India defeated Pakistan in this war as
controls over the economy and adopted the well.
free market policy.
(iv) Atal Bihari Vajpayee tried to establish a dialogue
(a) 1992 (b) 1991 (c) 1984 (d) 1957 with Pakistan but was not successful.
(11) In the decade after 1990, our relations with the (3) The Foreign Policy is always dynamic.
South Asian countries like ..................., Thailand,
Ans. True.
Vietnam, etc. became stronger.
(i) Foreign Policy is drawn up to foster the national
(a) China (b) Japan
interest of defence and economic development.
(c) Indonesia (d) Singapore
(ii) National interest is considered to be the goal
Ans. (1) enhance military capacity (2) economic and foreign policy is considered to be the
development (3) non-alignment (4) Pokharan (5) means to achieve it.
Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru (6) Commercial (7) 1990
(iii) Goals of nations change with changes in
(8) freedom (9) Dr Homi Bhabha (10) 1991
conditions and time.
(11) Singapore
Q.2. State whether the following statements are (iv) Accordingly, national interest also changes.
true or false with reasons: (v) These changes are reflected in the foreign
*(1) Pandit Nehru contributed towards improving policy. Therefore, foreign policy is always
Sino-Indian relations. dynamic.
Ans. True. Self opinion based (4) India has not signed NNPT or CTBT.
(i) Pandit Nehru formulated Panchsheel which Ans. True.
130
(i) Nuclear weapons are extremely destructive.
(ii) Hence, it is necessary to make consistent
efforts so that they are never used. Two treaties
have been made to stop the spread of nuclear
weapons.
(1) Nuclear Non Proliferation Treaty (NNPT)
(2) Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty (CTBT).
(iii) The conditions of both these treaties are of
benefit to big nuclear powers and they put unfair
restrictions on developing countries, hence India
has not signed either of these treaties.
Q.3. (A) Explain the concept:
*(1) India’s Foreign Policy.
Ans.
(i) India got independence in 1947 and from then
onwards India started shaping its Foreign
Policy independently.
(ii) Article 51 among the Directive Principles of
State Policy lay down the broad framework for
Foreign Policy.
(iii) According to it, India should give priority to
safeguard international peace and security,
and resolve our international problems and
disputes by peaceful means.
(iv) The objectives of our Foreign Policy should
be to maintain friendly relations with other
nations and respect international law.
* (2) National Interest
Ans.
(i) National interest implies the means through
which the independence and sovereignty of
our country can be safeguarded.
(ii) National interest also includes efforts to achieve
our economic development and to take steps
towards increasing our national power.
(iii) When decisions are taken after giving a careful
thought to what is beneficial and good for our
country, we say that we are nurturing our
national interest.
* (3) World Peace
Ans.
(i) World peace is an ideal state of freedom, peace
and happiness among and within all nations
and people.
(ii) This ideal of world non-violence provides a
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
basis for peoples and nations to willingly co-
operate
(iii) Either voluntarily or by virtue of a system of
governance, that prevents warfare.
(iv) India has been consistently supporting efforts
for disarmament, because it is India’s policy
that there should be peace and security.
(4) Objectives of India’s Foreign Policy.
Ans.
(i) While maintaining friendly relations with
neighbouring countries, ensure that the
defence and security of India is not affected.
(ii) Protecting the unity and integrity of the
country.
(iii) Protecting the interests of India’s citizens
living in other countries. This responsibility is
fulfilled by the Indian embassies there.
(iv) To establish economic and commercial
relations with other countries for achieving
economic development.
(5) Role of Economy in Foreign Policy.
Ans.
(i) Foreign policy is shaped by the need to establish
economic relations with other countries, import
- export, participation in world trade, all aimed
at strengthening the economy of the country.
(ii) In today’s world, the issues of economic
security are as important as national security.
(iii) A country is recognised to be powerful in
proportion to the economic security it enjoys.
(iv) Countries having a strong economy are less
dependent on others, and they can have an
independent foreign policy as well.
(6) National leadership
Ans.
(i) The President, the Prime Minister, the Foreign
Minister, the Defence Minister, the Finance
Minister and the Home Minister have a role in
deciding foreign policy.
(ii) The persons holding these positions try to
maintain the continuity in foreign policy and
to improve upon it.
(iii) For example, Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru
contributed the policy of non-alignment to
India’s foreign policy.
(iv) Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee contributed
India’s Foreign Policy 131

a great deal to improving Sino-Indian relations. Q.3. (B) Do as directed:

(7) Write about Article 51 of the Indian (B) 1. Complete the list:
Constitution. *(1) Complete the list by writing the contribution
Ans. made by the following leaders. For example,
Lal Bahadur Shastri : Tashkent Agreement
(i) India got independence in 1947, and from then
onwards we started shaping our foreign policy (i) Indira Gandhi : .....................................
(ii) Rajiv Gandhi : .....................................
independently.
(iii) Atal Bihari Vajpayee : .....................................
(ii) The Directive Principles of State Policy have
Ans.
laid down guidelines about how to shape
(i) Indira Gandhi : Pokhran Nuclear Test
foreign policy.
(ii) Rajiv Gandhi : Science and Technology
(iii) Article 51 among the Directive Principles of (iii) Atal Bihari Vajpayee : Sino-Indian Relations
State Policy lay down the broad framework for
*(2) Name the Prime Minister who followed these
foreign policy. According to it, India should
policies?
give priority to safeguard international peace
and security, and resolve our international (i) ...................... : Look East
problems and disputes by peaceful means. (ii) ...................... : Efforts to increase Foreign
(iv) The objectives of our foreign policy should Direct Investment
be to maintain friendly relations with other Ans.
nations and respect international law. (i) Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru : Look East
(ii) P. V. Narasimha Rao : Efforts to increase
Foreign Direct
Investment
*(B) 2. Prepare the following concept map.
Ans.

Geographical
Political system
location

Factors affecting
Foreign Policy

Administrative
Economy
Factors

National
leadership

Q.4. Answer the following questions in brief:
(1) Name the three things that influenced India's
foreign policy in the early phase.
Ans.
(i) Three things that influenced India’s foreign
policy in this period.
(ii) We made an effort to understand all
international events and developments
independently, without any pressure from any
power. Peace has always been a central feature
of India’s foreign policy.
(iii) The threats from China and Pakistan were also
taken into account.
(iv) One more feature of India’s foreign policy at
this time was the insistence on self-reliance.
132
(2) How did India promote the concept at
regional development in the beginning?
Ans.
(i) At the beginning, India decided to improve
relations with countries in Asia.
(ii) Efforts were taken to cooperate with Asian
countries in order to achieve development and
to keep our independence intact.
(iii) This concept of regional development later
expanded to include Africa, as well.
(iv) But some Asian-African countries participated
in the military pacts led either by America or
the Soviet Union.
(v) This stopped the process of regional
development. After this, countries of Asia
and Africa, which did not participate in these
military pacts supported the concept of non-
alignment.
(vi) Peace and freedom became the fundamental
principles of non-aligned policy.
(3) Describe India's relations with foreign
nations post 1970.
Ans.
(i) In the decade of the 1970s, there came about
some stability in India’s Foreign Policy.
(ii) India had risen as a powerful regional power
in South Asia.
(iii) By conducting nuclear tests in 1974, India had
also proved her nuclear capability.
(iv) From 1980, however, some changes began to
take place. In order to increase cooperation
among South Asian countries, South Asian
Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC)
was established.
(v) India initiated a dialogue to improve relations
with China. India also started interaction with
America for cooperation in the field of security.
(4) Name the three factors that influenced India’s
foreign policy in early phase.
Ans. Three factors influenced India’s foreign policy
in the early period are
(i) We made an effort to understand all
international events and developments
independently, without any pressure from any
power. Peace has always been a central feature
of India’s foreign policy.
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
(ii) The threats from China and Pakistan were also
taken into account.
(iii) One more feature of India’s foreign policy at
this time was the insistence on self-reliance.
(5) Write about Pandit Nehru’s contribution to
India’s foreign policy in early phase.
Ans. Prime Minister Pandit Nehru shaped India’s
foreign policy in the early period. He opposed
colonialism through India’s foreign policy.
He took an internationalist position and gave
priority to global peace and security.
(6) Describe the conflicts India had to face in its
early phase of foreign policy.
Ans. In the early period, India had to face conflict
with neighbouring countries. Wars happened
between India and Pakistan over the Kashmir
question in 1947-48 and 1965. In the third war,
that happened in 1971, Pakistan broke apart
and independent Bangladesh was created.
(7) Describe the important changes that took
place in India’s foreign policy from 1980s.
Ans. From 1980, some important changes began to
take place. In order to increase cooperation
among South Asian countries, South Asian
Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC)
was established. India initiated a dialogue to
improve relations with China. India also started
interaction with America for cooperation in the
field of security.
(8) What is India's role in regional development?
Ans.
(i) In the beginning, India decided to improve
relations with countries in Asia.
(ii) Efforts were taken to cooperate with Asian
countries in order to achieve development and
to keep our independence intact.
(iii) This concept of regional development later
expanded to include Africa as well.
(iv) But some Asian-African countries participated
in the military pacts led either by America or
the Soviet Union. This stopped the process of
regional development.
(v) After this, countries of Asia and Africa, which
did not participate in these military pacts
supported the concept of Non-alignment.
India’s Foreign Policy
* (9) On what principles is India’s foreign policy
based?
Ans.
(i) India got independence in 1947 and from then
onwards we started shaping our foreign policy
independently.
(ii) The Directive Principles of State Policy have
laid down guidelines about how to shape
Foreign Policy. Article 51 among the Directive
Principles of State Policy lay down the broad
framework for foreign policy.
(iii) According to it, India should give priority to
safeguard international peace and security,
and resolve our international problems and
disputes by peaceful means.
(iv) The objectives of our foreign policy should
be to maintain friendly relations with other
nations and respect international law. India’s
Foreign Policy till now has been developed in
this framework.
* (10) Who has contributed to improving Sino-
Indian relation?
Ans.
(i) Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee
contributed a great deal to improving
Sino-Indian relations.
(ii) The President, the Prime Minister, the Foreign
Minister, the Defence Minister, the Finance
Minister and the Home Minister have a role in
deciding foreign policy.
(iii) The persons holding these positions try to
maintain the continuity in Foreign Policy and
to improve upon it.
* (11) Write the objectives of India’s Foreign Policy.
Ans. Objectives of India’s Foreign Policy are as
follows:
(i) While maintaining friendly relations with
neighbouring countries, ensure that the
defence and security of India is not affected.
(ii) Not to compromise about the geographical
boundaries of the nation.
(iii) Protect the unity and integrity of the country.
(iv) Protect the interests of India’s citizens living in
other countries. This responsibility is fulfilled
by the Indian embassies there.
(v) To establish economic and commercial relations
with other countries for achieving economic
development of India.
133
(12) Write about the Political system as a factor
influencing India’s small Foreign Policy.
Ans.
(i) In a democratic political system, the nation’s
Parliament plays a major role in evolving
Foreign Policy.
(ii) When different aspects come up for discussion
in Parliament, the opposition parties try to
regulate the Foreign Policy by raising questions
about the same.
(iii) Federal political systems have to take into
account the inclinations of the constituent
states while shaping Foreign Policy, because
the affairs in neighbouring nations affect
constituent states.
(iv) For example, events in Sri Lanka may affect
Tamil Nadu and those in Bangladesh may
affect West Bengal and the North-East Indian
States.
(13) Write about the administrative factors of
India’s Foreign Policy.
Ans.
(i) Ministry of External Affairs, Foreign Secretary,
embassies in different countries, Diplomatic
officers, etc. are the administrative factors
involved in creating Foreign Policy.
(ii) Even though the final decisions about Foreign
Policy are taken by the Prime Minister and the
Minister for External Affairs, the administrative
machinery helps to arrive at that decision.
(iii) The administrative officers collect information
needed to shape the foreign policy, analyse it
and give appropriate advice based on it.
(iv) The National Security Advisor also completes
this task.
(14) Write a note on first stage of India's Foreign
Policy 1947-1990.
Ans.
(i) India adopted the policy of non-alignment in
the context of the cold war. As a result, priority
was given to maintaining friendly relations
with all nations and to taking the help required
for development from different countries. Due
to the policy of non-alignment, India could get
aid from both the super powers.
(ii) There was a lot of stress on improving/
strengthening India’s defence. The technology
134
required for this was imported. Soviet Union,
France and Germany helped India in this
matter.
(iii) In this period, India had to face some
challenges. These included the conflict with
Pakistan, creation of Bangladesh and conflict
with China.
(iv) India proved her nuclear capability by
conducting nuclear tests in 1974.
(15) Write a note on Geographical Location.
Ans.
(i) We must have seen the globe or map of the
world. We see the geographical location of any
nation from that.
(ii) Some countries are far away from other
countries, while there are several neighbouring
countries around some countries. Some nations
have a long coastline, while some have plenty
of mineral wealth.
(iii) In sum, the size, population, topography,
coastline, availability of natural resources,
all these factors need to be considered while
deciding the foreign policy of any country.
(16) Describe the factors included in National
interest in any country.
Ans. The following factors are included in the
national interest of any country.
(i) Defence, i.e. the protection of our country’s
independence, sovereignty and integrity is the
highest national interest.
(ii) Economic development is also an important
national interest. An economically weak nation
will not be able to maintain its independence.
(iii) Hence, economic development is understood
to be an important national interest, next only
to defence.
(17) What is your opinion about the fact that
world peace is threatened due to nuclear
preparedness?
Ans. Nuclear preparedness leads to an Arm's Race.
It increases the possibilities of wars.
(i) If a nuclear bomb exploded in a major city, the
blast centre would be hotter than the surface of
the sun.
(ii) Survivors would have no electricity, no
transportation, no phones and hospitals would
be overwhelmed if they were still standing
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
(iii) India is now a country which has nuclear
weapons. We have accepted the role of
a responsible nuclear power. India has
been consistently supporting efforts for
disarmament, because it is India’s position
that there should be peace and security in the
world.
(18) Consider the developments of India's Foreign
Policy in 1991 till date.
Ans.
(i) India’s Foreign Policy became more
comprehensive and dynamic in the second
stage.
(ii) In the post-cold war period, the priority no
longer remained to political and military
relations.
(iii) Several other dimensions like economy, trade,
education and technology got included in
foreign policy.
(iv) After 1991, India reduced the government
controls over the economy and adopted the
free market policy.
(v) In the decade after 1990, our relations with the
South Asian countries like Singapore, Thailand,
Vietnam, etc. became stronger.
(vi) Our trade exchange with Israel, Japan, China
and European Union increased.
(vii) India began to participate in organisations at
the international and regional levels more than
before.
(viii) For example, G-20 and BRICS (Brazil, Russia,
India, China, South Africa).
(ix) Our relations with America strengthened.
(x) India’s nuclear policy is an important part of
India’s foreign policy. India undertook the
nuclear energy programme immediately after
independence. India built nuclear weapons
and conducted nuclear tests in 1998. India is
now a country which has nuclear weapons.
(19) State the importance of foreign policy.
Ans.
(i) Interdependence being a key feature in
international system each country has to
decide the nations with which it should be
friendly, in which bloc it should participate or
what position it should take in international
relations.
India’s Foreign Policy 135

(ii) Such decisions should be made thoughtfully.
(iii) The theoretical framework in which such
decisions are taken is called Foreign Policy.
(iv) Every sovereign and independent country
decides its own Foreign Policy.
(v) Hence in the discipline of international politics,
which studies the international relations
between nations, Foreign Policy has an
important place.

ASSIGNMENT - 2
Time : 1 Hr. Marks : 20

Q.1. Choose the right option and rewrite the sentence: (3)
(1) Prime Minister .................... shaped India’s foreign Policy in early period.
(a) Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru (b) Dr. Manmohan Singh
(c) Atal Bihari Vajpayee (d) Rajiv Gandhi
(2) Peace and .................... became the fundamental principles of Non-aligned policy.
(a) Justice (b) freedom (c) relations (d) power
(3) The first Chairman of the Indian Atomic Energy Commission was .....................
(a) Dr Vikram Sarabhai (b) Dr A.P.J. Abdul Kalam
(c) Dr Homi Bhabha (d) Dr Manmohan Singh
Q.2. Explain with reasons whether the following statements are true or false. (6)
(1) The foreign Policy is always dynamic.
(2) India has not signed NNPT or CTBT.
Q.3. (A) Write Short Notes: (9)
(1) Objectives of Foreign Policy.
(2) India's concept of regional development in the beginning.
(3) National leadership
Q.3. (B) Complete the following concept map: (2)

Geographical
location

Factors affecting
Foreign Policy

3 India's Defence System

Points to Remember :

• Reasons for conflict among nations (i) over boundaries

(ii) over water sharing
(iii) not following terms of international treaties
(iv) constant competition
(v) influx of refugees from neighbouring countries
• Components of India’s security system Army, Navy and Air force
• Responsibility of the Army, Navy and Air Force Army : to protect the geographical
boundaries; Navy : to protect the coastline;
Air Force : to protect India’s air space.
• The Ministry that controls all the three forces Ministry of Defence
• Chief of the Indian Army General
• Chief of the Indian Navy Admiral
• Chief of the Air Force Air Chief Marshall
• Supreme commander of the defence forces. President of India
• Training institutes for personnel of the defence forces (i) National Defence Academy (NDA)
at Pune (ii) National Defence College (NDC) at Delhi
• Functions of the para Military Forces (i) To help the defence forces of India
(ii) Responsible for the security of locations like
railway stations, oil depots and water reserves
(iii) Also responsible for management of disasters,
whether natural or man-made
(iv) Protecting the country's international borders
during peace time
• Examples of para military forces Border Security Force, Coast Guard,
Central Reserve Police Force, Rapid Action Force.
• Functions of the Border Security force (i) Creating a sense of security in the
minds of the people living near the border
(ii) Preventing smuggling
(iii) Patrolling the border
• Functions of the Coast Guard (i) to protect India’s oceanic borders
(ii) to protect the fishing occupation within Indian
maritime borders
(iii) preventing smuggling along sea routes
• Function of the Central Reserve Police Force To help the administration in various states to
maintain Law and Order
• Function of the Rapid Action Force To bring people’s lives to normalcy by

(136)
India's Defence System 137

moving in quickly in incidents of threat to

National Security such as bomb blasts or riots
• Function of the National Cadet Corps (NCC) To instill among students the love of
discipline and military training
• Tasks of the Home Guards (i) maintain public security
(ii) supply milk, water and other essential
services during riots or strikes
(iii) regulate traffic
(iv) help people during natural disasters
like floods, earthquakes, etc.
• Reasons for disputes between India and Pakistan (i) Kashmir issue
(ii) Dispute over river water sharing
(iii) Problem of infiltration
(iv) Dispute over the borders
• Sino - Indian War 1962
• Factors that are a threat to India’s internal security (i) Communalism
(ii) Regionalism
(iii) Rebel movements based on
ideology, race, ethnicity and economic inequality.
(iv) Terrorism
• Biggest challenge to human security Terrorism
• Diseases from which human beings need to be protected AIDS, Chikungunia , Swine flu,
Ebola

Dates Event (c) National Cadet Corps (NCC)

(d) Rapid Action Force (RAF)
1962 India fights a war with China
(4) The .................. forces are responsible for
MASTER KEY QUESTION SET – 3 protection and security of important locations.
(a) Paramilitary Forces
Q.1. Choose the correct option and rewrite the (b) Research and Analysis Wing
complete answers: (c) Central Bureau of Investigation
* (1) The .................. of India is the Commander-in- (d) Interpol
Chief of all the Defence forces. (5) The Air Force is in charge of protecting India`s
(a) President (b) Prime Minister .................. .
(c) Defence Minister (d) Governor (a) Borders (b) Coastline
* (2) The .................. has the responsibility of protecting (c) Air space (d) Mineral Resources
the coastline. (6) The Indian Army is the world`s .................. largest
(a) Army army.
(b) Coast guard (a) Second (b) Fifth
(c) Border Security Force (c) Seventh (d) Third
(d) Rapid Action Force
(7) The Chief of Navy is known as ..................
* (3) The .................. has been established with the
(a) Admiral (b) General
purpose of instilling among students the love
(c) Marshall (d) Brigadier
of discipline and military training.
(8) The National Defence Academy is at ..................
(a) Border Security Forces (BSF)
(a) Pune (b) Dehradun
(b) Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF)
(c) Mumbai (d) Delhi
138 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

(9) .................. are neither completely military forces has to increase its military might.
nor completely civil forces. (iv) The nation has to use modern technology to
(a) Border Security Forces predict the threat, to build weapon systems
(b) Paramilitary Forces and modernize and update the defence forces.
(c) Coast Guards (4) There are no training institutes in our country
for military personnel.
(d) Home Guards
Ans. False.
(10) The biggest challenge to human security is that
of .................. . (i) Many training institutes have been set up in
our country.
(a) Pollution (b) Terrorism
(ii) To train military personnel, so that they can
(c) Natural calamities (d) Corruption
perform their task.
Ans. (1) President (2) Coast guards (3) National Cadet
(iii) Example - National Defence Academy – Pune.
Corps (4) Paramilitary Forces (5) Air space
(6) Seventh (7) Admiral (8) Pune (9) Paramilitary * (5) There are no issues of dispute between India
Forces (10) Terrorism. and Pakistan.
Ans. False
Q.2. State whether the following statements are
true or false with reasons: There are several disputes between India and
Pakistan. For example, the Kashmir issue,
* (1) It is necessary to end terrorism to ensure
disputes over river water sharing, the problem
human security.
of infiltrations, dispute over the border, etc.
Ans. True. India has continually tried to solve these issues
(i) The biggest challenge to human security is that through discussion and negotiations.
of terrorism.
Q.3. (A) Explain the following concepts:
(ii) Terrorism targets common, innocent people.
*(1) Human Security
(iii) It aims at creating terror or fear in their minds,
Ans.
so that they begin to feel insecure.
(i) In the Post - Cold War period, the concept
(iv) Thus, in order to protect human security, it is
of National Security changed and became
necessary to put an end to terrorism.
broader. National Security is not just the
(2) Naxalite Movement is a threat to India`s security of the country but also of the people
internal security. living in it, because security is ultimately for
Ans. True. the people.
(i) India`s security is not only threatened by (ii) Hence, human security refers to human-centric
outside powers but also from within. thinking. In human security, it is expected
(ii) It is not just the difference between external that human beings should be protected from
security and internal security that is important all sorts of dangers and they should be given
anymore. the opportunities of education, health and
(iii) Example naxalite movement is a threat to development.
internal security. (iii) The concept of human security also includes the
* (3) Every nation creates a strong security system idea that a conducive environment should be
for itself. created for everybody to live a respectable life
by overcoming illiteracy, poverty, superstition,
Ans. True.
backwardness, etc. Human security necessitates
(i) National Security is closely connected with the protection of the rights of minorities and
geography, because national security is more weaker sections.
likely to be endangered by nations who are
* (2) Home Guards
geographically closer.
Ans.
(ii) A nation must assess the threat to its
geographical boundaries and the source of that (i) This organisation was established in the pre-
threat. independence period. Citizens can join the
Home Guards and assist in the defence of the
(iii) In order to keep this threat at bay, the nation
India's Defence System 139

country. (2)
(ii) Any citizen, man or woman, between the age Ans.
of 20 and 35 years can join the Home Guards.
Paramilitary
(iii) This force has the following tasks: Maintain Prime Functions
Forces
public security, supply of milk, water and
other essential services during riots or strikes, Rapid Action Bringing life to normalcy after
to regulate traffic, to help people at the time of Force contingencies like blasts and riots.
natural disasters like floods, earthquakes, etc. Border
Patrolling and securing borders.
* (3) The functions of the Rapid Action Force Security Force
Ans. The Rapid Action Force performs the task of Protecting the Indian maritime
bringing people’s lives to normalcy by moving Coast Guards borders and preventing smuggling
in quickly in incidents of threat to National along sea routes.
Security such as bomb blasts or riots. Central
Helps the administration in the
(4) National Security: Reserve
states to maintain law and order.
Police Force
Ans.
(i) When a nation attacks another and challenges Maintaining public security,
the sovereignty of the latter, it endangers the essential supplies and services
Home Guards
security of the nation. during natural disasters and
regulating traffic.
(ii) Such challenges are created due to the military
power of aggressive nations. National Instilling love of discipline and
(iii) In any situation, a nation’s first duty and Cadet Corps military training.
responsibility is to keep the security systems
always well-prepared and ready. This is called (B) 2. Complete the chart -
Ans.
National Security.
Q.3. (B) Do as directed: Disputes between India and Pakistan
(B) 1. Complete the table about security forces and – Kashmir issues, disputes over river
paramilitary forces. water sharing, the problem of infiltration,
disputes over the border
* (1)
Ans. India and China-
Terrorism is
Name of Name of 1962 War, China
the biggest
the Security Functions Chief the Present established its
challenge to
Forces Chief Challenges own hegemony
India’s internal
in front over countries
Protection of security. It
Bipin of India`s that are India’s
Army geographical General is a global
Rawat security neighbours, a
boundaries problem and
System dispute between
Sunil India is making
Protection of India and China
Navy Admiral Lanba efforts to end
the coast line over their
terrorism.
Protection Air Birender borders
Air Force of India's air Chief Singh
space Marshall Dhanoa Religion, regionalism, several rebellious
movement based on ideology, race-
ethnicity and economic inequality are
creating instability. Eg. The Naxalite
Movement.
140
Q.4.1. Answer in brief:
(1) What kind of conflicts may arise among
sovereign nations?
Ans. There are disputes among nations over
boundaries or sometimes conflicts emerge
among them over water sharing. Some other
reasons for conflict could be: not following
the terms of international treaties, constantly
competing against each other and the influx of
refugees from neighbouring countries.
* (2) What are the threats to National Security?
Ans.
(i) India’s security is not only threatened by
outside powers, but also from within. It is not
just the difference between external security
and internal security that is important anymore.
(ii) Religion, regionalism, several rebellious
movements based on ideology, race-ethnicity
and economic inequality are creating instability.
For example, the Naxalite movement is a threat
to India’s internal security.
* (3) Write the functions of the Border Security
Force.
Ans. The Border Security Force performs tasks like
creating a sense of security in the minds of
people living in areas near the border, preventing
smuggling, patrolling the border, etc.
(4) What does the Central Reserve Policy Force do?
Ans. The Central Reserve Police Force helps the
administration in various states to maintain
law and order.
(5) Describe the three major armed forces in India.
Ans.
(i) India’s security system includes the Army, the
Navy and the Air Force, the three forces that
defend the country.
(ii) The responsibility of protecting the
geographical boundaries is on the Army,
whereas the Navy protects the coastline.
(iii) The Air Force is in charge of protecting India’s
air space.
(iv) The Ministry of Defence controls all the three
forces.
(v) The Indian Army is very big. It is the world’s
seventh largest. Its Chief is known as the
General.
(vi) The Chief of Navy is known as the Admiral,
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
while the Chief of the Air Force is known as
Air Chief Marshall. These three chiefs are
appointed by the President.
(6) Which measures have been taken to
modernize India’s security system?
Ans.
(i) Many measures are taken so that all three
defence forces in India’s security system
are adequately modernized. For this, some
research institutions have been set up.
(ii) Many training institutes have also been set
up in our country to train the personnel of all
ranks of our defence forces, so that they can
perform their task competently.
(iii) For example, the National Defence Academy
(NDA) at Pune and the National Defence
College (NDC) at Delhi, etc.
(7) How do environmental issues threaten
human security?
Ans.
(i) Pollution and other changes in the environment
have threatened human life. Diseases like
AIDS, Chikungunia, Swine flu and Ebola have
presented a big challenge.
(ii) Protecting human beings from such diseases is
also considered as a factor of human security.
Q.4.2. Give your own opinion about:
* (1) Which of the forces related to India`s security
would you like to join? Why?
Ans.
(i) If given a chance I would like to join the Indian
Army.
(ii) India is flanked by neighbours like Pakistan
and China which have posed many threats to
India’s territorial security through infiltration
and cross-border terrorism.
(iii) The Army is thus the most challenging place
to be, where service to protect the motherland
would be valued the most.
(iv) The determination, discipline and patriotism
which are intrinsic virtues of the Indian Army
have always inspired me to do my bit for the
nation.
(v) The training for physical fitness and the skills
of various war operations can be best received
through the Indian Army.
India's Defence System 141

(vi) For these reasons I hold the Indian Army as
the most sought after career and the ultimate
destination of my life.
* (2) Give your views on the policy `Atoms for
Peace'.
Ans.
(i) US nuclear policies had failed to prevent
further nuclear proliferation, fuelled the arms
race, suppressed the humanitarian benefits of
civil nuclear technology and badly affected the
development of the US nuclear industry.
(ii) In his "Atoms for Peace" speech of 1953,
President Dwight D. Eisenhower captured the
tensions and the ironies of the atomic age.
(iii) Eisenhower believed only nuclear preparedness
offered protection; while nuclear weapons lead to
war. Nuclear power offered progress and hope.
(iv) However, the motives behind Atoms for Peace
extended beyond non-proliferation, arms
control, and economic interests.
(v) Objective of the Eisenhower Administration
was to set USA advantageously against USSR.
(vi) He envisaged to permit privatization and
commercialization of fuel technologies,
cooperation with foreign partners, and
international nuclear commerce.
(vii) Ultimately, Atoms for Peace yielded billions of
dollars in civil nuclear commerce for the US
economy.
(viii) Atoms for Peace provided political cover for
the biggest nuclear arms build-up in US history,
and helped fuel the Cold War arms race.

vvv

ASSIGNMENT - 3
Time : 1 Hr. Marks : 20
Q.1. Choose the right option and rewrite the sentence: (4)
(1) The .............. forces are responsible for protection and security of important locations.
(a) Paramilitary forces (b) Research and Analysis Wing
(c) Central Bureau of Investigation (d) Interpol
(2) The Indian Army is the world's ............... largest army.
(a) Second (b) Fifth (c) Seventh (d) Third
(3) The National Defence Academy is at ............... .
(a) Pune (b) Dehradun (c) Mumbai (d) Delhi
(4) The biggest challenge to human security is that of ............... .
(a) Pollution (b) Terrorism (c) Natural calamities (d) Corruption
Q.2. Explain the reason whether the following statements are true or false: (9)
(1) It is necessary to end terrorism to ensure human security.
(2) Naxalite movement is a threat to India's internal security.
(3) There are no training institutes in our country for military personnel.
Q.3. Complete the Chart. (4)

Challenges in front of India's

Security System

Q.4. Explain the Concept: (1) Human Security (3)

vvv
4 The United Nations (UN)

Points to Remember :
• Establishment of the United Nations To ensure peace and security at the international level
• Organisations established after the world (i) After WWI - League of Nations
wars to establish world peace (ii) After WWII - United Nations
• Membership of the UN 50 countries in 1945; 193 countries today
• Measures adopted by the UN for establishing (i) Establishing friendly relations among
international peace nations
(ii) Enhancing international security by
solving international disputes
(iii) Safeguarding and fostering human
rights and freedom
(iv) Enhancing economic cooperation at
the international level
• Six main organs of the UN General Assembly, Security Council, Economic and
Social Council, International Court of Justice,
Trusteeship Council and the Secretariat
• Annual session of the General Assembly September to December
• The organ of the UN that only passes resolutions and does not make laws General
Assembly
• Functions of the General Assembly (i) To elect the non-permanent members
of the Security Council
(ii) To choose the UN Secretary General and judges
of the International Court of Justice (ICJ) in
consultation with the Security Council
(iii) To pass the annual budget of the UN
• Membership of the Security Council 15 Members of which 5 are permanent while 10
are non permanent members.
• 5 Permanent members of the UN America, Russia, England, France and China
• Veto power in the Security Council Any decision needs the assent or approval of all
5 permanent and 4 non-permanent members.
If even one of the 5 permanent members uses his veto,
i.e., gives a negative vote, the decision cannot be taken

(142)
The United Nations (UN) 143

• Functions of the Security Council (i) Maintaining international peace and security
(ii) Preparing policies for arms control
(iii) Along with the General Assembly, appointing
the judges of the International Court of Justice
and the UN Secretary General
• Membership of the Economic and Social Council (i) 54 members selected by the General
Assembly
(ii) Each member has a tenure of 3 years and each year,
one-third of the members are newly chosen
• Objective of the Economic and Social Council To coordinate the economic and
social policies of the UN
• The organ of the UN that carries out the Secretariat
administrative tasks of the UN
• Chief of the Secretariat Secretary General; selected by the General Assembly
and the Security Council; tenure is of 5 years.
• Judicial branch of UN (i) International Court of Justice; Location : The Hague
in Netherlands
(ii) 15 judges, chosen by the General Assembly and the
Security Council
(iii) Tenure of 9 yers for every judge
• Set of development goals decided upon by Millennium Development Goals
the UN member nations in the year 2000
• Peacekeeping activity of the UN (i) Creating appropriate circumstances for
permanent peace in strife-torn areas
(ii) Prevention of conflict and mediation
(iii) Implement measures for protecting peace
(iv) Peace - building
• Issues brought by India to the UN de colonization, disarmament, racial segregation,
racism
• First country to raise the question of racism in the UN India, 1946
144 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

(8) There are .................... non-permanent members

Dates Event
in the Security Council.
14th August The Atlantic treaty was signed
(a) ten (b) five (c) fifteen (d) seven
1941 between Prime Minister of
England Sir Winston Churchill (9) The term of a non-permanent member of the
and American President Franklin Security Council is of .................... .
D Roosevelt. (a) four years (b) five years
1944 and Two conferences among Allied (c) two years (d) one year
1945 Powers were held and a draft
(10) Which organ of the United Nations has suspended
of the treaty to establish an
international organisation was its operations since 1994?
prepared. (a) Trusteeship Council
24th October United Nations was established (b) Economic and Social Council
1945 (c) Secretariat
1946 India raised the question of (d) International Court of Justice
racism in the United Nations.
(11) How many Judges are there in the International
2000 United Nations member nations
Court of Justice?
decided upon the development
goals for the new millennium. (a) 9 (b) 10 (c) 12 (d) 15
(12) What is the term of the United Nations Secretary
MASTER KEY QUESTION SET – 4 General?
(a) 3 years (b) 4 years (c) 6 years (d) 5 years
Q.1. Choose the correct option and rewrite the
complete answers: (13) UN Secretary General heads which principal
(1) The United Nations Organisation was founded organ of the United Nations Organisation?.
on .................... . (a) General Assembly
(a) August 9, 1944 (b) October 24, 1944 (b) Security Council
(c) October 24, 1945 (d) December 10, 1945 (c) Economic and Social Council
(2) The United Nations has ................. main organs. (d) The Secretariat
(a) four (b) five (c) six (d) seven (14) What is the term of a judge of the International
* (3) The United Nations has ...................... number of Court of Justice?
members. (a) 9 years (b) 4 years (c) 6 years (d) 5 years
(a) 190 (b) 193 (c) 198 (d) 199 (15) How many members does the Economic and Social
(4) The United Nations has ......................... official Council have?
languages. (a) 33 (b) 40 (c) 15 (d) 54
(a) four (b) five (c)six (d) three * (16) This international organisation conducts
(5) This language is not an official language of the workshops in India on remedial measures
United Nations .................... . to tackle the problem of malnutrition among
(a) French (b) Spanish (c) Arabic (d) Italian children .................... .
* (6) This country is not a permanent member of (a) UNICEF (b) UNESCO
United Nations Security Council .................... . (c) Trusteeship Council (d) Red Cross
(a) America (b) Russia Ans. (1) ) October 24, 1945 (2) six (3) 193 (4) six
(c) Germany (d) China (5) Italian (6) Germany (7) five (8) ten
(7) There are .................... permanent members in the (9) two years (10) Trusteeship Council (11) 15
Security Council. (12) 5 years (13) The Secretariat (14) 9 years
(a) four (b) five (c)six (d) seven (15) 54 (16) UNICEF
The United Nations (UN)
Q.1. (B) Give the full forms of the following
acronyms:
(1) ILO : International Labour Organisation
(2) FAO : Food and Agriculture Organisation
(3) WHO : World Health Organisation
(4) WB : World Bank
(5) IMF : International Monetary Fund
(6) UNICEF : United Nations Children’s Fund
(7) UNESCO : United Nations Educational,
Scientific and Cultural
Organisation
Q.2. State whether the following statements are
true or false with reasons.
* (1) The United Nations General Assembly is a
platform to discuss global problems.
Ans. True.
(i) Every year the General Assembly meets in
its session. During the session, the General
Assembly discusses important issues like
environment, disarmament, etc.
(ii) The significance of the General Assembly lies
in it being a platform for representatives of
member nations to come together and discuss
and make policy decisions on issues of global
importance.
* (2) The status of all the member nations of the
United Nations is not equal.
Ans. False.
(i) As mentioned in the principles of UN, all
member nations have the same status.
(ii) There is no discrimination among nations
based on geographical size, economic or
military power.
* (3) A resolution can be passed even if China
exercises its veto power.
Ans. False
(i) China is one of the five permanent members of
the UN and the permanent members have veto
power.
(ii) If even one of the five permanent members uses
it's veto i.e. gives a negative vote, the decision
cannot be taken.
145
* (4) India has played a major role in the work of
the United Nations.
Ans. True.
(i) India has always sent her troops to participate
in the United Nations peacekeeping forces.
(ii) India has participated in bringing issues
like decolonisation, disarmament, racial
segregation on the United Nations platform.
(5) UNICEF is the main organ of UN.
Ans. False.
(i) The United Nations has six main
organs: (1) General Assembly (2) Security
Council (3) Economic and Social Council
(4) International Court of Justice (5) Trusteeship
Council and (6) Secretariat.
(ii) UNICEF is an affiliated organisation of the
United Nations. It works towards making
nutritious food and health care available to
children.
Q.3. (A) Explain the following concepts:
* (1) Veto
Ans.
(i) Security Council has 5 permanent members
and 10 non-permanent members.
(ii) For any decision to be taken, the assent of
all five permanent members and four non-
permanent members is necessary.
(iii) America, Russia, England, France and China
are permanent members of the Security
Council. They have the veto power.
(iv) If even one of the five permanent member uses
its veto i.e. gives a negative vote, the decision
cannot be taken.
(2) Millennium Development Goals
Ans. The United Nations member nations came
together in 2000 and decided upon the
development goals for the new millennium.
Some of the important goals are as follows:
(i) To eliminate poverty and hunger.
(ii) To make the facilities of primary education
available.
146 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

(iii) To bring about women’s empowerment, reduce (iv) Functions:

infant mortality rate. (a) To settle the disputes between two or
(iv) To take special care of the health of pregnant more member nations of the United
women. Nations.
(v) To fight diseases like AIDS, malaria, etc. (b) To interpret international law authentically.
(vi) To protect the environment and increase (c) To advise the various organs or subsidiary
the cooperation between developed and bodies of the United Nations about legal
developing countries. issues.
* (3) UNICEF (6) The UN Security Council.
Ans. Ans. Security Council is one of the 6 main organs of
(i) UNICEF is an affiliated organisation of the UN:
United Nations. (i) There are 15 members in the Security Council.
(ii) It works towards making nutritious food and Of them, five are permanent members, while
health care available to children. ten are non-permanent members.
(iii) Several workshops were organised in India to (ii) The non-permanent members are chosen every
find out measures to overcome malnutrition two years by the General Assembly. America,
among babies and children. Russia, England, France and China are
(4) International Criminal Court permanent members of the Security Council.
They have the veto power.
Ans.
(i) The International Criminal Court is an inter- (iii) For any decision to be taken, the assent of
governmental organisation and an international all five permanent members and four non-
tribunal. permanent members is necessary. If even one
of the five permanent member uses his veto i.e.
(ii) Its headquarters are at The Hague in the
gives a negative vote, the decision cannot be
Netherlands.
taken.
(iii) The International Criminal Court has the
(iv) Functions of the Security Council:
jurisdiction to prosecute individuals for
international crimes of genocide, crimes against (a) The main responsibility of the Security Council
humanity and war crimes that are of concern to is to maintain international peace and security.
the international community. The Security Council may suggest one among
the following alternatives in situations of
(5) International Court of Justice.
international conflict:
Ans.
l End/resolve conflict and make efforts to
(i) International Court of Justice means the judicial
establish peace
branch of the United Nations. The International
Court of Justice is located at The Hague in the l Impose economic sanctions or take a
Netherlands. decision of military action against the
aggressor nation.
(ii) There are 15 judges in the International Court
of Justice. (b) To prepare policies for arms control.

(iii) They are chosen by the General Assembly and (c) To play a joint role along with the General
the Security Council. Every judge has tenure of Assembly in the appointments of the judges
nine years. of the International Court of Justice and of the
United Nations Secretary General.
The United Nations (UN) 147

Q.3. (B) 1. Complete the following table: (2)

(1) Ans.
Ans. (1) New York (a) Headquarters of
(1) WHO (a) World Health UN
Organization (2) Hague, Netherlands (b) International
(2) UNESCO (b) United Nations Court of justice
Educational Scientific (3) San Francisco (c) Drafting of UN
and Cultural Charter
Organization
(3) UNICEF (c) United Nations
Children’s Fund
(4) ILO (d) International Labour
Organization

*(3) Complete the following chart giving information about the organs of the United Nations.
Ans.

No. Organ Number of Functions

members
1 United Nations 193 (1) To elect the non-permanent members of the Security Council.
General (2) To choose the United Nations Secretary General and the
Assembly judges of the International Court of Justice (ICJ) in
consultation with the Security Council.
(3) To pass the annual budget of the United Nations.
2 United Nations 15 (1) To maintain international peace and security.
Security Council (5 Permanent (2) To prepare policies for arms control.
and 10 Non- (3) To play a joint role along with the General Assembly in the
Permanent) appointments of the judges of the International Court of
Justice and of the United Nations Secretary General.
3 International 15 judges (1) To settle the disputes between two or more member nations
Court of Justice of the United Nations.
(2) To interpret international law authentically.
(3) To advise the various organs or subsidiary bodies of the
United Nations about legal issues.
4 Economic and 54 members (1) Initiate discussions at the global level on issues like poverty,
Social Council unemployment, economic and social inequality and suggest
policies to tackle these problems.
(2) Discuss issues like women’s questions, empowerment of
women, human rights, fundamental freedoms, global trade,
health related issues, etc., and make decisions.
(3) Make efforts to establish cultural and educational
cooperation at the international level.
(4) Coordinate the functioning of the different organisations
working in association with the United Nations.
148 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

*Q.3. (B) 2. Complete the flow chart:

(1)
Ans.
UN runs campaigns to
establish peace

Countries

Yugoslavia Namibia Cambodia Yugoslavia Somalia Haiti Thailand

(2)
Ans. UN and preservation of
peace

Ways to settle international conflict peacefully

appointing an use the legal Appoint an take military

intermediary acceptable procedure arbitrator to solve action
to the nations involved the dispute
in the conflicts

*Q.3. (B) 3. Write the following in correct chronology.

Ans. Show the chronology of the establishment of the United Nations.

1941 1944 1945

Atlantic Treaty 2 conferences UN was established

Q.3. (B) 4. Complete the chart: (2)

(1)
Ans.
Ans.
General
Secretariat
Russian English Assembly

6 Official Trusteeship Main Organs Security

Spanish Chinese Council of UN Council
Languages of UN

French Arabic International Economic

Court of and Social
Justice Council
The United Nations (UN) 149

* (3) Complete the following tree diagram about the United Nations.
Ans.
United Nations

Headquarters: New York

General Assembly Trusteeship

Council ILO UNICEF

Security Major Organs Economic and Affiliated

IMF WB
Council Social Council Organisations
WHO
Secretariat UNESCO
International
Court of Justice

Q.4.1. Answer the following in brief:
(1) State the role of UN General Assembly as
platform to discuss global problems.
Ans. The United Nations General Assembly is a
platform to discuss global problems because:
(i) Every year the General Assembly meets in its
session from September to December.
(ii) During the session, the General Assembly
discusses important issues like environment,
disarmament, etc
(iii) The decisions in the General Assembly are
taken by the majority. These decisions are in
the form of resolutions.
(iv) The significance of the General Assembly
lies in being a platform for representatives of
member nations to come together and discuss
and make policy decisions on issues of global
importance.
(2) United Nations plays an important role in
preservation of peace. Explain the statement.
Ans.
(i) The objective of the United Nations is to settle
international conflict peacefully.
(ii) The United Nations Charter lays down the
ways and means to be employed to achieve this
goal.
(iii) It includes appointing an intermediary
acceptable to the nations involved in the
conflict, use the legal procedure, appoint an
arbitrator to solve the dispute and if needed,
to take recourse to military means and ensure
that conflict will not occur again.
(iv) In modern times, human security has been
threatened by terrorism, racist and religious
conflict. As a result, the function of securing
peace of the United Nations has acquired a lot
of importance.
(v) The United Nations makes efforts to ensure
that violence does not erupt in strife-torn areas
and normalcy is restored as soon as possible,
by, (for example), starting schools, creating
awareness among the people about human
rights, making social, economic, political
facilities available, conducting elections, etc.
(3) How had India helped to solve international
conflicts peacefully?
Ans.
(i) India had participated in the different
Conferences that were held before the
establishment of the United Nations.
(ii) India has participated in bringing issues
like decolonisation, disarmament and racial
segregation on the United Nations platform.
(iii) In 1946, India was the first country to raise
the question of racism in the United Nations.
India has always led the discussions about
the problems of undeveloped and developing
countries.
(iv) India has always sent her troops to participate
150
in the United Nations peacekeeping forces.
Not just that, India has sent an all-woman
peacekeeping force as well.
(v) It is evident from the foregoing analysis
that India makes serious efforts to solve
international conflicts by peaceful means.
(4) What is the role of UNESCO?
Ans. UNESCO, is an affiliated organisation of the
United Nations works towards peace and
security in the world by promoting cooperation
between member countries in the fields of
education, science and culture.
(5) What are the principles of the United Nations?
Ans. The United Nations is an organisation created
by the coming together of sovereign nations.
Naturally, it is based on certain principles or
rules. They are as follows:.
(i) All member nations will have the same status.
There is no discrimination among nations
based on geographical size, economic or
military power.
(ii) All member nations of the United Nations
should respect the freedom and geographical
unity of other member nations.
(iii) All member nations should solve their
international disputes and mutual issues
peacefully.
(6) What are the functions of the General
Assembly?
Ans. The United Nations General Assembly is a
platform to discuss global problems. Functions
of General Assembly are:
(i) To elect the non-permanent members of the
Security Council.
(ii) To choose the United Nations Secretary
General and the judges of the International
Court of Justice (ICJ) in consultation with the
Security Council.
(iii) To pass the annual budget of the United
Nations.
(7) What are the specialised agencies of UN?
Ans.
(i) Apart from these six major organs, there are
many affiliated organisations of the United
Nations that help it in its functions. They are
called specialised agencies.
(ii) Working in specific areas, they help different
nations in those areas.
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
(iii) The following are some of these important
agencies:
(a) International Labour Organisation (ILO)
(b) Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO)
(c) World Health Organisation (WHO)
(d) World Bank (WB)
(e) International Monetary Fund (IMF)
(f) United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF)
(g) United Nations Educational, Scientific and
Cultural Organisation (UNESCO)
(8) Why was the Trusteeship Council setup and
why has it suspended its operations?
Ans.
(i) After the Second World War, the territories
that were undeveloped were placed under the
responsibility of the developed nations.
(ii) The latter were supposed to help bring about
the development of the trust territories and
once they attain independence from their
colonies, help establish democracy.
(iii) The work of the Trusteeship Council is over as
there are no trust territories left.
(iv) The work of the Trusteeship Council ended
when Palau got independence on 1st November
1994.
* (9) Write the reasons for the establishment of the
United Nations.
Ans. The United Nations is the world’s largest
international organisation. The reasons for the
establishment of the United Nations are:
(i) Two World Wars were fought at the beginning
of the twentieth century.
(ii) Life and property were destroyed on a large
scale in these wars.
(iii) As a result, the League of Nations was
established after the First World War and
the United Nations was established after the
Second World War out of a realisation that
there has to be a mechanism to establish world
peace.
(iv) The League of Nations did not succeed at all.
(v) But after the use of the nuclear weapons in the
Second World War, the idea took root that such
destructive wars should be stopped and that it
is the collective responsibility of all nations to
do so.
The United Nations (UN)
(vi) The United Nations was established after the
Second World War to instill this understanding
among all nations.
(vii) Hence, the United Nations, an international
organisation was established to ensure peace
and security at the international level.
(10) Write about the phases in establishment of
the United Nations.
Ans. The United Nations is an international
organisation of sovereign nations. It was
established in the following manner:
(i) After the use of the nuclear weapons in the
Second World War, the idea took root that such
destructive wars should be stopped and that it
is the collective responsibility of all nations to
do so.
(ii) The Atlantic Treaty was signed between Prime
Minister of England, Sir Winston Churchill
and American, President Franklin D Roosevelt
during the Second World War on 14th August
1941.
(iii) According to this treaty, a decision was taken
to set up a permanent mechanism to establish
international security after the Second World
War was over.
(iii) Detailed discussions followed on this decision
in two conferences among allied powers in
1944 and 1945.
(iv) A draft of the treaty to establish
international organisation was prepared.
(v) At San Francisco in America, representatives of
fifty countries drafted the Charter of the United
Nations after discussions.
(vi) As soon as the war was over, the Charter was
signed on 24th October, 1945 and the United
Nations was established.
*(11) Write the objectives of the United Nations.
Ans. The United Nations has its own definite
objectives. They are as follows:
(i) To establish friendly relations among nations.
(ii) To enhance international security by solving
international disputes.
(iii) To safeguard and foster human rights and
freedom.
(iv) Along with these, the United Nations also
aim at enhancing economic cooperation at the
international level.
151
*(12) What is the role of the Peacekeeping Forces of
the United Nations?
Ans.
(i) The peacekeeping activity of the United Nations
involves creating appropriate circumstances
favourable for bringing about permanent
peace in strife-torn areas.
(ii) The peacekeeping forces help these areas to
progress towards peace.
(iii) In conflict ridden areas, security is provided
and at the same time, help is extended for
establishing peace.
(iv) The United Nations takes up peacekeeping as
one of the tasks for safeguarding and fostering
peace in the world.
Following things are other actions the
United Nations may take supplementary to
peacekeeping activities:
(a) Prevention of conflict and mediation
(b) Actually establish peace
(c) Implement the measures of protecting
peace
(d) Peace-building
(13) Explain the characteristics of the Economic
and Social Council.
Ans. Economic and Social Council:
(i) The main objective of this organisation is to
coordinate the economic and social policies of
an the United Nations.
(ii) The Council has 54 members. They are selected
by the General Assembly.
(iii) Each member has a tenure of three years and
each year, one-third of the members are newly
chosen. Decisions are taken by majority vote.
(iv) Functions:
(a) Initiate discussions at the global level on issues
like poverty, unemployment, economic and
social inequality and suggest policies to tackle
these problems.
(b) Discuss issues like women’s questions,
empowerment of women, human rights,
fundamental freedoms, global trade, health
related issues, etc. and make decisions.
(c) Make efforts to establish cultural and
educational cooperation at the international
level.
(d) Coordinate the functioning of the different
organisations working in association with the
United Nations.
152
Q.4.2. (A) Can you tell?
* (1) Did India participate in the conferences
during the Second World War?
Ans. India was among the original members of the
United Nations that signed the Declaration
by United Nations at Washington, D.C. on
1st January, 1942 and also participated in the
United Nations Conference on International
Organization at San Francisco from 25th April
to 26th June 1945.
* (2) Which day is celebrated as United Nations
day?
Ans. United Nations was established on 24th October
1945. The day is now celebrated each year
around the world as United Nations Day.
* (3) Can the United Nations intervene militarily
if there is a serious threat to international
peace?
Ans. The United Nations can’t intervene militarily
if there is a serious threat to international
peace. The UN, after approval by the Security
Council, sends peacekeepers to regions where
armed conflict has recently ceased or stalled
to enforce the terms of peace agreements and
to discourage combatants from resuming
hostilities.
* (4) What steps have the United Nations taken to
foster human rights and freedom?
Ans. One of the UN's primary purposes is to
promote and encourage respect for human
rights and to ensure fundamental freedoms
for all without distinction on the basis of race,
sex, language, or religion. In 1948, the General
Assembly adopted a Universal Declaration of
Human Rights. In 1979, the General Assembly
adopted the Convention on the Elimination of
All Forms of Discrimination against Women,
followed by the Convention on the Rights of the
Child, in 1989. United Nations Commission on
Human Rights was formed in 1993 to oversee
human rights issues for the UN.
* (5) Only one Indian has so far been the President
of the UN General Assembly. Who is that
person? When and at which session?
Ans. Mrs. Vijayalakshmi Pandit is the only Indian
so far who has been the President of the UN
General Assembly, at the eighth session in
1953.
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
Q.4.2. (B) Let’s write!
* (1) Write the names of United Nations Secretary
Generals until now.
Ans.
(i) Mr. Trygve Lie
(ii) Mr. Dag Hammarskjold
(iii) Mr. U. Thant
(iv) Mr. Kurt Waldheim
(v) Mr. Javier Perez de Cuellar
(vi) Mr. Boutros Boutros Ghali
(vii) Mr. Kofi Annan
(viii) Mr. Ban Ki Moon
(ix) Mr. António Guterres
* (2) Is it necessary that the Secretary-General
should be a citizen of the great powers/the
big five?
Ans. It is not necessary that the Secretary General
should be a citizen of one of the great powers/
the big five. Here is the list of Secretary Generals
with their countries: Mr. Trygve Lie (Norway)
Mr. Dag Hammarskjold (Sweden)
Mr. U. Thant (Mayanmar)
Mr. Kurt Waldheim (Austria)
Mr. Javier Perez de Cuellar (Peru)
Mr. Boutros Boutros Ghali (Egypt)
Mr. Kofi Annan (Ghana)
Mr. Ban Ki Moon (South Korea)
Mr. António Guterres (Portugal)
* (3) Are citizens of a particular country given
priority for being Secretary-General?
Ans. The citizens of no particular country are given
priority for being Secretary General.
* (4) Who is the current Secretary General and
which country does he belong to?
Ans. The current Secretary General is António
Guterres and he belongs to Portugal.
(5) Name the UN Secretary-General who later on
became the President of his country.
Ans. Mr. Kurt Waldheim of Austria.
(6) Name the UN Secretary-General who died in
an air-crash.
Ans. Dag Hammarskjold of Sweden, died on
September 18, 1961, during a Congo Mission.
The United Nations (UN) 153

ASSIGNMENT - 4
Time : 1 Hr. Marks : 20

Q.1. Choose the right option and rewrite the sentence: (4)
(1) What is the term of a judge of the International Court of Justice?
(a) 9 years (b) 4 years (c) 6 years (d) 5 years
(2) How many Judges are there in the International Court of Justice?
(a) 9 (b) 10 (c) 12 (d) 15
(3) There are .................. permanent members in the Security Council.
(a) four (b) five (c) six (d) seven
(4) The United Nations Organisation was founded on ................. .
(a) August 9, 1944 (b) October 24, 1945
(c) October 24, 1945 (d) December 10, 1945
Q.2. Complete the following chart giving information about the organs of the (8)
United Nations.
No. Organ Number of members Functions
(1) United Nations General Assembly
(2) United Nations Security Council
(3) International Court of Justice
(4) Economic and Social Council

Q.3. Answer the following (4)

(1) Who are the members of the Security Council?
(2) What is the role of UNICEF?
Q.4. Explain whether the statement is true or false with reasons: (4)
(1) United Nations plays an important role in preservation of peace.
(2) India makes serious efforts to solve international conflicts by peaceful means.

vvv
5 India and other Countries

Points to Remember :
• Indo-Pak conflict over infiltration 1999
by Pakistan in Kargil region
• Other issues that have affected (i) Nuclear tests conducted
Indo-Pak relations by both nations in 1998
(ii) Border dispute in Sir Creek area
• Issues over which conflict between India and China persists (i) Border issue
(ii) Status of Tibet
• The Border dispute between Aksai Chin area and the Macmahon line
India and China related to
• Chinas military control Dalai Lama took asylum in India
in Tibet
• Terrorist organisation responsible for political
instability in Afghanistan Taliban
• Formation of Bangladesh 1971
• Reason for political instability in Sri Lanka after 1985 Differences between the Tamil
and the Sri Lankan government
• Friendly relations with Sri Lanka are important from the point of view of security
in the Indian Ocean
• The foundation of friendship Established with Indo-Nepalese
between India and Nepal Friendship Treaty, 1950
• Terms of the Indo - Nepalese Friendship Treaty Nepalese citizens can enter India, take up
government jobs, and carry on trade in India
• Beginning of Nepal's transition to democracy 1990
• Nepal is dependent upon India for Economic progress, basic facilities,
food, trade and energy needs.
• India bears the responsibility of the defence of Bhutan
• Country that is India's door to South-East Asian countries Myanmar
• Aung Sang Su Kyi won the Nobel Peace Prize For establishing democracy in Myanmar
• Establishment of trade relations
between India and Maldives 1981
• Regional Organisation established South Asian Association for
by the South Asian countries Regional Cooperation (SAARC), 1985
• Aim of SAARC To encourage economic cooperation between South Asian Nations and

(154)
India and other Countries 155

thereby achieve the development of the South Asian region

• Important landmark
in Indo-American relations
• Treaty that gave impetus to co-operation
between India and the Soviet Union
• Energy rich countries that can
fulfil India's energy needs
• Summit Conference of India and Africa
• Indo - Pacific area
• Issues on which India has Social security, extradition of criminals, mission against
signed treaties with Australia
• Issues on which Japan co-operates with India
information technology, atomic energy and railways
• India shares cordial relations with
South-East Asian countries like
• Policy of increasing trade with
South-East Asian nations
• India imports oil from
The Civil Nuclear Agreement signed in 2005
Indo - Soviet Treaty of friendship
and cooperation, 1971
Egypt, Nigeria, Angola and Sudan
2015
Includes Japan, Australia, NewZealand,
South-East Asian Nations
smuggling of drugs, terrorism art and culture
Basic facilities, economic co-operation,
Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Philippines,
Thailand, Myanmar, Vietnam, Laos,
Cambodia and Brunei
'Look East' Policy; now known as
the 'Act East' policy
Iran, Bahrain, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia
and United Arab Emirates

Dates Event 2015 Nepal experiences a massive

1947 India was partitioned and two earthquake.
independent countries, India and 2006 Beginning of the co-operation in the
Pakistan, were created. military field between India and the
Maldives.
1972 Shimla agreement was signed between
India and Pakistan. 1985 South Asian Association for Regional
Co-operation is established.
1965 First Indo-Pak War took place over
Kashmir issue. 1998 India and Pakistan conducted nuclear
tests.
1966 The Tashkent agreement was signed
between India and Pakistan. 2005 The Civil Nuclear Agreement is signed
between India and the US.
1971 Bangladesh was created.
2008 US Congress approves of the Civil
1999 Conflict between India and Pakistan Nuclear agreement between India and
over the infiltration by Pakistan in the the US.
Kargil region.
1971 Indo-Soviet Treaty of Friendship and
1998 India and Pakistan both conducted co-operation was signed.
nuclear tests.
1996 Indo-Russian relations began to
1962 China attacked India. onwards improve.
1985 Sri Lanka was witnessing political 2015 The Summit Conference of India and
onwards instability due to differences between Africa was held.
Tamil and the Sri Lankan government.
1991 India changed it's economic policy and
1950 Indo-Nepalese Friendship Treaty was onwards adopted free market economy.
signed.
156 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

2014 "Look East" policy was made more (8) When China was stepping up its military
onwards active i.e. "Act East Policy" control in Tibet, .................... took asylum in
India.
1990 Nepal marks its transition to democracy.
(a) Dalai Lama (b) Avalokiteshwara
MASTER KEY QUESTION SET – 5 (c) Bodhisattvas (d) Vajarayana followers
(9) The .................... signed in 2005 that was approved
Q.1. (A) Choose the correct option and rewrite the
by the U.S. Congress in 2008 was an important
complete answers:
landmark in Indo-American relations.
* (1) The country that has a free international border
(a) Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty
with India -
(b) Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty
(a) Pakistan (b) Bangladesh (c) Civil Nuclear Agreement
(c) Nepal (d) Myanmar (d) Treaty of Friendship and Co-operation
* (2) The countries that have tense relations with
(10) The policy of increasing trade with South-East
India-
Asian nations is known as the ‘....................'
(a) Pakistan and China policy.
(b) Nepal and Bhutan (a) Act East (b) Pact East
(c) Myanmar and Maldives (c) Look East (d) Seek East
(d) Afghanistan and America (11) The Summit Conference of India and Africa
* (3) Factors that have an influence on the relations was held in 2015 with representatives from all
between India and Pakistan - .................... African nations attending it.
(a) Difference in the world view of both the (a) 54 (b) 56 (c) 58 (d) 53
countries (12) India has co-operated in the project to produce
(b) Kashmir issue .................... on a large scale, using the water
(c) Nuclear Rivalry source in Bhutan.
(d) All of the above (a) Irrigation facilities (b) Hydel power
(4) .................... in1972, provided a new format to (c) Tube wells (d) Water reservoirs
the interaction between India and Pakistan.
(13) .................... has agreed to extend cooperation and
(a) Tashkent Agreement technological help to India in the development
(b) Shimla Agreement and security of coastal areas.
(c) Civil Nuclear Agreement (a) Malaysia (b) Indonesia
(d) Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (c) Brunei (d) Japan
(5) Aung Sang Su Kyi is credited with having (14) European Nations, especially .................... invest
established democracy in .................... . on a large scale in the field of technology in
(a) Bhutan (b) Myanmar India.
(c) Cambodia (d) Maldives (a) Greece and Italy
(6) The border dispute between India and China is (b) Germany and France
related to .................... area and the Macmahon (c) Belgium and Netherlands
line.
(d) Spain and Portugal
(a) Sir Creek Area (b) Siachien
(15) The dominance of the terrorist organisation
(c) Aksai Chin (d) Baltistan
.................... is responsible for political instability
(7) Due to a series of tripartite talks between in Afghanistan.
...................., China and India, Sino-Indian (a) Lashkar-e-Taiba (b) Jamaat-ud-Dawa
relations are improving slowly.
(c) Taliban (d) Al-Qaeda
(a) Pakistan (b) America
Ans. (1) Nepal (2) Pakistan and China (3) All of the
(c) Russia (d) Japan above (4) Shimla Agreement (5) Myanmar (6) Aksai
India and other Countries
Chin (7) Russia (8) Dalai Lama (9) Civil Nuclear
Agreement (10) Look East (11) 54 (12) Hydel power
(13) Japan (14) Germany and France (15) Taliban
Q.2. State whether the following statements are
true or false with reasons:
* (1) India has an important position among the
South Asian countries.
Ans. True.
(i) India’s position in Asia is geographically and
politically important.
(ii) Afghanistan, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Bangladesh,
Myanmar, Nepal, Bhutan, China and Maldives
are India’s neighbours.
(iii) The values of equality and mutual respect
have a great importance in India’s foreign
policy. India has established relations with
neighbouring countries on the basis of these
values.
(iv) India is the biggest country in the Indian
subcontinent. Similarly, India is economically
and technologically more advanced. It is thus
natural that India has a great influence among
the South Asian countries.
* (2) Sino-Indian relations are friendly.
Ans. False.
(i) The conflict between India and China is
connected to two issues : (a) Border issue and
(b) The status of Tibet.
(ii) The border dispute between India and China
is related to the Aksai Chin area and the
Macmahon line.
(iii) China claims that the area, South of Aksai Chin
and Macmahon line (Arunachal Pradesh) is
Chinese Territory. China is not willing to agree
that Macmahon Line is an international border.
(iv) India made several efforts to sort this border
dispute by means of dialogue, but it has not met
with much success. In 1962, China Attacked
India.
(v) Tibet was traditionally autonomous. But when
China was stepping up its military control in
Tibet, Dalai Lama took asylum in India. This
issue has been responsible for the conflict
between the two countries.
* (3) India sent a peacekeeping force to help the
Sri Lankan government.
Ans. True.
157
(i) India has friendly relations with the southern
neighbour Sri Lanka.
(ii) Political instability in Sri Lanka after 1985 was
a result of the differences between the Tamil
and the Sri Lankan Government. At that time,
India had sent a peace keeping force to help
the Sri Lankan government.
(iii) Friendly relations with Sri Lanka are important
from the point of view of security in the Indian
Ocean.
Q.3. (A) Write short notes:
(1) SAARC
Ans.
(i) SAARC is a regional organisation established
by the South Asian countries in 1985.
(ii) The aim of this organisation is to encourage
economic co-operation between South Asian
nations and there by, achieve the development
of the South Asian region.
(iii) The organisation of SAARC is a platform for
South Asian countries to come together and
discuss common questions and interests.
(iv) Some common interests of South Asian
countries are alleviation of poverty,
development of agriculture and technological
revolution.
(v) Some treaties were signed on the SAARC
platform to make it easy for South Asian
countries to trade with each other.
(vi) As a part of this, it has been decided that South
Asia should be made into a free trade area.
(vii) For an equitable development of South Asian
nations, a treaty about forming South Asian
Free Trade Area was signed and South Asian
University was established.
(2) India's relation with Maldives
Ans.
(i) India’s relations with Maldives have been
friendly right from the beginning. This small
nation to the South of India is dependent on
India for a lot of reasons.
(ii) Trade relations have been established between
the two since 1981.
Glossary
(1) SAARC - South Asian Association for
Regional Cooperation
158 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

(iii) India has helped Maldives in the development * (5) MacMahon Line
of basic facilities or infrastructure, health and Ans.
communication. (i) The conflict between India and China is
(iv) From 2006 onwards, co-operation in the military connected to two issues : (a) Border issue and
field also started between the two countries. (b) The status of Tibet
(v) They have entered into treaties with respect (ii) The border dispute between India and China is
to cooperation in space research, conservation related to Aksai Chin area and the Macmahon
of historical objects and tourism. Similarly, line.
they have decided to co-operate in the area of (iii) China claims that the area South of Aksai Chin
fighting against terrorism. and Macmahon line (Arunachal Pradesh) is
* (3) Shimla Agreement Chinese Territory.
Ans. (iv) China is not willing to agree that Macmahon
Line is an international border.
(i) India tried to solve Indo-Pak conflict
bi-laterally. The Shimla Agreement of 1972 was (v) India made several efforts to sort this border
based on these principles. dispute by means of dialogue, but it has not
met with much success.
(ii) Pakistan considers Kashmir as the biggest
hurdle in establishing relations with India. (vi) In 1962, China attacked India.

(iii) The first Indo-Pak war took place in 1965, over * (6) Indo-Afghanistan Relation
Kashmir. The Tashkent Agreement was signed Ans.
in 1966, but nothing much came out of it. (i) There is a lot of political instability in
(iv) Even though the 1971 war was about the creation Afghanistan.
of Bangladesh, it also had the dimension of the (ii) The dominance of the terrorist organisation,
Kashmir problem to it. Taliban is responsible for this.
(v) The Shimla Agreement in 1972 provided a new (iii) India has extended help to bring peace, security
format to the interaction between India and and stability, curb violence and establish a
Pakistan. democratic government.
* (4) Indo-Nepalese Friendship Treaty (iv) Similarly, India is also helping Afghanistan
Ans. in re-establishing communication facilities
that have got destroyed due to war, build
(i) The foundation of friendship between India
roads, cooperate in the fields of science and
and Nepal was laid with Indo-Nepalese
technology, build schools, health facilities and
Friendship Treaty in 1950.
irrigation projects.
(ii) According to this treaty, Nepalese citizens can
not only enter India, but they are also permitted Q.3. (B) Do as directed
to take up government jobs and carry on trade (B) 1. Convert in complete the following
in India. (1)
(iii) The year 1990 marked the beginning of Nepal’s Ans.
transition to democracy.
Column 'A' Column 'B'
(iv) Nepal is dependent upon India for economic (1) Joint Naval Exercises Japan
progress, basic facilities, food related needs, (2) Oil imports United Arab Emirates
trade and energy needs. (3) Security in the Indian Sri Lanka
(v) India sent a lot of help to Nepal at the time of Ocean
the 2015 earthquake. (4) Hydel Power Plant Bhutan
India and other Countries 159

* (2) (3)
Ans. Ans.
No. Treaties/Exchanges Countries Help extended by Beneficiary
No.
(1) Shimla Agreement, India and Pakistan India Nations
Tashkent Agreement (1) Sent Peacekeeping Force to
(2) Macmahon Line India and China restore peace Sri Lanka
(3) Treaties about sharing India and (2) Supplies during 2015
river waters and Bangladesh earthquake Nepal
borders (3) Communication facilities,
(4) Import of natural gas Myanmar roads, science and technology,
schools, health and irrigation
(5) Civil Nuclear India and
projects Afghanistan
Agreement America
(4) Helped in the freedom
(6) Infrastructure Maldives
struggle Bangladesh
development,
(5) Cooperation in the project to
communication,
produce Hydel Power Bhutan
health
(7) Climate change, India and Africa
Terrorism, Piracy

Q.3. (B) 2. Prepare the following flow charts:

(1)
Ans.
Countries from which India imports oil

Iran Bahrain Kuwait Saudi Arabia Iran

(2)
Ans.
Treaties signed between India and Australia

The mission
Extradition of against Art and Culture
Social Security Terrorism
Criminals smuggling of
drugs

(3)
Ans.
Treaties signed between India and European nations

Security of
Defence Disaster
Climate Change Clean Energy Air Space and
Production Management
Terrorism
160
Q.4.1. Answer the following questions in brief.
(1) Illustrate the differences in world views
between India and Pakistan.
Ans.
(i) India and Pakistan have totally different world
views.
(ii) In line with the Indian world view, India opposed
the military alliances of the Cold War and tried to
solve the Indo-Pak conflict bi-laterally.
(iii) On the other hand, Pakistan tried to maintain
relations with the Islamic world and China
entered into a military agreement with
America.
(2) Describe the Kashmir issue between India
and Pakistan.
Ans.
(i) Pakistan considers Kashmir as the biggest
hurdle in establishing relations with India.
(ii) The first Indo-Pak war took place in 1965 over
Kashmir.
(iii) The Tashkent Agreement was signed in 1966,
but nothing much came out of it.
(iv) Even though the 1971 war was about the
creation of Bangladesh, it also had the
dimension of the Kashmir problem to it.
(v) The Shimla Agreement in 1972 provided a new
format to the interaction between India and
Pakistan.
(vi) In 1999, there was a conflict between India and
Pakistan over the infiltration by Pakistan in the
Kargil region.
(vii) Even today, the Kashmir question is the basic
cause of conflict between the two countries.
(3) Sino-Pak Friendship has affected the security
of India. Explain.
Ans.
(i) The threat to India’s security is increasing due
to friendship between China and Pakistan,
supply of weapons from China to Pakistan and
also transfer of missile and nuclear weapons
technology.
(ii) The increasing friendship between China and
Pakistan and increasing influence of China
over India’s other neighbours is a cause of
concern for India.
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
(4) How is India trying to resolve its differences
with China?
Ans.
(i) India has always made efforts to improve
relations with China.
(ii) A joint executive group has been set up to solve
the Sino-Indian border dispute.
(iii) When the rate of economic growth of both
India and China increased, the trade relations
between both the countries began to get
strengthened.
(iv) Because of improvement in economic and trade
relations between India and China and a series of
tripartite talks between Russia, China and India,
Sino-Indian relations are improving slowly.
(v) Even though the border dispute is not completely
resolved, it has taken a back seat and relations in
other areas have become more important.
(5) How was Bangladesh created?
Ans.
(i) Today’s Bangladesh is the erstwhile East
Pakistan. When Pakistan was created, it had
two parts: West and East Pakistan.
(ii) There was linguistic difference between them.
There were other political conflicts as well.
(iii) The movement to liberate Bangladesh emerged
out of this.
(iv) This movement tried to free Bangladesh from
the dominance of West Pakistan.
(v) India helped Bangladesh in its freedom
struggle. Bangladesh was formed in 1971.
(6) How could India and African nations benefits
from each other?
Ans.
(i) Having close relations with Africa will be
beneficial from the point of view of both.
(ii) Many countries in Africa are developing
rapidly.
(iii) India has shown its readiness to help in the
all-round development of African youth. India
has also agreed to give economic help and even
grants to bring about development in different
areas like technology, agriculture, tourism, etc.
(iv) India’s energy needs can be fulfilled by the
energy rich countries like Egypt, Nigeria,
Angola and Sudan.
India and other Countries
(v) India is making efforts to increase trade with
Africa.
* (7) Explain the background of cooperative
relations between India and America.
Ans. India and America are two powerful nations
who have democratic political systems. Right
from the beginning, America was India’s most
important trading partner.
(i) Many Indians have gone to America for
education or work. Due to the presence of
these non-resident Indians, the cultural, social
and economic relations between America and
India have been increasing.
(ii) After the end of Cold War, the military relations
between India and America have increased on
a large scale.
(iii) After India accepted free market economy, the
speed of economic progress slowly increased.
It resulted in further strengthening the trade
relations between India and America.
(iv) When India conducted nuclear tests in 1998,
there was tension in the relations between the
two countries.
(v) Many rounds of discussions took place after
that to improve the relations. Through these
rounds of talks, America came to believe
that India will use its nuclear weapons with
responsibility. This completely transformed
the Indo-American relations.
(vi) The Civil Nuclear Agreement signed in 2005
that was approved by the U.S. Congress in 2008
was an important landmark in Indo-American
relations.
* (8) Give some information about the efforts taken
by India for the establishment of democracy
in neighbouring countries with examples.
Ans. India upheld sovereignty and democratic values
in Nepal, Afghanistan, Sri Lanka and Pakistan.
(i) Nepal was a Hindu Kingdom which adopted
democratic government in 2006. India backed
up its decision of adopting popular rule by
helping Nepal with constitutional guidelines.
(ii) India also extended friendly relations to Ashraf
Ghani through SAARC and other international
platforms after the collapse of Taliban there.
(iii) India sent a peacekeeping force to Sri Lanka to
bring about a cease fire between Sinhalese and
Tamils and enforce peace and democracy.
161
(iv) The regime of Pervez Musharraf had adopted
aggressive foreign policies and oppressed
public opinion in Pakistan which led to
violence and chaos. India had also criticised
military rule in Pakistan.
* (9) What is the role of South Asian Association
for Regional Cooperation?
Ans. SAARC is a regional organisation established
by the South Asian countries in 1985.
(i) The aim of this organisation is to encourage
economic co-operation between South Asian
nations and thereby achieve the development
of the South Asian region.
(ii) The organisation of SAARC is a platform for
South Asian countries to come together and
discuss common questions and interests.
(iii) Some common interests of South Asian
countries are alleviation of poverty,
development of agriculture and technological
revolution.
(iv) Some treaties were signed on the SAARC
platform to make it easy for South Asian
countries to trade with each other.
(v) As a part of this, it has been decided that South
Asia should be made into a free trade area.
For an equitable development of South Asian
nations, a treaty about forming South Asian
Free Trade Area was signed and South Asian
University was established.
Q.4.2. Give your opinion:
* (1) What remedies would you suggest in order to
reduce the tensions in the relations between
India and Pakistan?
Ans.
(i) To reduce tensions in the relations between
India and Pakistan, I suggest that –
(ii) Cultural exchange between the two nations must
be enhanced by allowing and inviting artists of
these nations to perform in each other’s countries.
Films and sports would also work wonders to
improve relations between them.
(iii) Since India is the largest democracy in the
world, it should assist and uphold establishment
of democratic systems in Pakistan, where
government is either overpowered or practically
governed by military.
(iv) Pakistan should be convinced through world
opinion at international summits, conferences
and organisations such as the UN.
162
(v) India should ascertain that the media does
not mislead people in both the nations, by
telecasting exaggerated content which might
negatively influence the relations.
(vi) India should appeal the Pakistani Government
for preservation of Hindu and Sikh pilgrimage
places and cultural sites. India must also promote
tourism in both the countries, so that civilians
across borders have cordial relations.
(vii) Incidents of cross-border terrorism, violence
and infiltration must be taken to international
forums. Government of India should frame
suitable policies for retrieval of Indian
subjects, Prisoners of War and fishermen held
in captivity of Pakistani Government.
* (2) Do you agree with the statement: ‘Hurdles are
created in the way of internal development due
to tense relations of India with neighbouring
countries.’ Explain with reasons.
Ans.
(i) Yes, I agree that hurdles are created in the way
of internal development due to tense relations
of India with neighbouring countries. Due to
tense relations with the neighbours, India is
unable to focus on the internal law and order
situation and social welfare.
(ii) Non-cordial relations with the neighbours will
force India to embark on military and nuclear
mobilisation to retaliate the pressure of foreign
aggression. This might culminate into a war.
(iii) War with neighbours will disturb the peace in
the Indian subcontinent and compel India to
divert its resources and efforts towards defence
and manufacturing weapons.
(iv) Money and resources which should be invested
for constructive purposes like health, education
and infrastructure would be diverted towards
destruction.
vvv
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
(v) A war with her neighbours can put tremendous
pressure on India's economy giving rise to
problems like scarcity and inflation.
* (3) Do you think that strong healthy relations of
India with America are conducive to India’s
economic development?
Ans.
(i) Yes, I believe that strong healthy relations of
India with America are conducive to India’s
economic development.
(ii) America is an undisputable super power of
the world and India is on its way to become a
super power. Co-operation between these two
countries can thwart terrorism in the world,
which is a big challenge in the path of economic
development.
(iii) Both countries follow democratic systems of
government and free market economies. Co-
operation from America is a must to enhance
India's economic prospects.
(iv) The non-resident Indians in America have
helped to improve on Indian Foreign Reserves.
With Indians taking up more employment in
America, India can boost its foreign exchange.
(v) Call centres of American MNCs and other ways
of outsourcing have provided employment
opportunities to the Indian youth. American
companies such as Coca Cola, Colgate and
MacDonald established their franchises in
India, whereas Indian IITians have dominated
the Silicon Valley. An Indian - Sundar Pichai,
today is the CEO of ‘Google’ – an American
company.
(vi) As American companies find Indian economy
very promising, FDI has also increased.
The 'Make in India' drive is now seeking
empowerment of Indian economy and
employment of Indians through such FDI's.
India and other Countries 163

ASSIGNMENT - 5
Time : 1 Hr. Marks : 20

Q.1. Choose the right option and rewrite the sentence: (4)
(1) The .................... signed in 2005 that was approved by the U.S. Congress in 2008 was an important
landmark in Indo-American relations.
(a) Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty (b) Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty
(c) Civil Nuclear Agreement (d) Treaty of Friendship and Co-operation
(2) The border dispute between India and China is related to ................ area and the Macmahon line.
(a) Sir Creek Area (b) Siachien (c) Aksai Chin (d) Baltistan
(3) Aung Sang Su Kyi is credited with having established democracy in .................... .
(a) Bhutan (b) Myanmar (c) Cambodia (d) Maldives
(4) The policy of increasing trade with South-East Asian nations is known as the ‘....................'
policy.
(a) Act East (b) Pact East (c) Look East (d) Seek East
Q.2. State whether the following statements are true or false with reasons: (4)
(1) India has an important position among the South Asian countries.
(2) Sino-Indian relations are friendly.
Q.3. (A) Write short notes on: (4)
(1) SAARC (2) Shimla Agreement
Q.3. (B) Complete the following table: (4)
(1)
No. Help extended by India Beneficiary Nations
(1) Sent Peacekeeping Force to restore peace .......................
(2) Supplies during 2015 earthquake .......................
(3) Communication facilities, roads, science and technology, schools,
health and irrigation projects .......................
(4) Helped in the freedom struggle .......................
(5) Co-operation in the project to produce Hydel Power .......................

(2) Prepare flow chart on 'Countries from which India imports oil.
Q.4. Answer in brief: (4)
(1) Describe the Kashmir issue between India and Pakistan.
(2) How could India and African nations benefit from each other?

vvv
6 International Problems

Points to Remember :
• Human Rights Those rights that are necessary for living as a
human being and as a constituent of society
• Adoption of the Universal Declaration of Human 10th December, 1948
Rights in the UN General Assembly
• Adoption of the International Covenant on Civil and 1966
Political Rights (ICCPR) by the UN General Assembly
• Adoption of the Internal Covenant on 1966
Economic, Social and Cultural Rights (ICESCR)
• Human Rights include Right to life, food, clothing, shelter,
education and health.
•Issues / Problems jeopardising human rights Racism, border disputes,
on a large scale terrorism, contagious diseases, threat
to the environment, natural disasters
• Proclamation of Declaration of the Rights of the Child 20th November 1959
• In the Indian Constitution, human rights have been Fundamental Rights
given the place of
Passing of the Human Rights Protection Act 1993
• Purpose of the Human Rights Commission Taking cognizance of the complaints
regarding violation of human rights and taking
appropriate action regarding such violation
• Celebration of the first Earth Day 22nd April, 1970
• Aim of the UN conference on To discuss the immediate and long
human environment, term problems at Stockholm (5th – 16th June, 1972)
related to the environment and to find solutions to them
• Programme created after the UN Conference or The United Nations Environment
human environment at Stockholm (1972) Programme (UNEP)
• The idea of sustainable development was stressed Environmental conference at Rio
at the (1992)
• Important issues on which treaties were signed at Bio-diversity, climate change due
the Rio conference of 1992 to greenhouse gases, protection of forests
• Conference at Kyoto (1997) Established protocols for the developed
countries for preventing climate change (applicable for 15 years)
• Conference on climate change at Paris (i) An appeal was made to all nations for making
(November 2015) concerted efforts to stop climate change and global warming.

(164)
International Problems 165

(ii) Developed countries were expected to help developing countries

to acquire the technology to achieve these goals.
• Features of a Traditional war (i) A conflict between two or more sovereign states
(ii) National security is connected with geographical boundaries.
• Features of Terrorism (i) Terrorist groups can cause violence in any part of the
world from any where in the world
(ii) The aim of a terrorist attack is not to endanger the
geographical boundaries, but to challenge a regime in a country or
refuse to acknowledge the existence of the states.
(iii) The internal and external security of a country is threatened.
• Examples of refugees (i) Jews (before the Second world War)
(ii) East Pakistanis (1971)
(iii) Syrians (contemporary times)
• The provision that refugees will not be forcefully sent back 1951
to their country against their wishes.

Dates Event 1951 Some provisions regarding the

1966 United Nations General Assembly
adopted the International Covenant
on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR)
and International Covenant on
Economic Social, Cultural Rights
(ICESCR).
20th Declaration of the Rights of the Child
November, was proclaimed.
1959
1993 Human Rights Protection Act was
passed.
1970 At the international level, the
awareness and need of saving the
environment was expressed.
22nd April First Earth Day was celebrated.
1970
1990 Wave of globalisation started.
5th to 16th A United Nations conference on
June 1972 human environment was called at
Stockholm.
1992 Environmental conference at Rio was
called.
1997 Conference at Kyoto laid down the
protocols for developed countries for
preventing climate change.
2015, Environmental conference on climate
November change was held at Paris.
1971 The people in East Pakistan turned
refugees
question of refugees, at international
level, were made.
MASTER KEY QUESTION SET – 6
Q.1. Choose the right option and rewrite the
complete answers:
* (1) Which among the following is an International
problem?
(a) Border dispute between Maharashtra and
Karnataka
(b) Kaveri water sharing question
(c) Problems of refugees
(d) Naxalism in Andhra Pradesh
* (2) Which among the following rights are not
included in human rights?
(a) Right to work
(b) Right to information
(c) Children’s rights
(d) Equal pay for equal work
* (3) Which among the following days is observed at
an international level?
(a) Teachers’ Day (b) Children’s Day
(c) Earth Day (d) Flag Day
(4) United Nations Conference on human
environment was called at Stockholm from
.................. .
(a) 5th to 16th June, 1972
(b) 5th to 16th July, 1972
(c) 5th to 16th June, 1971
(d) 5th to 16th July, 1971
166 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

(5) The United Nations General Assembly adopted Q.2. State whether the following statements are
the International Covenant on Civil and Political true or false with reasons:
Rights (ICCPR) in .................. . * (1) It is necessary that all the nations should
(a) 1948 (b) 1966 cooperate in order to find remedies of
(c) 1964 (d) 1962 environmental degradation.
(6) In 1997, the conference at Kyoto laid down Ans. True.
the protocols for the developed countries for
The threat to the environment caused by
preventing climate change. For how many years
did it come to be applied? pollution or by leakage of oil or gas does not
(a) 10 years (b) 12 years remain restricted to one nation. Its effects are
long term so it becomes necessary for nations to
(c) 15 years (d) 16 years
act with each other’s consent and cooperation
(7) How many Articles are there in the United
in order to deal with these effects.
Nations Declaration of Human Rights?
(a) 30 (b) 20 (c) 40 (d) 50 * (2) Sino-Indian relations are friendly.
(8) When was the Declaration of the Rights of Child Ans. False.
proclaimed? The conflict between India and China is
(a) 30th November, 1959 connected to two issues (1) Border issue and
(b) 20th November, 1959 (2) Status of Tibet. India made several efforts to
(c) 20th December, 1959 sort this border dispute by means of dialogue.
But it has not met with much success.
(d) 30th December, 1959
(3) Human rights are necessary for living as a
(9) When was the first Earth Day celebrated?
human being.
(a) 21st April, 1970 (b) 22nd April, 1970
Ans. True.
(c) 23rd April, 1970 (d) 20th April, 1970
The concept of human rights has emerged
(10) What led to the boycott of the regime in South
from the concept of natural rights. Natural
Africa?
rights are those rights that we are endowed
(a) Expatriation of Prisoners of War
with because we are born as human beings. In
(b) Racial Segregation
the same vein, human rights are those rights
(c) Disobedience of the UN
that are necessary for living as a human being.
(d) Asylum to international terrorists
(4) The scope of human rights is limited.
(11) Which conference in 1997 laid down the
protocols for developed countries for prevention Ans. False.
of climatic changes? The scope of human rights has in fact,
(a) Conference at Copenhagen broadened due to several issues of global
(b) Conference at Amsterdam nature like contagious diseases, the threat to
(c) Conference at Kyoto environment, natural disasters, etc. Human
(d) Conference at Shimla rights today also include goals like protection of
(12) Which institute/organisation is responsible for the environment and sustainable development.
taking action against violation of human rights? (5) Only internal security is threatened due to
(a) Self Help Groups and NGOs terrorist attacks.
(b) Human Rights Commission Ans. False.
(c) Corporate bodies The aim of a terrorist attack is not to endanger
(d) National Investigation Agency the geographical boundaries, but to challenge
Ans. (1) Problems of refugees (2) Right to information a regime in a country or refuse to acknowledge
(3) Earth Day (4) 5th to 16th June, 1972 (5) 1966 the existence of the State. This means that due
(6) 15 years (7) 30 (8) 20th November, 1959 (9) 22nd to increasing terrorism, the internal security
April, 1970 (10) Racial Segregation (11) Conference of a country is threatened in addition to its
at Kyoto (12) Human Rights Commission external security.
International Problems
(6) Once the refugees reach a safe place, they
have new challenges.
Ans. True.
Once the refugees reach a safe place, they need
to find work, a place to live and other problems
of a day to day nature. If the language and
culture in the other nation are different, then
adjusting to that presents difficulties. There is
also no assurance that the people of a nation
which gives shelter to the refugees will accept
them.
Q.3. (A) Explain the concept
(1) Human Rights
Ans.
(i) The concept of human rights has emerged from
the concept of natural rights. Natural rights are
those rights that we are endowed with because
we are born as human beings.
(ii) Human rights are those rights that are
necessary for living as a human being and as a
constituent of society.
(2) Refugees
Ans.
(i) People who have to leave their motherland
against their wishes or are forced to go to other
nations, seeking refuge or for security are
called as refugees.
(ii) People become refugees due to torture or
persecution for belonging to a particular race
or religion, due to war or a disaster, etc. In such
situations people are forced to leave their own
country and seek shelter in another country.
(3) Terrorism
Ans. Terrorism is spreading fear and terror in a
society by using, or threatening to use violence
against common and innocent people for
achieving political goals. Terrorism can be
described as organised and planned violence.
(4) Traditional War
Ans. Traditional war is a conflict between two
or more sovereign states. In such wars, the
geographical boundaries between nations
acquire importance, i.e. national security is
connected with geographical boundaries.
(5) Stockholm Conference 1972.
Ans.
(i) In order to discuss the immediate and long
167
term problems related to the environment and
to find solutions on them, a United Nations
Conference on human environment was called
at Stockholm from 5th to 16th June, 1972.
(ii) It was stressed that it is the responsibility of all
nations to cooperate, to overcome pollution.
(iii) The developing nations feel that the developed
nations are more responsible for the decline
of the environment and they should take the
responsibility for stopping the decline.
(iv) Non-governmental organisations working
in the field of environmental protection were
also present and assumed a bigger role in
the decision making process at international
conferences regarding the environment.
(v) The issue of the protection of the common
global wealth was raised.
(vi) A consensus emerged that it was the
responsibility of all the nations to protect these
resources.
(vii) It was after this conference that the United
Nations created the United Nations
Environment Programme (UNEP).
(viii) Many international treaties about environment
were signed after this conference.
(ix) Several rules were made about the protection
of environment. Environmental movements
started on a large scale at national as well as at
the international level.
Q.3. (B) Do as directed
Q.3. (B) 1. Complete the following Chart/Concept
Maps:
(1)
Ans. 1951
Measures taken to resolve issue of
refugees at international level
Provision of not Establishment of High
sending refugees Commissioner's Office
back against their at UN to solve refugee
wishes. - related problems.
168 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

(2)
Ans.
Oceans

Global Outer space

Deep seabeds
resources

Atmosphere Genetic resources

* (3)
Ans.
Values from History The American and the French Revolutions proclaimed Liberty,
Equality, Fraternity and Justice as Human Rights.

Adoption Universal Declaration of Human Rights was prepared and adopted

in the UN General Assembly by a majority vote on 10th Dec 1948.
Human Rights

In 1966, the UN General Assembly adopted the International

Two covenants
Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR) and the International
Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights (ICESCR).
Issues raised
Racial segregation in Africa, Freedom from colonies, insistence on the
democratic system, struggle against racism, border disputes, terrorism,
contagious diseases, the threat to environment and natural disasters.
Human Rights in India

Responsibility of the In 1993, the National Human Rights Cognizance of the

protection of the weaker Human Rights Commission and the State complaints regarding
sections like women Protection Act Human Rights Commissions violation of human
and minorities. was passed. were established. rights and appropriate
action to be taken.

* (4)
Ans. Causes
Visible effects
1. Industrialisation on a large scale .
1. Extinction of species of plants and animals.
2. Increasing need for energy.
2. Decrease in the fertility of soil.
3. Chemical fertilizers and pesticides
3. Water shortage for agriculture.
used in agriculture.
4. Global warming.
4. Sound pollution due to vehicles.

Environmental
Degradation

Remedial Measures
1. To make the use of unleaded petrol compulsory.
2. Recycling of plastics and nylon
3. Chemical pesticides to be replaced by organic pest repellents.
4. Treatment of effluents from industries.
International Problems 169

* (5)
Ans.
Terrorism is spreading fear and terror in a society by using or threatening
Meaning of Terrorism to use violence against common and innocent people for achieving
political goals. Terrorism is organised and planned violence.
Terrorist conflict is different from traditional war. Traditional war
is a conflict between two or more sovereign states. In such wars, the
Distinguish between geographical boundaries between nations acquire importance, i.e.
traditional war and national security is connected with geographical boundaries. On the
Terrorism

terrorism other hand, in the case of terrorism, terrorist groups can cause violence
in any part of the world from anywhere in the world.

The aim of a terrorist attack is not to endanger the geographical

Aims of Terrorism boundaries, but to challenge a regime in a country or refuse to
acknowledge the existence of the State.

In order to curb terrorism, it is imperative that the security

Solution to Terrorism mechanisms of different nations work in a concerted manner.

Q.4.1. Answer the following questions in brief:
(1) Which difficulties are faced by people who
are forced to leave their own country?
Ans.
(i) When people of any country are forced to leave
their own country as refugees, they have to
face many problems.
(ii) The most important problem is to decide where
to go? They take questions like were will that
nation give us shelter?
(iii) Secondly, they have to also take along with
them other members of their family. It involves
a lot of physical and emotional stress.
(iv) Apart from this, there are problems caused
by natural elements like heat, rain, storms, as
well as shortages of food, sickness, an enemy in
pursuit, etc. In this process many people loose
their lives.
(2) What was the Stockholm Conference of 1972
about?
Ans. In order to discuss the immediate and long
term problems related to the environment and
to find solutions about them, a United Nations
Conference on human environment was called
at Stockholm from 5th to 16th June 1972.
(3) What are the new challenges faced by refugees
on reaching a safe place?
Ans.
(i) Once the refugees reach a safe place, they have
new challenges. They need to find work, a
place to live and other problems of a day to day
nature.
(ii) If the language and culture in the other nation
are different, then adjusting to that poses
difficulties. There is no assurance that the
people in the nation which gives shelter to the
refugees will accept them.
(4) What did the Environmental Conference of
Rio (1992) emphasise on?
Ans.
(i) In this conference, the idea of sustainable
development was stressed upon.
(ii) Different treaties regarding bio-diversity,
climate change due to greenhouse gases,
protection of forests, etc. were signed.
(5) State the highlights of the conference on
climatic change at Paris (2015).
Ans.
(i) A conference on climate change was held at
Paris in November 2015.
(ii) An appeal was made in this conference that
all nations should make concerted efforts to
170
stop climate change and global warming and
that the developed countries should help the
developing countries to acquire the technology
to achieve these goals.
(6) What measures have been taken so far to save
the refugees?
Ans.
(i) In 1951, some provisions were made regarding
the question of refugees at the international
level. One such provision was that the refugees
will not be forcefully sent back to their country
against their wishes.
(ii) Similarly an office of the High Commissioner
of the United Nations has been established to
solve their problems.
(7) Give some examples of refugees.
Ans.
(i) Before the Second World War, the Jews were
tortured in Germany.
(ii) Their citizenships and properties were
confiscated. Due to this, the Jews became
refugees.
(iii) In 1971, the people in East Pakistan turned
refugees and came to India seeking refuge due
to political and religious persecution.
(iv) In the last few years due to the war-like
situation in Iraq and Syria, a lot of people are
leaving Syria as refugees. We can cite many
such example of refugees.
(8) Which problems are faced by the host nation
that agrees to provide shelter to the refugees?
Ans.
(i) As the number of refugees increases, the strain
on the economy of the host nation increases.
A shortage of essential goods is created; there
may be an increase in crime or even inflation.
(ii) The locals may lose their jobs; a problem of law
and order may crop up. Many such problems
may emerge.
(iii) Due to these problems, many nations are not
ready to give shelter to refugees and to resettle
them.
(9) Which steps can be taken for preservation of
human rights?
Ans.
(i) If all nations safeguarded and fostered human
Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)
rights, exploitation and violence would reduce.
All people would be able to achieve their own
development safely and securely.
(ii) Human rights could be more effectively
implemented if the environment is safeguarded
and if terrorism is completely wiped out.
(iii) No group of people will have to become
refugees. For this, all nations have to come
together, cooperate with each other, take
concrete action and bring about actual change.
(10) Many nations are not ready to give shelter to
refugees. Why?
Ans. Many nations are not prepared to give shelter
to refugees because:
(i) As the number of refugees increases, the strain
on the economy of the host nation increases.
(ii) A shortage of essential goods is created; there
may be an increase in crime or even inflation.
(iii) The locals may lose their jobs; a problem of law
and order may crop up.
(iv) Many such problems may emerge.
(11) The problems relating to the environment are
inherently of a global nature. How?
Ans.
(i) The threat to the environment caused by
pollution or by leakage of oil or gas does not
remain restricted to one nation.
(ii) The visible effects of the decline of environment
are extinction of species of plants and animals,
decrease in the fertility of soil, water shortage,
fluctuation in the proportion of rainfall, global
warming, drying up of rivers and lakes,
pollution of rivers and seas, incidence of newer
diseases, acid rain, thinning of the ozone layer,
etc.
(iii) Even if some of the effects are restricted to
particular nations, these problems reach global
proportions, due to their long term effects,
while some problems are inherently of a global
nature.
(12) How is terrorist war different from traditional
war?
Ans.
(i) Terrorist conflict is different from traditional
war.
(ii) Traditional war is a conflict between two or
more sovereign states.
International Problems
(iii) In such wars, the geographical boundaries
between nations acquire importance,
i.e. national security is connected with
geographical boundaries.
(iv) On the other hand, in the case of terrorism,
terrorist groups can cause violence in any part
of the world from anywhere in the world.
(v) The aim of a terrorist attack is not to endanger
the geographical boundaries, but to challenge
a regime in a country or refuse to acknowledge
the existence of the state.
Q.4.2. Write your own opinion about:
* (1) Explain India’s position in establishing human
rights.
Ans.
(i) The Preamble of the Indian Constitution
contains the objectives of the Constitution.
(ii) It secures to its citizens: justice, social,
economic and political; Liberty of thought,
expression, belief, faith and worship; Equality
of status and opportunity; and Fraternity
assuring the dignity of the individual and
unity and integrity of the Nation.
(iii) Fundamental Rights are assured to all the
citizens of India.
(iv) In order to make these objectives effective,
Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles
of State Policy were incorporated in Part III
and Part IV of our Constitution.
(v) The Supreme Court of India and the
High Courts of all states issue Writs, such
as (a) Habeas Corpus (b) Mandamus
(c) Prohibition (d) Certiorari (d) Quo
Warranto to protect human rights.
171
* (2) Narrate the effects of terrorism and suggest
remedies to control it.
Ans.
(i) The 21st century terrorism is an organised
system of violence and intimidation. There is
a need to empathise, understand, cooperate
and coordinate our efforts in dealing with
terrorism at the national and international
level.
(ii) Terrorism includes taking hostages; firing
or bombing civilian localities that are
undefended such as hospitals or schools,
inhuman treatment to prisoners and
destruction of property.
(iii) This leads to feeling of insecurity and
helplessness among the people who are prone
to terrorism. Their faith in social security and
police protection is lowered and they may be
psychologically affected.
(iv) Terrorism affects economic growth, political
stability and social welfare of the people. It
burdens our defence and police system as
well. Hence the government cannot focus on
its constructive programmes.
(v) Citizens should be alert about unattended
luggage or bags at public places and be
vigilant about suspicious men around
them. They must immediately report to the
authorities about the same.
(vi) The youth of the nation should volunteer
in police and armed forces. The civilians
must always cooperate with the police and
government authorities to nab the terrorists.
172 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

ASSIGNMENT - 6
Time : 1 Hr. Marks : 20

Q.1. Choose the right option and rewrite the complete answers: (4)
(1) Which among the following is an International problem?
(a) Border dispute between Maharashtra and Karnataka
(b) Kaveri water sharing question
(c) Problems of refugees
(d) Naxalism in Andhra Pradesh
(2) Which among the following rights are not included in human rights?
(a) Right to work (b) Right to information
(c) Children’s rights (d) Equal pay for equal work
(3) How many Articles are there in the United Nations Declaration of Human Rights?
(a) 30 (b) 20 (c) 40 (d) 50
(4) When was the first Earth Day celebrated?
(a) 21st April, 1970 (b) 22nd April, 1970 (c) 23rd April, 1970 (d) 20th April, 1970
Q.2. State whether the following statements are true or false with reasons: (4)
(1) Sino-Indian relations are friendly.
(2) Only internal security is threatened due to terrorist attacks.
Q.3. (A) Explain the concept (4)
(1) Human Rights (2) Refugees
Q.3. (B) Complete the following Chart/Concept Maps: (4)
(1)
1951

Measures taken to resolve issue of

refugees at international level

(2)

Global resources

Q.4. Answer the following questions in brief. (any one) (4)
(1) The problems relating to the environment are inherently of a global nature. How?
(2) Narrate the effects of terrorism and suggest remedies to control it.
Model Question Paper 173

Model Question Paper – 1

History Chap - 1 to 5 & Political Science 1 to 3
Time : 2.5 Hrs. Marks : 60

Q.1. (A) Choose the correct alternative and Q.2. (A) Complete the concept maps and flow
complete the sentences: (4) charts of various programmes and schemes
(1) On 20th February 1987, .................... got the status introduced : (Any 2 out of 3) (4)
of a constituent state. (1)
Ninth Five year Plan 1997 - 2002
(a) Manipur (b) Nagaland (c) Assam
(d) Arunachal Pradesh
(2) During the tenure of Prime Minister Indira Gandhi
Bhagyashree Child Welfare
....................... a group in the Congress Party made
Policy
a demand for nationalization of commercial
banks. Rajrajeshwari Mahila Kalyan
(a) Congress Socialist Party Yojana
(b) Congress Forum for Socialist Action
(c) Congress wing of Socialist Propaganda
(d) Agency of Socialist Congress
(3) The magazine Jeevan Shikshan is published by
....................... .
(a) Balbharati (b) University Education
Commission (c) MSCERT (d) NCERT (2)
1969
(4) The 'National Institute for Research in Mathematical
and Physical Sciences' in ....................... was Central Council for Research in
established in 1962. Indian Medicine and Homeopathy
(a) Chandigarh (b) Kerala (c) Karnataka
(d) Tamil Nadu Replaced by three institutions
Q.1. (B) Identify the incorrect pair and write
the correct one: (4)
(1) (1) India 2000 – Annual Reference book (3)
(2) Indian News Review – News reels and Five Year
documentaries. Duration Purposes
Plan
(3) FTII – Radio Programmes
First Agriculture and Social
(4) Reserve Bank of India – Printing notes --------------- Development
(2) (1) Barrister A.R.Antulay - leader of Rashtriya Mill
Second 1956 - 1961 Industrialisation
Mazdoor Sangh
Third Elimination of inequality,
(2) Dr. Manmohan Singh - Finance Minister
increasing opportunities for
(3) Indira Gandhi - nationalised 14 banks
employment, increase in
(4) V.P. Singh - waived off loans of the farmers --------------- national income.
(3) (1) Indira Gandhi - Emergency
1969 - 1974 Scientific research, health
(2) Rajiv Gandhi – Developments of Science and and family planning.
-------------
Technology
Fifth --------------- ---------------
(3) P. V. Narasimha Rao-Economic improvements
(4) Chandrashekhar – Mandal Commission Q.2. (B) Explain the following concepts :
(4) (1) Greater Mizoram – Mizo National Front (Any 2 out of 4) (4)
(2) Aanandpur Sahib Resolution – Akali Dal (1) Press Trust of India (2) Regionalism
(3) Action Committees – Communalism (3) 20-Point Programme
(4) Operation Blue Star – Kuldeep Singh Brar
174 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

Q.3. (A) Explain the following statements with Q.7. State True or False with reasons : (Any 2
reason : (Any 2 out of 5) (6) out of 3) (4)
(1) Banks were nationalised in 1969. (1) Every nation creates a strong security system
(2) The farmers were benefited by the Indian for itself.
Agricultural Research Institute. (2) Pandit Nehru contributed towards improving
(3) The District Primary Education Programme was Sino-Indian relations.
undertaken. (3) India has not signed NNPT or CTBT.
(4) Mill workers went on strike. Q.8. (A) Explain the following Concepts :
(5) Military action was taken to suppress the (Any 2 out of 3) (4)
skirmishes of Naga activists. (1) Non-Alignment Movement
Q.3. (B) Answer the following questions in (2) Globalisation (3) India’s Foreign Policy.
brief : (Any 2 out of 3) (6) Q.8. (B) Do as directed : (Any 2 out of 3) (4)
(1) How was 1991 a year of important changes in the (1)
history of the world and of India? Paramilitary Forces Prime Functions
(2) Which projects were started in the Second Five
Rapid Action Force
Year Plan?
Border Security Force
(3) Which programmes were started in the Eighth Five
Coast Guards
Year Plan?
Q.4. Answer the following: (Any 2 out of 3) (4) Central Reserve Police Force
(1) Describe the establishment of democracy and Home Guards
peace in Assam. National Cadet Corps
(2) State the recommendation of Kothari Commission. (2)
(2) Write briefly about 'Indian News Review'.
Q.5. Answer in detail: (Any 2 out of 3) (8) Challenges
(1) When does regionalism become strong? in front of
(2) Which programmes were included in the India`s security
Operation Blackboard scheme? System
(3) Describe the prolonged agitation of the mill
workers under Dr. Datta Samant.
(3)
Q.6. Choose the right option and rewrite the
sentence : (4) Points First Second
World War World War
(1) The first Chairman of the Indian Atomic Energy
Commission was ........... . (1) Period
(a) Dr Vikram Sarabhai (2) Involved nations
(b) Dr A.P.J.Abdul Kalam (3) Impacts (Political and
(c) Dr Homi Bhabha. Economic)
(d) Dr Manmohan Singh (4) International
(2) The Chief of Navy is known as ..................
Organisations
established after the
(a) Admiral (b) General (c) Marshall (d) Brigadier
War
(3) The policy of Perestroika means restructuring and
Q.9. Explain in brief : (Any 2 out of 4) (4)
Glasnost means ................
(1) Which of the forces related to India`s security
(a) strictness (b) oneness (c) massiveness
would you like to join? Why?
(d) openness
(2) Write a note on first stage of India's Foreign
(4) The Cold War ended with the event, .......................
Policy 1947-1990.
(a) Establishment of the United Nations (3) Write about the administrative factors of India’s
(b) Disintegration of the Soviet Union Foreign Policy.
(c) Creation of Military Organisations (4) What are the threats to National Security?
(d) Cuban Missile Crisis vvv
Model Question Paper 175

Model Question Paper – 2

History Chap - 6 to 10 & Political Science 4 to 6
Time : 2.5 Hrs. Marks : 60

Q.1. (A) Choose the right option and rewrite the Elementary kinds
sentence: (4) of vocations; trend
(1) A State-wide conference for women was held in of sending villagers
1975 organised by the ................ . to cities rather than
(a) Samajwadi accommodating
(b) Stree-mukti Sangharsha Samiti outsiders in rural
(c) Nari Prabodhan Manch occupations.
(d) Stree Anyayavirodhi Manch Larger proportion
(2) ................ is known as the father of the 'Jaipur foot'. of vocations
(a) Dr. N. Gopinathan (b) Dr. Pramod Sethi running in the
(c) Dr. Mohan Rao (d) None of the above
family
(3) The Kohima Radio station had to make its Family secondary,
broadcast in ................. languages which included priority to individuals.
English, Hindi and Naga dialects. Trend towards –
nuclear families.
(a) 28 (b) 26 (c) 24 (d) 25
(2)
(4) In 1970, a domestic satellite communication earth
centre was established at Aarvi near ................, Indian To practice any
equipped for international telecommunication Constitution occupation
service.
(a) Mumbai (b) Pune (c) Nagpur (d) ashik
Right to freedom
Q.1. (B) Match the following: (4) of speech and
(1) expression
Column 'A' Column 'B'
(1) Karnam (a) Satellite television To live and
Malleswari news channel settle down
(2) Sunil Gavaskar (b) Weight - lifting anywhere on
Indian territory
(3) CNN (c) Private Media
House (3)
Shape Public Opinion
(4) STAR (d) Ace Indian
Cricketer
Q.2. (A) Complete the concept maps and flow Objectives Public
charts of various programmes and schemes of education
introduced: (Any 2 out of 3) (4) Newspaper
(1)
Rural Community in Urban Community
Pre-Globalisation in Pre-Globalisation
Q.2. (B) Explain the following concepts : (Any
period period
2 out of 4) (4)
Priority to farming
(1) Pincode (2) The internal trade of India.
and ancillary
(3) Alimony (4) Bharat Sanchar Nigam
vocations (jobs)
Limited (BSNL)
Large in size,
Q.3. (A) Explain the following statements with
heterogeneous in
terms of languages, reason : (Any 3 out of 4) (6)
cultures and traditions. (1) In 1998, the government passed the Sati
176 Master Key History and Political Science (Std. IX)

(Prevention) Act with very stringent provisions. (2) India has an important position among the South
(2) DRDO was established. Asian countries.
(3) The toutism industry has developed a lot in India. (3) Only internal security is threatened due to
(4) The Rural Water Supply scheme was started. Terrorist attacks.
(5) Cricket began to be played all over India, to a Q.8. (A) Explain the following Concepts : (Any
greater or smaller extent. 2 out of 3) (4)
Q.3. (B) Answer the following questions in brief: (1) Veto (2) MacMahon Line (3) Shimla Agreement
(Any 2 out of 3) (6) Q.8. (B) Do as directed : (Any 2 out of 3) (4)
(1) What efforts are made by our government to No. Organ Number Functions
promote agricultural industries? of
(2) State the achievements of Christian Medical members
College Hospital. 1 United Nations
(3) For which sector was Bhaskar-1 satellite expected General
to be useful? Assembly
Q.4. Answer the following: (Any 2 out of 3) (4) 2 United Nations
(1) Why is it necessary to keep alive the dialects of Security Council
Indian languages? 3 International
(2) Note on the Indian Atomic Energy Commission. Court of Justice
(3) Write about Oil and Natural Gas Commission. 4 Economic and
Q.5. Answer in detail : (Any 2 out of 3) (8) Social Council
(1) Write a brief review of the significant events in the (2)
field of public health in India.
No. Treaties/Exchanges Countries
(2) Explain with examples how the united strength of
women can bring about constructive changes in (1) ..................................... India-Pak
various fields. (2) Macmahon Line ................................
(3) Why is Dr. A.P.J. Abdul Kalam called as the (3) .................................. India-Bangladesh
'Missile Man'? (4) Import of natural gas .............................
Q.6. Choose the right option and rewrite the (5) .................................. India-America
sentence: (4)
(6) Infrastructure de- .............................
(1) This international organisation conducts
velopment, commu-
workshops in India on remedial measures to
nication, health
tackle the problem of malnutrition among children
................... (7) .................................. India-Africa
(a) UNICEF (b) UNESCO (3)
(c) Trusteeship Council (d) Red Cross ------------
Values from History
Human Rights

(2) The Summit Conference of India and Africa

Adoption ------------
was held in 2015 with representatives from all
.................. African nations attended it. Two covenants ------------
(a) 54 (b) 56 (c) 58 (d) 53 Issues raised
------------
(3) European Nations, especially ....................... invest Human Rights in India
on a large scale in the field of technology in India.
---- ---- ---- ----
(a) Greece and Italy (b) Germany and France
(c) Belgium and Netherlands (d) Spain and Q.9. Explain in brief: (Any 2 out of 3) (4)
Portugal (1) Write about the establishment of the United
(4) When was the first Earth Day celebrated? Nations.
(a) 21st April 1970 (b) 22nd April 1970 (2) Explain the background of cooperative relations
(c) 23rd April 1970 (d) 20th April 1970 between India and America.
Q.7. State True or False with reason : (Any 2 out (3) What is the role of South Asian Association for
of 3) (4) Regional Cooperation?
(1) Sino-Indian relations are friendly. vvv